Download as docx, pdf, or txt
Download as docx, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 288

REGULATION 2022 A

(in line with NEP 2020)

B. TECH. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING


(CYBER SECURITY)

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

MOTTO, VISION, MISSION AND VALUE STATEMENT OF INSTITUTE

Motto

To Make Every Man a Success and No Man a Failure.

Vision

To be an International Institute of Excellence, providing a conducive environment for education with a


strong emphasis on innovation, quality, research and strategic partnership blended with values and
commitment to society.

Mission

 To create an ecosystem for learning and world class research.


 To nurture a sense of creativity and innovation.
 To instill highest ethical standards and values with a sense of professionalism.
 To take up activities for the development of Society.
 To develop national and international collaboration and strategic partnership with industry and
institutes of excellence.
 To enable graduates to become future leaders and innovators.

Value Statement

Integrity, Innovation, Internationalization


DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
VISION

To excel in Computer Science and Engineering education, research and project management by
empowering the students with strong conceptual knowledge.
MISSION

M1: To educate the students with basic foundation blocks of core and allied
disciplines of Computer Science and Engineering.

M2: To provide practical skills in the advancements of the Computer Science and
Engineering field required for the growing dynamic IT and ITES industries.

M3: To sculpt strong personal, technical, research, entrepreneurial and leadership skills.

M4:
To inculcate knowledge in lifelong learning, Professional ethics and contribution to the
society.

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

PEO-I : Excel in his/her professional career and/or pursue higher education including
research by applying the knowledge of Computer Science and Engineering.

PEO- : Demonstrate the technical skills to analyze and design appropriate solutions for
II problems with social consciousness and ethical values.

PEO- : Adapt themselves to organizational needs by understanding the dynamically


III changing technologies.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (PO’s)

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

PO1 : Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering


fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.

PO2 : Problem Analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO3 : Design Development of Solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering


problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs
with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal,
and environmental considerations.

PO4 : Conduct Investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and


research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data,
and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

PO5 : Modern Tool Usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

PO6 : The Engineer & Society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

PO7 : Environment & Sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of,
and need for sustainable development.

PO8 : Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the engineering practice.

PO9 : Individual & Team Work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10 : Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the


engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend
and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations,
and give and receive clear instructions.

PO11 : Project Management & Finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.

PO12 : Life-Long Learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES: (PSO’s)

Graduates of B. Tech Computer Science and Engineering students will be able to

PSO1 : Acquire an ability to use the algorithm’s technique and tools for the development of
software applications related to Cyber Security.

PSO2 : Design, develop and test software intensive systems for IT Industry to provide
solutions to real world problems.

PSO3 : Apply modern tools to solve real time problems in IT Security, Digital Forensics and
Analytics.

PEOs and POs:

B. Tech Computer Science and Engineering Program Outcomes (POs) leading to the achievements
of the objectives (PEOs) are summarised in the following table.

Programme Programme Outcomes (POs)


Educational PSO
PSO PSO
Objectives 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3
(PEOs) 1 2
I 3 3 3 2 - 2 2 1 2 2 1 3 3 3 2
II 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
III 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 3
PO PO PO PS PS PS
Sl. No COURSE NAME PO1 PO2 PO PO4 PO5 PO PO PO8 PO9
10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
3 6 7
1 Matrices and Calculus 3 3 1.4 1.5 1 - - - - - - 1.4 2 - -
Engineering Physics 3 3 2 2.3 - - - 3 - - 3 1 - -
2 OR
Engineering Materials 3 2 1 - - - 1.8 - - - - 1.8 1 - -
Communication Skills - - - - - - - 2 2 3 2.5 2 1 - -
OR
3
Personality Development and Soft Skills - - - - - - - - -
2 2 2 3 2 3
Programming Fundamentals using C 2.4 2.4 2.4 2 1.6 1.75 - 1.5 2.5 2 1.3 1.5 2.6 2.6 2.6
OR
4
Engineering Graphics and Computer
Aided Design 3 1.4 2 - 3 - - 1.4 1.6 1.8 - 2 1 - -
5 Design Thinking 1.4 1.2 1.6 - 1.8 2.8 2.8 2 2.4 2.4 2 2 1 - -
Engineering Practices Lab 1 1 1.3 - 1.6 2.6 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 1 - -
6 OR
Fab Lab for Circuit Engineering 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.8 1.75 1.8 1 1 1 1.8 1 2 1.4 2 1.8
Outreach (NCC) – Level I #
OR
7
Outreach (NSS, Y’s Men, Rotaract) –
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 1

Level I #
8 Tamil (Regional Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Hindi (Regional Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 2.8 2 2 - - -
Telugu (Regional Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
OR
French (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
German (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Spanish (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Korean (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Mandarin (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Japanese (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
OR
Universal Human Values 2 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
9 Tamil Culture and Technology - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Information Security Fundamentals - - - - -
10
(Industry Collaborated Course) 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2.2 3

PO PO PO PS PS PS
Sl. No COURSE NAME PO1 PO2 PO PO4 PO5 PO PO PO8 PO9
10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
3 6 7
1 Analytical Mathematics 3 2.6 1.6 1.5 1.2 - - - - - - 1.4 3 - -
Engineering Physics 3 3 2 2.3 - - - 3 - - 3 1 - -
2 OR
Engineering Materials 3 2 1 - - - 1.8 - - - - 1.8 1 - -
Communication Skills - - - - - - - 2 2 3 2.5 2 1 - -
OR
3
Personality Development and Soft Skills - - - - - - - - -
2 2 2 3 2 3
4 Object Oriented Programming Using C++ 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - 2 3 - 1
Programming Fundamentals using C 2.4 2.4 2.4 2 1.6 1.75 - 1.5 2.5 2 1.3 1.5 2.6 2.6 2.6
OR
5
Engineering Graphics and Computer
Aided Design 3 1.4 2 - 3 - - 1.4 1.6 1.8 - 2 1 - -
Engineering Practices Lab 1 1 1.3 - 1.6 2.6 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 1 - -
6 OR
Fab Lab for Circuit Engineering 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.8 1.75 1.8 1 1 1 1.8 1 2 1.4 2 1.8
Outreach (NCC) – Level I #
SEMESTER 2
YEAR 1

OR
7
Outreach (NSS, Y’s Men, Rotaract) –
Level I #
8 Tamil (Regional Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Hindi (Regional Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 2.8 2 2 - - -
Telugu (Regional Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
OR
French (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
German (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Spanish (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Korean (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Mandarin (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
Japanese (Foreign Language) - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
OR
Universal Human Values 2 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
Mandatory Course I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Mandatory Course I is a Non-credit
9 course (Student shall select one course
from the list given under Mandatory
Course I)

PO PO PO PS PS PS
Sl. No COURSE NAME PO1 PO2 PO PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO
10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
3 9
1 Discrete Mathematics 3 3 1.4 1.5 1 - - - - - - 1.4 2 - 3

2 Advanced Academic Writing - - -


- 2 2.25 2.6 2 - 2 3 2.25 3 2.25 3
3 Data Structures 3 3 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 - 2 3 1 1
4 Fundamentals of Python Programming 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 Database Management Systems - - - - -
2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3
IT System security (Industry Collaborated - - - - - -
SEMESTER 3

6
Course) 2.6 2.4 2.6 2.2 2 2.8 2.3 1.8 2.2
YEAR 2

Environmental Science and Sustainable


7
Development
2 2 2 - - 1 3 - - - - 2 - - -
8 Design Project – 1 3 3 2.6 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3
9 Internship -1 (To be carried out in summer 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
after 2nd semester and evaluated in 3rd
semester)
Mandatory Course II - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Mandatory Course II is a Non-credit
10 course (Student shall select one course
from the list given under Mandatory
Course II)

PO PO PO PS PS PS
Sl. No COURSE NAME PO1 PO2 PO PO4 PO5 PO6 PO PO8 PO
10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
3 7 9
1 Probability and Statistics - - - - - - -
3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2
2 Professional Editing and Project Writing - - - - - - - - - -
2 1 3 - 2
3 Operating Systems 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - 3 2 3 1
4 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - 3 2 3 1
5 Computer Networks 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.2
IT Data security (Industry Collaborated - - - - - -
SEMESTER 4

6
Course) 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2
YEAR 2

7 Design Project – 2 3 3 2.6 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3


Mandatory Course III - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Mandatory Course III is a Non-credit
8 course (Student shall select one course
from the list given under Mandatory
Course III)

Sl. No COURSE NAME PO PO PO PS PS PS


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO PO6 PO PO8 PO
YE

SE

10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
5 7 9
1 Public Speaking - - - - - - - - - - -
2 3 - 2
2 Theory of Computation - - - - - - - -
3 3 3 3 3 - 1
3 Computer Architecture 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 1 1
4 Java Programming 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 - 2 2.8 2.4 3
IT Application security (Industry
5
Collaborated Course) 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 3 1.8 2.6
IT Network Security (Industry Collaborated - - - - -
6
Course) 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3 1.8 2.6
7 Design Project – 3 3 3 2.6 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3
8 Entrepreneurship - - -
2.75 2.5 1.75 2.5 2.2 2.75 1.75 1.5 2.75 2.5 2 3
MESTER 5

InternsIThip -2 (to be evaluated in 5th


semester. To be carried out in summer
AR 3

9
after 4th semester)) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

PO PO PO PS PS PS
Sl. No COURSE NAME PO1 PO PO3 PO PO PO6 PO PO8 PO9
10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
2 4 5 7
1 English for Competitive Examinations - - - - - - - - -
2 2 2 3 2 3
2 Principles of Compiler Design - - - - -
3 2 1.8 1.4 1.4 1 2 2.2 2.2 2.2
3 Web Programming 1 2 3 - 3 - 2 - 2 - - 3 1.6 1.6 1.6
4 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems
YEAR 3

SEMESTER 6

Ethical Hacking and penetration Testing - - - - - -


5
(Industry Collaborated Course) 1 2 3 - 3 3 1.6 2.6 2.2
Digital Forensics (Industry Collaborated - - - - - -
6
Course) 1 2 3 - 3 3 1.6 2.6 2.6
7 Design Project – 4 3 3 2.6 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2.3 2.3 3
PO PO PO PS PS PS
Sl. No COURSE NAME PO1 PO PO3 PO PO5 PO6 PO PO8 PO9
10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
2 4 7
1 Verbal Reasoning and Interview Skills - - - - -
- 2 2 2 - 1.5 2 3 1 3
Information security intelligence and
SEMESTER 7

2 2.
management practices) 2.6 2.6 1 - 3 1 2 - 2 - 1 3 2 2.4 2.4
YEAR 4

3 Machine learning Concepts 2.6 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 2.6 2.6 2.4

4 Modern Software Engineering 2.8 2.4 1.75 1.8 1.2 2.5 2.6 1.5 1.3 2 1.3 1.2 2.2 2.2 1
5 IT security audit and monitoring - - -
2.6 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 2 2.4 3 3
6 Research Methodology & IPR 2.4 2.8 1.2 1.2 3 2.4 1.8 2 2.2 2.6 2 3 2 2 2.4
7 Project Phase - 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2.6

PO PO PO PS PS PS
Sl. No COURSE NAME PO1 PO PO3 PO PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9
10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
2 4
SEMESTER 8
YEAR 4

1 Project Phase - 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2.6


B. TECH. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

(Cyber Security)

GENERAL COURSE STRUCTURE & THEME

A. Definition of Credit:

1 Hr. Lecture (L) per week 1 Credit


1 Hr. Tutorial (T) per week 1 Credit
1 Hr. Practical (P) per week 0.5 Credit
2 Hours Practical (P) per week 1 Credit

B. Range of Credits: In the light of the fact that a typical Model Four-year Under Graduate degree
program in Engineering has about 160 credits, we have adopted 165 credits.

C. Structure of UG Program: The structure of UG program shall have essentially the following
categories of courses with the breakup of credits as given:

S. No. Category Category Breakup of


Code Credits
1. HS Humanities & Social Science Courses 16

2. BS Basic Science Courses 24

3. ES Engineering Science Courses 15

4. PC Program Core Courses (Branch specific) 54

5. DE Professional Elective Courses (Branch specific) 29


– Department Elective
6. NE Open Elective Courses (Cross Discipline 12
Subjects) – Non Department Elective
7. EEC Employment Enhancement Courses (Project/ 22
Summer Internship/ Seminar)
TOTAL 172

CURRICULUM COURSE DISTRIBUTION (BASED ON CREDITS)

Total
PC Credits
Semester HS BS ES PC NE EEC
(ICC) per
semester
1 6 8 4 4 4 26
2 5 8 5 4 22
3 1 4 2 10 3 2 22
4 1 4 10 3 3 1 22
5 1 2 10 6 3 2 24
6 1 10 6 3 1 21
7 1 2 7 6 3 3 22
8 13 13
Total 16 24 15 55 28 12 22 172
Credits
CURRICULUM COURSE DISTRIBUTION (BASED ON COURSE COUNT)

Total
PC Courses
Semester HS BS ES PC NE EEC MC
(ICC) per
semester
1 4 2 2 1 1 10
2 3 2 2 1 1 9
3 1 1 1 3 1 2 1 10
4 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 9
5 1 1 3 2 1 2 10
6 1 3 2 1 1 7
7 1 1 2 2 1 1 8
8 1 1
Total 12 6 7 16 9 4 8 3 65
Courses

MC : Mandatory Course

CREDIT COUNT

Semester Credit Count


1 26
2 22
3 22
4 22
5 24
6 21
7 22
8 13
172
B. TECH. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING (CYBER SECURITY)

CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK FOR SEMESTERS I TO VIII

FRAMEWORK OF CURRICULUM 2022 (in line with NEP 2020)


SEMESTER – I
SL. COURSE COURSE TC
NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S
NO CATEGORY CODE H
1 BS EMA51001 Matrices and Calculus 3 0 2 4 2 5
Any one of the courses to be opted
2 BS EPH51001 Engineering Physics
3 0 2 4 2 5
ECT51001 Engineering Materials
Any one of the courses to be opted
3 HS GGGG1001 Communication Skills
2 0 1 2 1 3
GGGG1002 Personality Development and Soft Skills
Any one of the courses to be opted

4 PC ECS51009 Programming Fundamentals using C


2 0 2 3 2 4
EME51001 Engineering Graphics and Computer Aided
Design
5 ES EGE51002 Design Thinking 2 0 2 3 2 4
Any one of the courses to be opted
6 ES EGE51406 Engineering Practices Lab
0 0 4 2 2 4
EGE51409 Fab Lab for Circuit Engineering
Any one of the courses to be opted (Outreach)

7 HS EGE51404 Outreach (NCC) – Level I #


Outreach (NSS, Y’s Men, Rotaract) 0 0 2 1 4 2
EGE51405
– Level I #
Any one of the courses to be opted (Indian/ Foreign languages)
GGGG1008 Tamil
GGGG1009 Hindi
GGGG1010 Telugu
GGGG1011 French
GGGG1012 German
HS GGGG1013 Spanish
8 2 0 0 2 2 2
GGGG1014 Korean
GGGG1015 Mandarin
GGGG1016 Japanese
OR
EGE51001 Universal Human Values
9 HS ELS51006 Tamil Culture and Technology 1 0 0 1 2 1
Information Security Fundamentals (Industry
10 PC ECY51001 3 1 0 4 2 4
Collaborated Course)
Total 18 1 15 26 21 34
SEMESTER – II
SL. COURSE COURSE TC
NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S
NO CATEGORY CODE H
1 BS EMA51002 Analytical Mathematics 3 0 2 4 2 5
Any one of the courses to be opted
2 BS EPH51001 Engineering Physics
ECT51001 3 0 2 4 2 5
Engineering Materials
Any one of the courses to be opted
3 HS GGGG1001 Communication Skills
2 0 1 2 1 3
GGGG1002 Personality Development and Soft Skills
4 PC ECS51003 Object Oriented Programming using C++ 3 0 2 4 2 5
Any one of the courses to be opted
Programming Fundamentals using C
ECS51009
5 ES
2 0 2 3 2 4
EME51001 Engineering Graphics and Computer Aided
Design
Any one of the courses to be opted
EGE51406 Engineering Practices Lab
6 ES 0 0 4 2 2 4
EGE51409 Fab Lab for Circuit Engineering
Any one of the courses to be opted (Outreach)
EGE51410/ Outreach (NCC) – Level II #
7 HS
EGE51411 Outreach (NSS, Y’s Men, Rotaract) 0 0 2 1 4 2
– Level II #
Any one of the courses to be opted (Indian/ Foreign languages)
GGGG1008 Tamil
GGGG1009 Hindi
GGGG1010 Telugu
GGGG1011 French
GGGG1012 German
8 HS GGGG1013 Spanish 2 0 0 2 2 2

GGGG1014 Korean
GGGG1015 Mandarin
GGGG1016 Japanese
OR
EGE51001 Universal Human Values
EGE5101* Mandatory Course #1
Mandatory Course I is a Non-credit course
9 MC 3 0 0 0 2 3
(Student shall select one course from the list
given under Mandatory Course I)
Total 18 0 15 22 19 33
# Students should choose Level I and Level II of same outreach course in the semester 1 and 2
respectively.

FRAMEWORK OF CURRICULUM 2022 A (in line with NEP 2020)


SEMESTER – III
SL COURSE
. COURSE CODE
NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH
N CATEGORY
O
1 BS EMA51005 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 4 2 4
2 HS GGGG1003 Advanced Academic Writing 1 0 1 1 1 2
3 PC ECS51004 Data Structures 3 0 2 4 2 5
4 PC ECS51005 Fundamentals of Python Programming 2 0 2 3 2 4
5 PC ECS51006 Database Management Systems 2 0 2 3 2 4

6 ECY51002 IT System security (Industry Collaborated


DE Course) 2 0 2 3 2 4

7 ES EGE51003 Environmental Science and Sustainable 2 0 0 2 2 2


Development
8 EEC ECS51800 Design Project – 1 0 0 2 1 6 2
ECS51801 Internship -1 (To be carried out in summer
9 EEC after 2nd semester and evaluated in 3rd 0 0 0 1 2 0
semester)
EGE5102* Mandatory Course #2
10 MC Mandatory Course I is a Non-credit course 3 0 0 0 2 3
(Student shall select one course from the
list given under Mandatory Course I)
Total 18 1 11 22 23 30
SEMESTER – IV
SL COURSE
. COURSE CODE
NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH
N CATEGORY
O
1 BS EMA51007 Probability and Statistics 3 0 2 4 2 5
2 HS GGGG1004 Professional Editing and Project Writing 1 0 1 1 1 2
3 PC ECS51007 Operating Systems 3 0 2 4 2 5
4 PC ECS51008 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 2 0 2 3 2 4
5 PC ECS51011 Computer Networks 2 0 2 3 2 4
ECY51003 IT Data security (Industry Collaborated
6 DE 2 4
Course) 2 0 2 3
7 NE E**51*** NE 1 2 0 2 3 2 4
8 EEC ECS51802 Design Project – 2 0 0 2 1 6 2
EGE5103* Mandatory Course #3
9 MC Mandatory Course I is a Non-credit course 3 0 0 0 2 3
(Student shall select one course from the
list given under Mandatory Course I)
Total 18 0 15 22 21 33

FRAMEWORK OF CURRICULUM 2022 A (in line with NEP 2020)


SEMESTER – V
SL. COURSE COURSE
NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH
NO CATEGORY CODE
1 HS GGGG1005 Public Speaking 1 0 1 1 1 2
2 PC ECS51012 Theory of Computation 3 1 0 4 2 5
3 PC ECS51013 Computer Architecture 2 0 2 3 2 4
4 PC ECS51014 Java Programming 2 0 2 3 2 4
ECY51004 IT Application security (Industry
5 DE 2 4
Collaborated Course) 2 0 2 3
6 NE E**51*** NE 2 2 0 2 3 2 4
7 EEC ECS51803 Design Project – 3 0 0 2 1 6 2
8 ES EGE51004 Entrepreneurship 2 0 0 2 6 2
ECS51801 Internship -2 (to be evaluated in 5th
9 EEC semester. To be carried out in summer 0 0 0 1 0 0
after 4th semester))
ECY51005 IT Network Security (Industry
10 PC 2 0 2 3 2 4
Collaborated Course)
Total 16 0 15 24 25 31

SEMESTER – VI
SL. COURSE COURSE
NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH
NO CATEGORY CODE
1 HS GGGG1006 English for Competitive Examinations 1 0 1 1 1 2
2 PC ECS51015 Principles of Compiler Design 3 0 2 4 2 5
3 PC ECS51016 Web Programming 2 0 2 3 2 4
4 PC ECS51017 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems 3 0 0 3 2 3
ECY51006 Ethical Hacking and penetration Testing
5 DE 2 0 2 3 2 4
(Industry Collaborated Course)
6 NE E**51*** NE 3 2 0 2 3 2 4
ECY51007 Digital Forensics (Industry Collaborated
7 2 4
PC Course) 2 0 2 3
8 EEC ECS51805 Design Project – 4 0 0 2 1 6 2
Total 15 0 13 21 19 28

FRAMEWORK OF CURRICULUM 2022 A (in line with NEP 2020)


SEMESTER – VII
COURSE COURSE TC
SL. NO NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S
CATEGORY CODE H
1 HS GGGG1007 Verbal Reasoning and Interview Skills 1 0 1 1 1 2
ECY51009 Information security intelligence and
2 PC management practices (Industry 3 0 2 4 2 4
Collaborated Course)
3 PC ECY51010 Concepts of Block chain technology 2 0 2 3 2 5

4 PC ECS51021 2 0 2 3 2 4
Modern Software Engineering

ECY51011 IT security audit and monitoring


5 DE 4
(Industry Collaborated Course) 2 0 2 3 2
6 NE E**51*** NE 4 2 0 2 3 2 4
7 ES EGE51005 Research Methodology & IPR 2 0 0 2 2 2
8 EEC ECS51806 Project Phase 1 0 0 6 3 6 6
Total 15 0 17 22 19 31

SEMESTER – VIII
COURSE COURSE TC
SL. NO NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S
CATEGORY CODE H
1 EEC ECS51807 Project Phase 2 0 0 26 13 10 24
Total 0 0 26 13 10 24
Total Credits for the Program 172

MANDATORY COURSES I

S.No Course Course Title Periods Per week Total Credits


Code Contact
Periods
1 EGE51011 Introduction to Women and Gender 3 0 0 3 Non Credit
Studies Course
2 EGE51012 Public and Personal Administration 3 0 0 3 Non Credit
Course
3 EGE51013 Constitution of India 3 0 0 3 Non Credit
Course
4 EGE51014 Law for Engineers 3 0 0 3 Non Credit
Course
5 EGE51015 Indian Knowledge System (IKS) 3 0 0 3 Non Credit
Course
MANDATORY COURSES II

S.No.. Course Code Course Title Periods Per week Total Credits
Contact
Periods
1 EGE51021 Traditional Indian Systems of 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course
Medicine and Therapies
2 EGE51022 History of Science and 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course
Technology in India
3 EGE51023 Political and Economic 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course
Thought for a Humane
Society
4 EGE51024 State, Nation-Building and 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course
Politics in India
5 EGE51025 Industrial Safety 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course

MANDATORY COURSES III

S.No. Course Code Course Title Periods Per week Total Credits
Contact
Periods
1 EGE51031 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course

2 EGE51032 Human Resource 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course


Management
3 EGE51033 Green Technology 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course
4 EGE51034 Industrial Management 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course
5 EGE51035 Fintech and Financing new 3 0 0 3 Non Credit Course
Business

COURSES OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES

S.No. Course Code Course Title Semester Credit


Communication Skills
1 GGGG1001 (Improving English communication I / II 2
skills.)
Personality Development and Soft
Skills
2 GGGG1002 I / II 2
(Enhancing the personality through
English communication skills)
Advanced Academic Writing
(Developing essential writing skills
3 GGGG1003 III 1
for academic and professional
settings)
Professional Editing and Project
Writing
(Presenting the skills of creating
4 GGGG1004 IV 1
professional documents and
projects that are clear, concise, and
effective)
5 GGGG1005 Public Speaking V 1
(Providing instruction and
experience in preparation and
delivery of speeches within a public
setting and group discussion)
English for Competitive
Examinations
6 GGGG1006 (Developing the necessary skills VI 1
and knowledge to succeed in
competitive exams)
Verbal Reasoning and Interview
Skills
(Enhancing the understanding of
7 GGGG1007 VII 1
reasoning using concepts framed in
words and equipping to succeed in
interviews)
SEMESTER - I
MATRICES AND CALCULUS
COURSE TITLE CREDITS 4
(Common to ALL B. Tech)
COURSE CODE EMA51001 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-2-1
Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE
Observatio
n / Lab
First records as
End
Periodica Second approved End
Practical Semester
l Periodical by the Attendanc Semester
Assessme Examinat
Assessm Assessment Department e Examination
nts ion
ent (Theory) Examinatio (Practical)
(Theory)
(Theory) n
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
Course
To make the student understand the basic concepts of matrices and calculus using
Descripti
MATLAB
on
1. To perform some simple operations on matrices
2. To give a strong foundation on the basic concepts of differentiation and integration.
Course
3. To demonstrate the fundamental understanding of integrals
Objective
4. To classify ordinary differential equations.
5. To impart the knowledge of sequences and summation of series.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Calculate the inverse of the matrix using Cayley Hamilton theorem and diagonalize
the matrix
2. Determine the derivative and higher derivatives of a given function explicitly and
Course integrate the standard functions using suitable differentiation and integration
Outcome formulae
3. Evaluate surface area and volume using multiple integrals
4. Compute the solution of second order the differential equations
Determine the convergence and divergence of the sequence using the appropriate
tests.
Prerequisites: Knowledge in calculus at high secondary level.
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
CO O- O- O- O- O- O O- O- O O- O- O- O- O- O-
1 2 3 4 5 -6 7 8 -9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO-1 3 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1 -
CO-2 3 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 1 2 -
CO-3 3 3 1 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO-4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 1 2 -
CO-5 3 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: MATRICES (9L+6P)
Characteristic equation – Eigen values and Eigenvectors – Properties – CO-1
Cayley Hamilton theorem (Statement only) – Verification and inverse of BTL-3
the matrix using Cayley Hamilton theorem- Diagonalization of matrices
using similarity transformation
Suggested Reading: Basics of Matrices
Lab: Eigen values and Eigenvectors, Verification and inverse using
Cayley Hamilton theorem- Diagonalization
MODULE 2: DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS (9L+6P)
Basic Concepts and Simple Problems in Differentiation and Integration-
Partial differentiation – Total differentiation- Taylor’s series – Maxima and
minima of functions of two variables. Integration – Methods of integration
– Substitution method – Integration by parts – Integration using partial CO-2
fraction – Bernoulli’s formula. BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Basics of differentiation and integration.
Lab: Taylor’s series – Maxima and minima of functions of two
variables, Integration using partial fraction
MODULE 3: MULTIPLE INTEGRAL (9L+6P)
Double integration – Cartesian and polar co-ordinates – Change of order
of integration. Area as a double integral – Triple integration in Cartesian
coordinates – Volume as a triple integral - Change of variables between CO-3
Cartesian and polar coordinates. BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Line Integrals
Lab: Area and Volume of double integration and triple integration.
MODULE 4: ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (9L+6P)
Second order differential equations with constant coefficients – Particular
integrals –e ax , cosax ,sinax , x m , eax cosbx , e ax sinbx , Solutions of
homogeneous differential equations with variable coefficients – Variation CO-4
of parameters. BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Basics of Differential Equations.
Lab: Solution of Second order differential equations.
MODULE 5: SEQUENCE AND SERIES (9L+6P)
Definition of Sequence and series with examples, Convergence,
divergence and Oscillation of sequence and series, properties, Tests for
convergence of series (Comparison test, Limit Comparison test , Integral CO-5
test, Ratio test, D’ Alembert’s test, Alternating Series). BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Basics of sequence and series.
Lab: Test the convergence and divergence.
TEXT BOOKS
A. Chandrasekaran, G Kavitha (2019), Matrices and Calculus, Dhanam Publications, 1st
1.
Edition, Chennai.
B.S. Grewal (2017), Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition,
2.
New Delhi.
A. P. Santhakumaran, P. Titus P (2017), Engineering Mathematics – II, NiMeric
3.
Publications, 2nd Edition, Nagercoil, India.
REFERENCE BOOKS
D. G. Duffy (2021), Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB (Advances in
1.
Applied Mathematics), Chapman and Hall Publisher, 5th Edition, CRC Press, USA.
M. D. Weir, Joel Hass, Thomas (2016), Calculus, Pearson Publication, 12th Edition,
2.
India.
Srimantha Pal and S.C. Bhunia (2015), Engineering Mathematics, Oxford University
3.
Press, 1st Edition, New Delhi, India.
E BOOKS
1. https://www.elsevier.com/books/matrix-calculus/bodewig/978-1-4832-3214-0

https://www.ebooks.com/en-er/book/209983367/matrix-calculus-kronecker-product-and-
2. tensor-product-a-practical-approach-to-linear-algebra-multilinear-algebra-and-tensor-
calculus-with-software-implementations-third-edition/yorick-hardy/
MOOC
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-to-calculus
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105035

COURSE ENGINEERING PHYSICS


CREDITS 4
TITLE (Common to ALL branches of Engineering)
COURSE
COURSE CODE EPH51001 BS L-T-P-S 3-0-2-2
CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL3
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Observation / End Semester
lab records as Examination
First Second Practical
approved by the
Periodical Periodical Assessme Attendan
Department
Assessment Assessment nts ce
Examination
(Theory) (Theory)
Committee
“DEC”
Theory 25%
15% 15% 10% 5% 5%
Practical 25%
This course is based on the developing areas of physics integrating both the
Course
theoretical and practical training for engineering students. Application of the concepts
Description
to solve engineering problems, to acquire practical thinking and logical reasoning.
1. To evaluate various types of modulus of elasticity and impart knowledge on
production and application of ultrasonic wave in SONAR and NDT.
2. To provide a strong foundation on the concepts of crystal physics and thermal
conductivity.
Course
3. To illustrate theoretically and experimentally the wave – particle duality.
Objective
4. To evaluate the material properties based on energy band gap and magnetic
moment.
5. To make the students understand the production of lasers and propagation of
light through an optical fiber.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Evaluate the elastic properties of materials and apply the properties of ultrasonic
waves for industrial applications
2. Evaluate the characteristics of crystal structure and the thermal conductivity of
Course good and bad conductors.
Outcome 3. Solve the Schrodinger’s wave equations and derive energy density based on
Planck’s hypothesis
4. Apply the fundamental concepts to classify magnetic and semiconducting
materials and thereby, illustrate their applications.
5. Apply lasers and optical fibers as engineering tools
Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of Physics at higher secondary level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P P
P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
CO O1 O1 O1
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 O1 O2 O3
0 1 2
CO1 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - - 3 1 2 -
CO2 3 3 - 2 3 - - - 3 - - 3 2 3 -
CO3 3 3 - - 1 - - - 3 - - 3 1 2 -
CO4 3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 - - 3 1 3 -
CO5 3 3 - - 3 - - - 3 - - 3 2 2 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: PROPERTIES OF MATTER AND ULTRASONICS (9L + 6P)
Elasticity – Hooke’s law – Elastic Moduli – Young’s modulus of elasticity – Rigidity
modulus - Bulk modulus – Twisting couple on a wire – Torsional pendulum –
Determination of rigidity modulus of a wire – Depression of a cantilever – Non-uniform
bending – Uniform bending – I shape girder.
Introduction – Production of ultrasonic waves (Magnetostriction and Piezoelectric CO1
methods) – Properties of ultrasonic – Applications in SONAR and NDT. BTL3
Practical component:
Torsional pendulum – Determination of rigidity modulus of thin wire and moment of inertia
of regular objects
Non-uniform bending – Determination of Young’s modulus of wooden beam
MODULE 2: CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND THERMAL PHYSICS (9L + 6P)
Amorphous and crystalline solids – Unit cell – Lattice parameters – Crystal system and
Bravais lattices (Qualitative) – Miller indices – Interplanar spacing for cubic crystal system
– Crystal structures SCC, BCC, FCC, HCP (no. of atoms, coordination number, atomic
packing fraction calculations) – Bragg’s law – X-ray diffractometer.
CO2
Thermal conductivity – Experimental determination of thermal conductivities of good and
BTL3
bad conductors – Forbe’s method (Theory and experiment) – Lee’s disc method for bad
conductors.
Practical component:
Lee’s disc experiment – Determination of thermal conductivity of bad conductor
MODULE 3: QUANTUM PHYSICS (9L + 6P)
Black body radiation – Planck’s hypothesis – Photoelectric effect – Compton effect –
Theory and experimental verification
Physical significance of wave function – Schrodinger's wave equation – Time
CO3
independent and time dependent equations – Particle in a 1D box – Quantum Well (no
BTL3
derivation)
Practical component:
Photoelectric effect – To plot the KE as a function of frequency for different metals.
MODULE 4: MAGNETISM AND SEMICONDUCTORS (9L + 6P)
Magnetic moment – Classification of magnetic materials (Dia, para, ferro, anti-ferro) –
Domain theory of ferromagnetism – Hysteresis – Hard and soft magnetic materials –
Memory applications.
Classification of semiconductors – Direct and in-direct bandgap – Fermi energy level –
CO4
Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors – n-type and p-type semiconductors (Qualitative) –
BTL3
Hall effect – Determination of Hall voltage (Theory and experiment) – Applications of Hall
effect.
Practical component:
Current – Voltage (IV) characteristics of semiconductor diode
MODULE 5: MODERN OPTICS (9L + 6P)
Principles of laser – Stimulated absorption – Spontaneous emission – Stimulated
emission – Population inversion – Pumping action – Active medium – Laser
characteristics – Nd-YAG laser – CO2 laser – Dye laser – Laser in Industrial applications.
Optical fiber – Principle and propagation of light in optical fibers – Numerical aperture and CO5
acceptance angle – Types of optical fibers – Optical fiber as temperature sensors. BTL3
Practical component:
Laser – Determination of the wavelength of the laser using grating
Laser – Particle size determination using lycopodium powder
TEXT BOOKS
1 Rajendran V. (2017), Engineering Physics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 3rd Edition, US.
Gaur R. K. and Gupta S.L. (2014). Engineering Physics, 8th edition, Dhanpat Rai publications
2
(P) Ltd., New Delhi
3 Mani P. (2016), Engineering Physics, Dhanam Publications, 13th Edition, Chennai.
REFERENCE BOOKS
Arthur Beiser (2017), Concepts of Modern Physics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 7th Edition,
1.
US.
Halliday, Resnick and Walker (2021), Fundamental of Physics Extended, Wiley & Sons, 12th
2.
Edition, US.
Shaikh I. A, Kulkarni H. R, Mohril, S. F. and Khairnar (2018), Engineering Physics, Nirali
3
Prakashan Publishers, 5th Edition, Pune.
E BOOKS
https://industri.fatek.unpatti.ac.id/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/042-Fundamentals-of-Physics-II-
1.
Electromagnetism-Optics-and-Quantum-Mechanics-R.-Shankar-Edisi-1-2016.pdf
2. https://zenodo.org/record/243407#.Y0EfilxBzIU
3. https://salmanisaleh.files.wordpress.com/2019/02/physics-for-scientists-7th-ed.pdf
MOOC
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/115106061
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101054/12

COURSE ENGINEERING MATERIALS


CREDITS 4
TITLE (Common to ALL B.Tech.)
COURSE COURSE
ECT51001 BS L-T-P-S 3-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval 36th
Version 1.0 LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3
Details ACM
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Observation / lab ESE
First
Second Practical records as
Periodical
Periodical Assessmen approved by the Attendanc
Assessme
Assessme ts Department e
nt
nt (Theory) Examination
(Theory)
Committee “DEC”
Theory 25%
15% 15% 10% 5% 5%
Practical 25%
Course To expose the students to the basics of Engineering Materials and their applications.
Descriptio
n
1. To make the students understand the basics of crystal structure and phase rule.
2. To provide a knowledge on the theoretical basis of the chemical composition,
properties and applications of abrasives, adhesives, lubricants and refractories.
3. To give a strong foundation on the basic concepts of nanomaterials, the general
Course
synthetic methods with emphasis on their applications.
Objective
4. To provide an exposure on the fundamentals and applications of polymeric materials
and composites.
5. To illustrate the applications of energy materials, liquid crystals and conducting
polymers with a good exposure on their basic terminologies.
Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Outcome 1. Propose and justify suitable metals/materials for alloying.
2. Distinguish and select a suitable material as abrasives / adhesives / lubricants /
refractories based on its properties and applications.
3. Select an appropriate technique for nanomaterial synthesis and characterization.
4. State and select a suitable polymeric / composite material for industrial applications.
5. Develop the suitable organic/inorganic materials that can be employed in energy
storage / production and electronic devices.
Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of chemistry at higher secondary level.
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
PS PS
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
CO O- O-
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-3
1 2
CO-
3 2 1 - - - 1 - - - - 1 1 2 -
1
CO-
3 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 2 2 -
2
CO-
3 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 1 1 -
3
CO-
3 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 2 2 -
4
CO-
3 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 2 1 -
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: CRYSTAL STRUCTURE AND PHASE RULE (9L + 6P)
Basic crystal systems – Types, characteristics, examples – Space lattice, Unit cell – types
– X-ray diffraction and crystal structure.
Phase rule: Basic terminology - Derivation of Gibbs Phase rule- Phase diagrams: One
component system (water), Two component system –- Reduced phase rule: Simple CO-1
Eutectic system, examples, Phase diagram: Ag-Pb system, Pb-Sn system – Applications BTL-3
of phase rule.
Practical component: Construction of phenol-water phase diagram - Determination of
apparent density of porous solids.
MODULE 2: ABRASIVES, ADHESIVES, LUBRICANTS AND REFRACTORIES (9L + 6P)
Abrasives – Classification, Properties, Uses – Adhesives – Development of Adhesive
strength, Physical and Chemical factors influencing adhesive action, Classification of
Adhesives – Epoxy Resin (Preparation, Properties and Applications) – Lubricants –
CO-2
Mechanism of Lubrication, Classification and Properties, Semi Solid Lubricants, Solid
BTL-3
Lubricants, MoS2 and Graphite - Refractories – Classification, Properties, Applications.
Practical components: Preparation of urea-formaldehyde resin - Determination of porosity
of a refractory
MODULE 3: NANOMATERIALS (9L + 6P)
Introduction – Scope of nanomaterials - Types of nanomaterials - Synthesis of
Nanomaterials - Bottom-up and Top-down approaches – Methods of preparation – Laser
ablation, Sol-gel process, Gas-phase condensation, Chemical Vapour Deposition.
Properties – Optical, Electrical, Magnetic, Chemical properties (introduction only). CO-3
Characterization – UV-Visible spectroscopy, FE-SEM and TEM (Principle and Applications BTL-3
only).
Practical component: Preparation of ZnO nanoparticles by wet chemical method –
Verification of Beer-Lambert’s law using silver nanoparticles.
MODULE 4: POLYMERS AND COMPOSITES (9L + 6P)
Introduction – Basic definitions – Classification of polymers – Structure and property
relationship of polymers – Plastics – Synthesis, properties and applications of
polycarbonates and phenol-formaldehyde - Biodegradable Polymers, examples and
CO-4
applications. Composites - Introduction - Definition – Constituents – Classification - Fiber-
BTL-3
reinforced Composites –Types and Applications.
Practical components: Determination of molecular weight / viscosity of polymer using
Ostwald Viscometer.
MODULE 5: MATERIALS FOR ENERGY AND ELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS (9L + 6P)
Energy storage materials – Metal-hydride batteries, Li-batteries - Materials for solar cells:
Semi-conductors - Materials for hydrogen technology - production (electrolysis), storage
(hydrides), fuel cells. Liquid Crystals - Introduction –Characteristics – Optical properties-
CO-5
Classification – Chemical constitution and liquid crystalline behaviour - Applications.
BTL-3
Conducting Polymers: Classification, Intrinsic Conducting Polymers, Extrinsic Conducting
Polymers, Applications.
Practical component: Preparation of polyaniline / Polypyrrole.
TEXT BOOKS
Jain, P.C., Jain, M. (2018). Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Raj Publishing Company (P) Ltd,
1.
New Delhi, 17th Edition.
Puri, B. R., Sharma, L. R., Pathania, M. S. (2020). Principles of Physical Chemistry, Vishal
2.
Publishing Co. Jalandhar, 47th Edition.
3. Rangwala. (2017). Engineering Materials, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 43rd Edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS
Clyne, T. W., Hull, D. (2019). An introduction to composite materials, Cambridge University
1.
Press, 3rd Edition.
2. Shah, M. A., Ahmad, T. (2021). Nano Science & Technology, Dreamtech Press, 2021 Edition.
Palanna, O. G. (2018). Engineering Chemistry, Mc Graw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2 nd
3.
Edition.
E BOOKS
1. http://www.erforum.net/2016/01/engineering-chemistry-by-jain-and-jain-pdf-free-ebook.html
2. https://abmpk.files.wordpress.com/2014/02/book_maretial-science-callister.pdf`
MOOC
1. https://www.edx.org/course/materials-science-engineering-misisx-mse1x
2. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/materials-science

COURSE
TITLE
INFORMATION SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS CREDITS 4
COURSE ECY5100 COURSE
PC L-T-P-S 3-1-0-2
CODE 1 CATEGORY
APPROVAL LEARNIN
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
DETAILS G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE
Observati
on / lab
records as
Second approved
First
Periodical Practical by the
Periodical Attendanc PRACTICA
Assessm Assessment Departme THEORY
Assessment e* L
ent s nt
(Theory)
(Theory) Examinati
on
Committe
e “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

This course focusses on the concepts of confidentiality, integrity, availability, and non-
Course
repudiation. It also covers on authorized individuals who should be able to access
Description
confidential information.
1. To learn the basic concepts of CIA systems.
2. To know about cryptography and Operations Security.
Course 3. To Apply the concept of Physical Security and Network Security.
Objectives 4. To be able to know the features of Operating System related to Application
Security.
5. To be aware about Information Security, Audit and Monitoring and Management.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Recall the basic concepts of CIA Concepts.
2. Identify the cryptography and Operations Security.
Course
3. Illustrate the concept of Physical Security and Network Security and be able to
Outcomes
elaborate on these concepts.
6. Demonstrate Operating System related to Application Security.
4. Explain Information Security, Audit and Monitoring and Management.

Prerequisites: Nil

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
P
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS S PS
PO3 O
s 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O O3
4
2
CO- 3 3
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 3
1
CO- 3 3 1
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3
2
CO- 3 3 2
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3
3
CO- 3 3 3
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3
4
CO- 3 3 3
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3
5
1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated
MODULE 1: THE CIA TRIAD (9L+3T)

Confidentiality, Integrity & Availability, what is Information Security?


CO-1
Identification and Authentication, Authorization and Access Control, BTL-2
Auditing and Accountability
MODULE 2: CRYPTOGRAPHY, OPERATIONS SECURITY (9L+3T)
Modern Cryptography Tools, Protecting Data at rest, In motion, And In Use,
CO-2
Origins Of Operations Security, The Operations Security Process, Laws Of BTL-3
Operations Security, Operations Security in our Personal Lives.
MODULE 3: PHYSICAL SECURITY AND NETWORK SECURITY (9L+3T)

Introduction, Physical Security Controls, Protecting People, Data and


CO-3
Equipment. Protecting Networks, Protecting Network Traffic. Network BTL-3
Security Tools.
MODULE 4: OPERATING SYSTEM AND APPLICATION SECURITY (9L+3T)
Operating System Hardening, Protecting Against Malware, Software
Firewalls and Host Intrusion Detection, Operating System Security Tools,
CO-4
Software Development Vulnerabilities, Web Security, Database Security, BTL-3
Application Security Tools.

MODULE 5: INFORMATION SECURITY - AUDIT AND MONITORING, (9L+3T)


INTELLIGENCE, COMPLIANCE, MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE
Change and Security Implications, System Models, Targets and Methods,
Log Management, Data Aggregation and Reduction, Notifications and
Reporting, Monitoring and Control Challenges, Auditing Standards, SAS 70 CO-5
Audits, Sarbanes-Oxley, Addressing Multiple Regulations for Information BTL-3
Security Technical Frameworks for IT Audits, Intelligence and Compliance,
Management and Governance.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Information Security Fundamentals by IBM ICE Publications.

COURSE TITLE COMMUNICATION SKILLS CREDITS 2

COURSE L -T–P– 2–0–1–


COURSE CODE GGGG1001 HS
CATEGORY S 1

Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 35th ACM - 6th Aug. 2022 BTL 4
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE
Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
lab record Test / Quiz.,
First Second and viva as as approved
Periodical Periodical approved by by the Attendanc Practica
Theory
Assessment Assessment the Department e l
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15 % 10 % 5% 5% 25 % 25 %
The course has been designed to improve the communication competency of the
students. The course builds on students’ English language skills by engaging them
in listening, speaking and grammar learning activities (LSRW) that are relevant to
Course
authentic contexts. This course trains the students how to communicate
Description
accurately, appropriately and fluently in professional and social situations. The
course is framed so that the students can appear for Cambridge B1 Preliminary
exams and also enable them to get a certification.
1. To acquire self-confidence by which the learner can improve upon their
informative listening skills by an enhanced acquisition of the English language.
2. To provide an environment to Speak in English at the formal and informal levels
and use it for daily conversation, presentation, group discussion and debate.
3. To equip the students to Read, comprehend and answer questions based on
Course literary, scientific and technological texts.
Objective 4. To enhance the writing skills of the students via training in instructions,
recommendations, checklists, process-description, letter-writing and report
writing.
5. To equip the learners in analyzing and applying creative thinking skills and
participate in brainstorming, mind-mapping, audiovisual activities and excel in
employability skills.
Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Outcome 1. Acquire the accuracy through the knowledge of Syntax.
2. Demonstrate the skill of using the vocabulary and use it in sentences
appropriately.
3. Infer texts and improvise its usage.
4. Illustrate language acquisition skills through formal correspondence.
5. Analyse and transcode the data and interpret it in text format.
Prerequisites: Plus Two English-Intermediate Level
CO AND PO MAPPING
P P
P P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS S S
CO O O1 O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O1 O O
10 1 12
2 3
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 1 2 -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 2 1 -
CO3 - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 2 2 2 -
CO4 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 -
CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 3 2 1 2 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 : English for Employability (6
Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Parts of Speech – Identification and Transformation 2. Kinds of Sentences –
Identification and Transformation 3. Sentence Pattern – Framing Sentences 4. Tenses –
Rules & its usage – Present simple and present continuous; time expressions; state verbs –
Past simple ; regular and irregular verbs and spelling of past simple forms ; past continuous.
Vocabulary : 1. Job titles and describing jobs ; names of company departments
2. Computer terms; email and website terms. 3. Headings for CVs Describing application
Procedures
Writing : 1. Writing emails – formal and informal – phrases for emails & letters. 2. Writing a
covering letter with a resume for a job application.
CO-1
Reading : Reading about Job and Company : 1. Changing places : job swapping at work.
BTL-2
2. The power of word of mouse : an article on the power of online customer options 3.
Haier : an article about the history of a Chinese Company. 4. What kind of company Culture
would suit you ? reading answering a quiz.
Lab Activities(Speaking) : 1.Self Introduction. 2. Describing jobs ; asking other people
about their jobs. 3. Asking about the history of a company ; past simple questions 4.
Asking questions about companies and jobs.
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. Being a PA 2. Growing Pains : an interview with a business
consultant about company’s Growth. 3. Describing changes in a company : a Conversation
on the phone.
MODULE 2 : English for Marketing (6 Hrs.)
Grammar: 1. Concord - Understanding Subject Verb agreement – Identifying the error and
Correcting 2. Active and Passive Voice – Identifying the voices and Transforming Active to
passive and passive to active 3. Modal Verbs – Using to express modalities – in active and
passive voices 4. Words to Describe causes and effects. 5. Prepositions
Vocabulary : 1. Vocabulary to describe objects; component parts, shapes, dimensions,
materials Describing problems with equipment 2. Verbs to Describe process 3. Vocabulary
to talk about advertising and marketing, Language to describe cause and effect.
Writing : 1. Topic Sentence 2. Paragraph Writing 3. Developing a story with the hints
4. Promotional letter(Email)
Reading : Product Description and Advertisement : 1. Problems with equipment : emails CO-2
and headings on a form. 2. Waratah : an article on an Australian clothing company. , Short BTL-3
Texts : Notices, Notes and messages 3. Selling your product abroad; an article , Workplace
signs and notices 4. Descriptions of advertising media, Singapore airlines; an article on the
branding of an airline.
Lab Activities(Speaking) : 1.Role Play – Telephone call to a supplier, 2. Describing
Objects
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. Describing dimensions of products : Conversations with
colleagues and suppliers. – The Gizmo game : listening to the uses of a gadget. 2. Channel
No.5 : an interview about a production process 3. Telephone conversations : information
about orders and deliveries. 4. Descriptions of how a product is advertised.
MODULE 3 : Business Correspondence (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Tenses – Present continuous for future arrangements; will and going to CO-3
future forms 2. Using discourse markers ; Sentence starters - Contrast & similarity words, BTL-3
3. Degrees of Comparison – Framing sentences with appropriate adjectives and adverts –
transformation from one degree to another degree. 4. Infinitives and gerunds – using
infinitives and gerunds in sentences as different elements. 5. Conditionals – Three types of
conditionals
Vocabulary : 1.Vocabulary for travel 2. Synonyms and Antonyms 3. Employment
Vocabulary
Writing : 1. A letter(Email) of invitation – Accepting the invitation and declining the
invitation.
Reading : Transport, Working Holidays and Conferences : Travel Arrangements : notices
and short messages : Eurostar : an article on train travel. 2. Netflix : an article about a
company’s holiday policy; thinking outside the box: an article on offsite meetings 3. Short
Texts : Feedback on conferences
Lab Activities(Speaking) : Discussion: How to make decisions
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. Making and changing appointments : Voicemail messages
and phone conversations ; Future intentions and predictions : Short Extracts. 2. A travel
Anecdote 3. Half Holidays: a conversations between two employees. 4. Discussing
possible venues for a conference : a conversation between colleagues; a welcome speech
at a conference.
MODULE 4 : English for Business Relationships (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Writing Instructions and Recommendations – Transforming instruction to
recommendation and recommendation to instruction 2. Expressions of quantity – semi-
negative words 3. Present Perfect : time expressions : present perfect versus Past simple.
4. Reported Speech – Direct and Indirect Speeches – Identification and Transformation
Vocabulary : 1. Affixes 2. Countable and Uncountable nouns 3. Global Management
Writing : 1.Memo 2. Notice with agenda 3. Email : Requesting information
Reading : Corporate gift-giving, New places, New people, Team Building and Thinking
CO-4
globally : 1. Career Advice : letters to an advice column 2. Promotional gifts : an article 3.
BTL-3
Descriptions of team building events; Kaizen : an article 4. Global HR management : an
Article.
Lab Activities(Speaking): Role Play : 1. Interviewing someone about a job change 2.
Discussion : Planning a team building event 3. Promoting a city : giving a speech.
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. An interview with someone who has changed career 2. An
interview about corporate gift giving 3. Creating good teams : a Presentation 4. Working an
international Team : short Extracts.
MODULE 5 : English for Presentation (6
Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Adjectives and adverbs 2. Pronouns and Reference Words 3. Types of
Sentences – Simple, Compound and complex Sentences – Identification and
transformation.
Vocabulary : 1. Describing Trends 2. Finance Vocabulary 3. Stocks and Shares
4. Collocation - sets and money
Writing : 1. Transcoding – Converting an image (Linegraph, piechart, bar chart, flowchart
tree diagram etc., ) into a paragraph – Converting a paragraph into an image(Linegraph,
piechart, bar chart, flowchart tree diagram etc., ) 2. Summary writing
Reading : Describing Statistics, Company finances, investments and starting up :
CO-5
1. Interpreting bar charts 2. Café Coffee day : an article on the growth of the Indian coffee
BTL-4
shop. 3. Shares and the stock exchange: a web page; short articles from the financial
news; men and women investments : an article 4. Teenage entrepreneus : reading and
comparing two articles; Kalido: an article on funding.
Lab Activities(Speaking) : 1. Describing figures and trends 2. Discussing qualities
needed in candidates for a job vacancy
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. Listening to statistical information : short extracts 2. An
interview with the employee of a company that helps failing business 3. An interview with
someone who works in investor relations. 4. Radio interview : marketing director of a
business support service.
TEXT BOOK
Whitby, Norman (2019). Cambridge English Business Benchmark, Pre-intermediate and
1
Intermediate. Cambridge University Press. India (Pages 208)
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Murphy, Raymond(2021). Essential English Grammar, Cambridge University Press. India
2. (Pages
Redman,300)
Stuart(2020).English Vocabulary In Use: Pre - Intermediate And Intermediate.
Cambridge University Press. India (Pages 264)
3. Bikram K. Das. et al.,(2019) An Introduction to Professional English and Soft Skills with
audio CD, Cambridge University Press. India (Pages 272)
4. John, Dolly., (2018), English for Life and the Workplace Through LSRW&T Skills, Pearson
Publications.India (Pages 263)
E BOOKS
1. https://www.cambridge.org/gb/files/9116/4138/4615/A1_Student_Book.pdf
2. https://www.cambridge.org/gb/files/1416/4138/4681/A1_Workbook.pdf
3. https://www.cambridge.org/gb/files/7216/4138/1999/A2_Student_Book.pdf
4. https://www.cambridge.org/gb/files/6816/4138/2072/A2_Workbook.pdf
MOOC
1. https://www.edx.org/professional-certificate/tsinghuax-english-communication-skills
2. https://www.britishcouncil.org.tr/en/english/mooc/english-for-the-workplace

COURSE TITLE PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT & SOFT SKILLS CREDITS 2


COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1002 HS L -T–P–S 2–0–1–1
CATEGORY

Version 1.0 Approval 35th ACM - 6th Aug. 2022 LEARNING LEVEL BTL – 4
Details
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE
Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
lab record and Test / Quiz.,
First Second viva as as approved
Periodical Periodical approved by by the Theor Practic
Attendance
Assessment Assessment the Department y al
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15 % 10 % 5% 5% 25 % 25 %
This course teaches the learners LSRW Skills which is needed in today’s global
workplace together with essential business vocabulary & grammar. It equips them to
Course
communicate effectively and at professional and social scenario which in turn makes
Description
them confident individuals. This course would help them to appear for Cambridge
Certification and add value to their profile and validate their language proficiency.
1. To acquire self-confidence by which the learner can improve upon their informative
listening skills by an enhanced acquisition of the English language.
2. To provide an environment to Speak in English at the formal and informal levels and
use it for daily conversation, presentation, group discussion and debate.
3. To equip the students to Read, comprehend and answer questions based on literary,
Course
scientific and technological texts.
Objective
4. To enhance the writing skills of the students via training in instructions,
recommendations, checklists, process-description, letter-writing and report writing.
5. To equip the learners in analyzing and applying creative thinking skills and
participate in brainstorming, mind-mapping, audio visual activities and excel in
employability skills.
Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Outcome 1.Demonstrate the ability to construct the grammatically correct sentences with
accuracy and syntax structures.
2.Integrating various components of English Language and determining it through
reading and listening.
3.Analyze and transcode data, construct different types of written essays, read
complex passages and summarize ideas, create personal profiles in the form of a
resume.
4.Organize and articulate ideas, concepts, and perceptions in a comprehensive
manner in written business correspondence, and speaking in formal and informal
situations.
5.Infer details about presentation skills and implementing it in various professional
situations.
Prerequisites: Plus Two English-Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO S S PS
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O O O3
1 2
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - 1 2 -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - 2 1 -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - 1 1 -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - 1 2 -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 1 1 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 : ATTITUDE (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Countable and uncountable nouns 2. Asking questions 3. Expressing likes 4.
Introducing reasons 4. Talking about large and small differences. 5. Expressing Results
Vocabulary : 1. Recruitment Brochure : ability, certificate, course, etc., 2. Work, job, training
course. 3. Job Responsibilities 4. Staff, Employee, member of Staff. 5. Phrases expressing
enthusiasm 6. Adjective Forms
CO-1
Writing : 1. Report Writing – Staff Training Report 2. A Website entry 3. A short Email and
BTL-2
an Email of a job application.
Reading : Articles on Human Resources
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB) : ATTITUDE : The power of positive thinking –
Positive self talk – self-esteem and positive attitude who Am I ? Attitude in the workplace –
Building a positive attitude – Testing your attitude – Adaptability
MODULE 2 : GOAL SETTING (6 Hrs.)
Grammar: 1. Infinitive or verb + ing, 2. Prepositions in phrases describing trends 3. Formal
requests 4. First and Second conditionals. 5. Phrases followed by a Verb + ing.
Vocabulary : 1. Word related to marketing ( Launch, Play, Find out, Learn, Know, etc., ) 2.
Revenue outcome 3. Adjective – noun collocations, 3. Last and latest
Writing : 1. A marketing Report 2. Email giving information – making an enquiry –
CO-2
answering enquiries – correcting information – confirming terms 3 Memo Writing
BTL-3
Reading : Articles on Marketing
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB): GOAL SETTING: What is goal ? - What are
SMART goals? - How does SMART goal setting work? - Goals as commitment – Useful
Guideline for goal setting – Trying personal and professional goals – Goals at the workplace –
Cascading goals – Types of goals
MODULE 3 : TIME MANAGEMENT (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Prepositions in time phrases 2. Making recommendations 3. Phrases
signaling parts of a presentation 4. Can and could
Vocabulary : 1. Financial Terms 2. Rising finance 3. Noun Phrases connected with starting
companies 4. Assets, collateral etc.,
Writing : Formal Letter : 1. A letter of enquiry 2. Proposal Writing CO-3
Reading :Articles on Entrepreneurship BTL-3
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB): TIME MANAGEMENT : What is time
management? Prioritization – Time stressors – Time stealers – Time management -
Eisenhower Matrix– Strategies for effective time management – productivity pyramid – The
four Ds of time management
MODULE 4 : EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Referencing 2. Using the Passives to express opinions and ideas. 3. Relative CO-4
Clauses BTL-3
Vocabulary : 1. Collocations describing reasons for meetings, 2. Collocations with meeting
3. Crucial, priceless, etc.,
Writing : Arranging to travel; an email agreeing to a request and making suggestions –
giving instructions – about a business trip – announcing a job opportunity. . 2. A letter
informaing about a new service – complaint,
Reading : Articles on Business abroad
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB): EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE : What is
Emotional Intelligence ? Enhancing your emotional self-awareness, - Emotional intelligence
and change management – unfreezing the old, re-freezing the new – change and stress –
emotional intelligence and crisis management.
MODULE 5 : LEADERSHIP (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Using the Definite Article 2. Expressing Causes 3. Reporting verbs and
reported speech 4 Third Conditional(Imaginary)
Vocabulary : 1. Verb – Noun collocations 2. Issues, impact, etc., 3. Way or method 4.
Words and phrases expressing numbers.
Writing : Mail arranging a meeting , introducing a company and asking for information – CO-5
giving suggestions 2. A memo asking for suggestions 3. A proposal for out sourcing. BTL-4
Reading : Articles on Change in Business
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB): LEADERSHIP : Qualities of a leader –
Leadership and assertiveness – problem –solving and decision-making – Approaches to
problem – solving and decision-making – Brainstorming – Cause-and-effect analysis
TEXT BOOKS
Brook-Hart, Guy (2019). Cambridge English Business Benchmark, Upper Intermediate.
1
Cambridge University Press. India (Pages 208)
Pillai, Sabina. Fernandez, Agna.(2018). Soft Skills And Employability Skills. Cambridge
2.
University Press. India. (Pages 208)
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Murphy, Raymond(2019). Intermediate English Grammar. Cambridge University Press. India.
(Pages 350)
2. Barnes, D., (2020). Exploratory talk for learning in Mercer, N. and Hodgkinson, S. (eds)
Exploring Talk in School. London: Sage Publications. (Pages 208)
3. Dhanavel. S P ( 2018). English and Soft Skills. Orient BlackSwan. India. (Pages 136)
4. Goldsmith, Marshall & M.S. Rao.(2020) Soft Skills: Enhancing Employability. Dreamtech
Press. India (Pages 256)
E Books
1 https://www.pdfdrive.com/basic-english-grammar-with-exercises-e12486779.html
2 http://dspace.vnbrims.org:13000/jspui/bitstream/123456789/4733/1/Leadership%20The
%20Power%20of%20Emotional%20Intellegence.pdf
MOOC Courses

1 https://www.edx.org/professional-certificate/ritx-communication-skills

2 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/people-and-soft-skills-for-professional-success

COURSE TITLE PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS USING C CREDITS 4


COURSE COURSE
ECS51009 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL- 4
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Seminar/
Second
First Periodical Assignments/ Surprise Attendanc
Periodical ESE
Assessment Project / Test / Quiz e
Assessment
Practical
15% 15% 20% -- -- 50%
To introduce computers and programming in C and also explore the power of
Course
computational techniques that are currently used by engineers and scientists and to
Description
develop programming skills with reasonable complexity.
Course The course should enable the students
1. To acquire the basic knowledge in computer hardware, programming
languages and Problem-solving techniques.
2. To learn the fundamentals of C programming.
Objective 3. To gain knowledge in Functions, arrays and strings in C programming.
4. To understand the pointers, Structures and Union in C programming
5. To gain Knowledge on Embedded Programming and real time applications
of C Programming.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Describe the basics of digital computer and programming languages.
2. Demonstrate problem solving techniques using flowchart, algorithm/pseudo
Course code to solve the given problem.
Outcome 3. Design and Implement C program using Control Statements and Functions.
4. Design and Implement C program using Pointers and File operations.
5. Identify the need for embedded C and C Programming in real-time
applications.
Prerequisites:
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P
P
P S
CO - PO PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO PO PO PO S PSO-
O- O
PO -1 2 3 4 5 6 8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O- 3
7 -
2
1
CO-1 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 - - 1 2 3 - -
CO-2 3 3 3 2 2 1 - 2 2 1 - 1 2 3 -
CO-3 3 3 3 2 2 2 - 1 3 3 2 1 2 3 -

CO-4 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 1 - 3 2 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES AND PROBLEM-SOLVING TECHNIQUES (6L+6L=12)
Introduction – Fundamentals of digital computers - Programming languages -
Programming Paradigms – Types of Programming Languages – Language Translators
– Problem Solving Techniques: Algorithm – Flow Chart - Pseudo code.

Practical Component: CO-1

Drawing Flowcharts using E- Chart & Writing pseudo code for the following problems BTL-1
(i) Greatest of three numbers
(ii) Sum of N numbers
(iii) Computation of nCr

MODULE 2: FUNDAMENTALS OF C(6L+6L=12)


Evolution of C -Why C language - Applications of C language - Data Types in C –
Operators and Expressions – Input and Output statements in C – Decision Statements
– Loop Control Statements.

Practical Component:
CO-2
(i) Program to illustrate arithmetic and logical operators
(ii) Program to read and print data of different types BTL-3
(iii) Program to calculate area and volume of various geometrical shapes
(iv) Program to compute biggest of three numbers
(v) Program to print multiplication table
(vi) Program to convert days to years, months and days
(vii) Program to find sum of the digits of an integer
MODULE 3: FUNCTIONS, ARRAYS AND STRINGS(6L+6L=12)
Functions – Storage Class – Arrays – Strings and standard functions - Pre-processor CO-3
Statements.
BTL-4
Practical Component:

(i) Program to compute Factorial, Fibonacci series and sum of n numbers using
recursion
(ii) Program to compute sum and average of N Numbers stored in an array
(iii) Program to sort the given n numbers stored in an array
(iv) Program to search for the given element in an array
(v) Program to do word count
(vi) Program to insert a substring in a string
(vii) Program to concatenate and compare two strings
(viii) Program using pre-processor statements
MODULE 4 : POINTERS, STRUCTURES AND UNION(6L+6L=12)
Pointers – Dynamic Memory allocation – Structure and Union – Files.

Practical Component:

(i) Program to compute sum of integers stored in a 1-D array using pointers and CO-4
dynamic memory allocation
(ii) Program to read and print records of a student/payroll database using structures BTL-3
(iii) Program to simulate file copy
(iv) Program to illustrate sequential access file
(v) Program to illustrate random access file

MODULE 5: APPLICATIONS OF C (6L+6L=12)


Structure of embedded C program - Data Types - Operators - Statements - Functions -
Keil C Compiler.

Game development using c - Analysing the environment - Snake game - Tic-Tac-Toe - CO-5
flappy bird.
BTL-2
Practical component:

Simple programs using embedded C-Game Development using C

TEXTBOOKS
1 Ashok Kamthane, “Computer Programming”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, Inc 2017
2 Mark Siegesmund, "Embedded C Programming", first edition, Elsevier publications, 2014.
3 Robert Marmelstein, “Programming Games in C”
REFERENCE BOOKS
Jeyapoovan T, “Fundamentals of Computing and Programming in C”, Vikas Publishing
1
house, 2015.
2 Yashavant Kanetkar, “Let us C”, 15th edition, BPP publication, 2016.
S.Sathyalakshmi, S.Dinakar, “Computer Programming Practicals – Computer Lab Manual”,
3
Dhanam Publication, First Edition, July 2013.
E BOOKS
1 https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/C_Programming
MOOC
1 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18-cs10/preview
2 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105085/2
3 https://www.udemy.com/c-programming-for-beginners/
4 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/c-programming
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND COMPUTER AIDED
COURSE
DESIGN CREDITS 3
TITLE
(Aero, Auto, Civil, Bio-Tech, Mechanical)
COURSE COURSE
EME51001 ES L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNIN
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-3
G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Weekly Surprise
First Second
assignment/Observa Test/ Quiz
Periodical Periodical ESE
tion / lab records etc., as Attendanc
Assessment Assessment (Theory +
and viva as approved e
(Theory + (Theory + Practical)
approved by the by the
Practical) Practical)
DEC DEC
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
This course broadly introduces the mechanical design using computer aided
Course design tools and fundamentals of free hand sketching. It prepares the students to
Description learn the basic concepts involved in technical drawing and computer graphics. It
also emphasis on the principles of projections and visualization of part drawing.
1. To demonstrate the concepts of Engineering graphics and projection of
straight lines using CAD software
2. To visualize the solids in various orientations and to draw its projections
Course 3. To comprehend the concepts of isometric projections
Objective 4. To draw the development of solid surfaces and to generate associated views
of civil drawings.
5. To visualize and draw views of the object by free hand sketch and to
transform 3D models to 2D drawings using CAD tools
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the concepts of Engineering graphics and projection of straight
lines using CAD software.
Course 2. Apply the acquired knowledge to solve simple problems of regular solids.
Outcome 3. Create solid objects in isometric view using CAD software
4. Develop the simple solids and to sketch the plan and elevation of the building
drawings.
5. Visualize the objects and to draw by free hand sketching.
Prerequisites: Nil
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P
P O S
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
CO O- - O
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 O-2 O-3
11 1 -
2 1
CO-1 2 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 2 2 1 -
CO-2 2 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 2 - 2 1 - -
CO-3 2 2 2 - 2 - - 2 2 2 - 2 1 2 -
CO-4 3 2 2 - 3 - - 2 2 2 - 2 1 - -
CO-5 3 1 2 - - - - 1 2 2 - 2 - 1 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: BASICS OF ENGINEERING GRAPHICS (6L + 6P
=12)
Relevance of Graphics in Industry - BIS conventions and specifications - drawing
sheet sizes - Lettering – Dimensioning - Scales. Drafting methods - Introduction to
Computer Aided Drafting –Exposure to Solid Modelling software – Printer and
CO-1
Plotter – 3D printer. Introduction to Orthographic projections - Naming views as per
BTL-2
BIS - First angle projection method. Projection of points and projection of Straight
lines.
Suggested Reading: Solid modelling Software commands
MODULE 2: PROJECTION OF SOLIDS (6L + 6P
=12)
Projections of solids. Solids in simple positions and axis inclined to one plane only.
Section of solids. Section planes inclined to Horizontal Plane only. True shape of
CO-2
the section. (Manual and CAD Drawing)
BTL-2
Suggested Reading: Solids inclined to both the planes. Section of solids with
sectional planes inclined to VP.
MODULE 3: ISOMETRIC PROJECTION (6L + 6P
=12)
Concepts of isometric projection. Isometric scale, Isometric view of simple solids
CO-3
with sectional planes. (Manual and CAD Drawing)
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Isometric view of solids with multiple sectional planes.
MODULE 4: DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES AND CIVIL DRAWING (6L + 6P
=12)
Development of Surfaces of simple solids with simple sectional planes. Parallel line
method and Radial line method only. (Manual and CAD Drawing)
Civil Drawing: PLAN and ELEVATION of Simple residential building. (Manual and CO-4
CAD Drawing) BTL-2
Suggested Reading: Development of Sphere, Sectional elevation of building
drawing
MODULE 5: FREE HAND SKETCHING (6L + 6P
=12)
Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles —
Representation of Three-Dimensional objects — Pictorial Projection methods - CO-5
Layout of views- Conversion of pictorial views to orthographic view. BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Orthographic views to pictorial views
TEXT BOOKS
Jeyapoovan, T., Engineering Graphics and Design, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.,
1.
New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2022.
P. Kannaiah, K. L. Narayana, K. Venkata Reddy, A Textbook on Engineering
2.
Drawing, BS Pub, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Alf Yarwood, Introduction to AutoCAD – 2D and 3D Design, Newnes Elsevier, 2011
Bhatt N.D and Panchal V.M, Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry,
2.
Charotar Publishing House, 2019.
Kirstie Plantenberg, Engineering Graphics Essentials, SDC Publications., fifth
3.
Edition, 2016.
E – Books
https://www.amazon.in/Technical-Drawing-Engineering-Graphics-International-
1.
ebook/dp/B00IZ0FZHA
MOOC
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103019/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102304/

COURSE
DESIGN THINKING CREDITS 3
TITLE

COURSE
EGE51002 COURSE CATEGORY ES L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE

36th LEARNIN
Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL-4
ACM G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observation /
lab records as
Second
approved by
First Practical
Periodical the Attend PRACTICA
Periodical Assessment THEORY
Department ance L
Assessment Assessmen s
Examination
t
Committee
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course
Description
Design, in a typical engineering context refers to the detailed plans & schemes
developed through the application of best engineering practices for creating new
products and systems. Design thinking, in this relevance, is the systematic
methodology currently being adopted in industries and organizations for
evolving optimal designs with innovative design approaches and strategies. In
essence, it is truly about understanding a problem in an overall perspective taking
into consideration of the customer needs, technology, businesses, environmental
impact, safety and developing solutions. The design thinking methodology is
essentially an iterative approach with cross-functional teams and adopted to wide
ranging organizations right from engineering industries to service sectors. Hence
this methodology is universal, holistic and non-domain centric. It opens a new world
of problem-solving possibilities and helps the organizations to create new and
innovative products, services, and processes.

The design thinking course offered at our university is well structured with good
numbers of case studies and projects which makes the new and innovative
concepts discussed in lecture hours get assimilated in the minds of students. This
course is intentionally offered in the very first semester for all undergraduate
engineering branches to make the students understand this new philosophy of the
design thinking process and adopt the guidelines for their project works they take up
in subsequent semesters including start-up projects.
1. Inculcate the fundamental concepts of design thinking in students
Course
2. Learn the different phases of design thinking
Objective 3. Use design thinking methods in every stage of the problem
4. Apply various methods of design thinking to different problems
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Demonstrate the critical methods of design, systems thinking and key concepts
of design thinking.
Course 2. Understand the diverse methods employed in design thinking and establish a
Outcome workable design thinking framework to use in their practices
3. Practice design thinking in all stages of problem solving.
4. Apply design thinking approach to real world problems
5. Conceive, organize, lead and implement projects in interdisciplinary domain and
address social concerns with innovative approaches
Prerequisites: NIL

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO P PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
CO PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO-
- O- - - - - O- O- O-
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO-1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 -
CO-2 1 1 1 - 2 3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 3 -
CO-3 1 1 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 -
CO-4 2 2 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 3 - 2 3 3 -
CO-5 2 1 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION
(3T + 6P =9)

Design process: Traditional design, Design Requirements, Design approach and


Strategies. Design Thinking Concept for Innovative Design - Breaking of patterns, Reframe
existing design problems, Principles of creativity. Elements of Design Thinking - Design
Thinking Phases: Empathize (Customer Needs), Define, Ideate, Prototype, Testing and
Implementation. Design Thinking Frameworks. Design Thinking Team. CO-1

BTL-
Practical Case Studies: Enhancing the User Experience of a Digital Platform: Choose a 3
popular digital platform or application and ask students to analyze its strengths and
weaknesses from a user experience perspective. Examples: Redesigning the
platform's interface, functionality, or features to enhance usability, accessibility,
and overall user satisfaction.

MODULE 2: UNDERSTAND, OBSERVE AND DEFINE THE PROBLEM


(3T + 6P =9)

Search field determination - Problem clarification - Understanding of the problem – CO-2


Problem analysis - Reformulation of the problem - Observation Phase - Empathetic design
- Tips for observing - Methods for Empathetic Design - Point-of-View Phase - BTL-
Characterization of the target group - Description of customer needs. 3
Practical Case Studies: Redesigning a Medical Device: Focus on medical engineering
by selecting a specific medical device or equipment used in healthcare settings. Students
can explore opportunities to improve its functionality, ergonomics, ease of use, and patient
experience through innovative design solutions. Examples: (i) Hand held Blood
Glucose Testing Machine (ii) Blood Pressure Monitor
MODULE 3: IDEATION
(3T + 6P =9)

Ideation Phase - The creative process and creative principles - Principles of


Decomposition, Association, Analogy & Confrontation, Abstraction & Imagination. Guide
team - Personas with wide range of professional experiences, stronger collaboration
dynamics. Creativity techniques – Intuitive creative techniques – brainstorming,
Systematic Analytical techniques - SWOT Analysis, The 5 Whys iterative interrogative CO-3
technique - Valuation of ideas.
BTL-
Practical Case Studies: Redesigning an Educational Environment: Focus on improving
4
the learning experience within a specific educational institution or classroom. Students can
explore innovative design solutions that enhance collaboration, engagement, and
personalized learning while considering factors such as classroom layout, educational
technology, and accessibility. Examples: (i) case study of Educational ERP (ii) Case
study of Digital Learning Platform etc.
MODULE 4: PROTOTYPING AND VISULIZATION (3T +
6P =9)

Prototype Phase - Lean Startup Method for Prototype Development. Minimum Viable
Product (MVP) – creation of MVPs, drawing and design models, wireframe, mockups, 3D
Rapid prototyping. Visualization and presentation techniques. Visualization types – bar
chart, pie chart, radar char, mind mapping, affinity diagram, force field analysis, semantic
differential (polarity analysis). Presentation Techniques – story telling, creative collages, CO-4
design scenarios.
BTL-
Practical Case Studies: Designing an Eco-Friendly Packaging Solution: With a growing
concern for environmental sustainability, challenge students to design an eco-friendly 4
packaging solution for a consumer product. They can explore alternatives to single-use
plastics, optimize packaging materials and design for efficient production, transportation,
and disposal. Examples: City Waste Segregation and consolidation Device (ii) Used
Car Destruction and consolidation Device etc..
MODULE 5: TESTING AND IMPLEMENTATION (3T
+ 6P =9)

Test Phase - Tips for interviews - Tips for surveys - Kano Model - Desirability Testing -
How to conduct workshops - Requirements for the space - Material requirements - Agility
for Design Thinking. Design Activism – Designing tomorrow. Entrepreneurship/business
ideas. Technology Reediness Level (TRL) – 9 Levels.
CO-5
Practical Case Studies: Designing Assistive Technologies for People with Disabilities:
BTL-
Encourage students to develop innovative solutions to improve the quality of life for
4
individuals with disabilities. They can focus on designing assistive technologies such as
prosthetics, mobility aids, communication devices, or sensory enhancements to address
specific challenges faced by this user group. Examples: (i) Case study of patient assist
mobile Robot (ii) Designing automated level control of overhead water tank etc.
TEXT BOOKS

1. Christian Mueller Roterberg, Handbook of Design Thinking, 2018.


Johnny Schneider, “Understanding Design Thinking, Lean and Agile”, O'Reilly Media Inc,
2.
2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Idris Mootee, “Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation”, Wiley, 2013


2 Jeanne Liedtka and Tim Ogilvie, Designing for Growth: A design thinking tool kit for
managers, Columbia university Press, 2011
Hasso Plattner, Christoph Meinel and Larry Leifer, "Design Thinking: Understand –
3.
Improve – Apply", Springer, 2010

Tim Brown, “Change by Design: How Design Thinking Transforms Organizations and
4
Inspires Innovation”, Harper Collins, 2009

Roger Martin, "The Design of Business: Why Design Thinking is the Next Competitive
5
Advantage", Harvard Business Press , 2009.

E RESOURCES FOR REFERENCE

https://www.design-thinking-association.org/explore-design-thinking-topics/design-thinking-
1
case-studies

2 https://makeiterate.com/design-thinking-case-studies/

3 https://www.toptal.com/project-managers/digital/a-design-thinking-case-study

4 https://venturewell.org/class-exercises

MOOC

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_mg60/preview

2. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/aic19_de02/preview

ENGINEERING PRACTICE LAB


COURSE TITLE CREDITS 2
(Common to All Branches)
COURSE CODE EGE51406 COURSE CATEGORY ES L-T-P-S 0-0-4-2
36th LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL-3
ACM LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

80% 20%

Course This course is specifically designed to give the students a clear understanding
Description of the mechanical engineering design and its process.

The course should enable the students to


1. To Relate theory and practice of basic Mechanical and Civil
Course Engineering.
Objective 2. To Learn basic concepts in Aeronautical and Automobile Engineering.
3. To Learn basic concepts in Electrical, Electronics, mechatronics and
Computer Science.
Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Outcome 1. To Identify the tools, and types of joints used in welding, carpentry and
plumbing.
2. To Perform basic fabrication in welding, carpentry and plumbing, to
make simple joints/connections.
3. To Make simple electrical and electronic circuit connections, and may
assemble the hardware of a desktop computer.
4. To observe & demonstrate the working of a mechatronics systems like
CNC machine, Robot, Pneumatic circuits.
5. To observe & demonstrate the working of a 3D printer and list its
applications.
Prerequisites: NIL

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P
S S
PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PS
CO O O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1
- -
2 3
CO-1 3 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2 1 -

CO-2 3 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - - 3 2 -

CO-3 3 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2 1 -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


LIST OF EXPERIMENTS with expected Learning outcome
Exp. No. Experiment Name CO / BTL
1 To Perform a Fillet/Groove weld in a Welding Simulator CO 1 & BTL 3
2 To Fabricate a Butt joint/Lap Joint using Arc Welding CO 1 & BTL 3
To make basic pipe connections in Plumbing using valves, CO 1 & BTL 3
3
couplings and elbows
4 To make a common joint using Carpentry CO 1 & BTL 3
5 Assembling and Dismantling of a gasoline/Diesel Engine CO 2 & BTL 3
6 Measurement of Force using a spring balance CO 2 & BTL 3
7 To make an Electrical Wiring for extension box CO 3 & BTL 3
8 Study of Active and Passive Components CO 3 & BTL 3
9 To make simple circuit using Electronic Components CO 3 & BTL 3
10 To Assemble a Desktop computer CO 3 & BTL 3
11 To study the key elements of a Mechatronics system CO 3 & BTL 3
12 Demo on linear actuator, using pneumatic circuit CO 3 & BTL 3
13 Demo on Computerized Numerical Control (CNC) machine CO 3 & BTL 3
14 Demo on a pick and place Robot CO 3 & BTL 3
15 Demo on a 3D Printer CO 3 & BTL 3
LIST LIST OF EXPERIMENTS/TOOLS for 30 Students
1 Welding Rectifier – 5 Nos

2 Welding Simulator – 1 No.

3 Two Stroke Gasoline Engine – 1 No.

4 Spring balance – 5 Nos

5 PVC Pipes and its accessories – 5 sets


6 Saw, Planner, Chisel and its accessories – 5 sets

7 Extension box and its accessories – 5 sets

8 Electronic boards and its accessories – 5 sets

9 Active components – 5 sets


10 Passive components – 5 sets

11 Desktop Computer – 5 Nos

12 Linear Actuators and Pneumatic Kit– 1 Nos

13 Rotary Actuators and Pneumatic Kit– 1 Nos

14 CNC Machine – 1 No.

15 6 Axis Robot – 1 No.

16 3D Printer – 1 No.
REFERENCE
1 Jeyapoovan T and Saravanapandian M., (2015),Engineering practices lab manual,
Vikas publishing House, New Delhi, 4th Edition.
2 Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K.,(2008),
“Elements of Workshop Technology”, Vol.I ,Media promoters and publishers private
limited, Mumbai.
3 Ibrahim Zeid,(2011) CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi.

CREDIT
COURSE TITLE FAB LAB FOR CIRCUIT ENGINEERING 2
S
COURSE
COURSE CODE EGE51409 ES L-T-P-S 0-0-4-2
CATEGORY
VER
APPROVAL LEARNING
SIO 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
DETAILS LEVEL
N
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Observation & Record Practical Demonstration & Lab Test Report VIVA
20% 60% 20%
The course provides the necessary knowledge and skills regarding working
Course construction and interfacing aspects of peripherals. The students will get to know
Description how various peripherals communicate with the central processing unit of the
computer system and pattern their respective operations.
1. To inculcate the basic knowledge of computer hardware for video monitors.
2. To enable the capability to learn the fundamentals of Motherboards.
Course 3. To apprise knowledge in the Hardware Organization of PCs.
Objective 4. To demonstrate the working of Input Devices and Output Devices.
5. To induce a basic Knowledge of SMPS and power supplies.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Describe the basics of computer hardware for video monitors.


Course
2. Dissecting the Motherboard.
Outcome
3. Setup and configuration of ROM BIOS
4. To capture the image using a mobile phone camera as a web camera.
5. Exercise on assembling a PC with peripherals and testing the same.

Prerequisites: Nil
CO vs PO / PSO MAPPING
P
P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS S
CO PO4 O O PO 12
1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 O1 O2 O
10 11
3
CO- 2 2 2 1 - 2 1 - -- 1 1 2 1 - 2
1
CO- 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - 2 - 2 2 2 2
2
CO- 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2
3
CO- 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 - 2 1 2 1 2 1
4
CO- 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - 2 - 2 1 - 2
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related, and 3: Strongly related
List of Experiments (
HOURS)
Exp
Experiment Name CO / BTL
No
To study the construction and working of CRT, LCD, LED and its CO – 1
1
troubleshooting. BTL – 3
CO –1
2 Determine the video memory size on your PC/Laptop
BTL – 3
CO – 1
3 Demonstrate Bresenham’s Line drawing Algorithm.
BTL – 3
Use an understanding of the concept of color theory to link the components CO – 1
4
that contribute to the effects of color BTL – 3
To Study the components and internal parts, working of hard disk and CO – 2
5
CDROM, DVD, and Flash Drives. BTL – 3
Familiarize with the computer system Layout: Mark positions of SMPS,
CO – 2
6 Motherboard, processor, cooling systems, HDD, SSD RAM, Graphics unit, and
BTL – 3
add-on cards.
CO – 2
7 Dissecting the Motherboard: Connectors, Ports & Chipsets
BTL – 3
Performance Analysis of cooling systems in PCs (Setup a benchmark
CO – 2
8 software-eg: cinebench to perform this), thereby writing the need for efficient
BTL – 3
cooling systems
CO – 2
9 Setup and configuration of ROM BIOS
BTL - 3
Understanding modern memory technology. Make a comparative analysis of CO – 3
10.
each memory technology. BTL – 3
CO – 3
11. Partition the hard disk and merge it back.
BTL – 3
CO – 3
12. Expand the RAM size using the virtualization concept.
BTL – 3
To study the operations and components and internal parts of the Keyboard, CO – 4
13.
mouse, and their troubleshooting BTL - 3
Study of components and internal parts and working of Inkjet printer and Laser CO – 4
14.
printer and various installation of printers. BTL – 3
CO – 4
15. Understand the concept of input devices through keyboard remapping
BTL – 3
CO – 4
16 To capture the image using a mobile phone camera as a web camera.
BTL – 3
To study the SMPS circuit and measure its various CO – 5
17.
voltages. BTL – 3
Connecting SMPS to motherboard and other
CO – 5
18. devices.
BTL – 3
CO – 5
19. Study the operation and maintenance of UPS
BTL – 3
CO – 5
20. Exercise on assembling a PC with peripherals and testing the same.
BTL – 3
COURSE
OUTREACH (NCC) LEVEL 1 (ARMY WING) CREDITS 01
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51404 HS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-4
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observati
on / lab
records
as
First Second approved
Periodical Periodical Practical by the Attendanc THEO PRACTIC
Assessment Assessment Assessments Departme e* RY AL
(Theory) (Theory) nt
Examinati
on
Committe
e “DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course The NCC provides exposure to the cadets in a wide range of activities., with a
Description distinct emphasis on Social Services, Discipline and Adventure Training.

● The training curriculum of the NCC is primarily focused on character building,


Course inculcating leadership qualities and skill enhancement through structured
Objective academic syllabi, practical training and opportunity for exposure/interaction
beyond a cadets’ immediate environment, and thereby enabling them for a
brighter and progressive future.
(a) To develop character, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook, spirit of
adventure and the ideals of selfless service amongst the youth of the country.
(b) To create a human resource of organized, trained and motivated youth to
Course provide leadership in all walks of life and always available for the service of the
Outcome nation.
(c) To provide a suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up a career in
the Armed Forces.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P
S S
PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PS
CO O O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1
- -
2 3
CO-1 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

- - - - - - - -
CO-2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
- - - - - - - -
CO-3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
- - - - - - - -
CO-4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1

CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


MODULE 1: NCC GENERAL (9L+
6P)

NCC GENERAL: NCC 1 Aims, Objectives & Organization of


NCC 1 NCC 2 Incentives 2 NCC 3 Duties of NCC Cadet 1 NCC
CO-1
4 NCC
BTL-3
Camps: Types & Conduct 2

MODULE 2: NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARNESS (9L+


6P)

NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARENESS 4 NI 1 National


Integration: Importance & Necessity 1 NI 2 Factors Affecting CO-2
National Integration 1 NI 3 Unity in Diversity & Role of NCC in BTL-3
Nation Building 1 NI 4 Threats to National Security 1

MODULE 3: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT. (9L+


6P)

PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 7 PD 1 Self-Awareness,


Empathy, Critical & Creative Thinking, Decision Making and CO-3
Problem Solving 2 PD 2 Communication Skills 3 PD 3 Group BTL-3
Discussion: Stress & Emotions 2

MODULE 4: LEADERSHIP (9L+ 6P)

LEADERSHIP 5 L 1 Leadership Capsule: Traits, Indicators, Motivation, CO-4


Moral Values, Honour ‘ Code 3 L 2 Case Studies: Shivaji, Jhasi Ki Rani 2 BTL-3

MODULE 5: SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (9L+6P)

SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 8 SS 1


Basics, Rural Development Programmes, NGOs, Contribution of CO-5
Youth 3 SS 4 Protection of Children and Women Safety 1 SS 5 BTL-3
Road / Rail Travel Safety 1 SS 6 New Initiatives 2 SS 7 Cyber
and Mobile Security Awareness 1

TEXT BOOKS

1. NCC COMMON SUBJECT BOOK

2. RED BOOK (ARMY SPECIAL SUBJECTS)

COURSE
OUTREACH (NCC) LEVEL 1 (AIR WING) CREDITS 01
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51404 HS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-4
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observat
ion / lab
records
as
First approve
Second
Periodical d by the
Periodical Practical Attendanc THEO PRACTI
Assessme Departm
Assessment Assessments e* RY CAL
nt ent
(Theory)
(Theory) Examina
tion
Committ
ee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course
The NCC provides exposure to the cadets in a wide range of activities., with a
Descriptio
distinct emphasis on Social Services, Discipline and Adventure Training.
n

● The training curriculum of the NCC is primarily focused on character building,


Course inculcating leadership qualities and skill enhancement through structured academic
Objective syllabi, practical training and opportunity for exposure/interaction beyond a cadets’
immediate environment, and thereby enabling them for a brighter and progressive
future.
(a) To develop character, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook, spirit of
adventure and the ideals of selfless service amongst the youth of the country.
(b) To create a human resource of organized, trained and motivated youth to
Course provide leadership in all walks of life and always available for the service of the
Outcome nation.
(c) To provide a suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up a career in
the Armed Forces.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P
S S
PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PS
CO O O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1
- -
2 3
CO-1 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

CO-2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

CO-3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

CO-4 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: NCC GENERAL (9L+
6P)

NCC GENERAL: NCC 1 Aims, Objectives & Organization of


NCC 1 NCC 2 Incentives 2 NCC 3 Duties of NCC Cadet 1 CO-1
NCC 4 NCC BTL-3

Camps: Types & Conduct 2


MODULE 2: NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARNESS (9L+
6P)

NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARENESS 4 NI 1


National Integration: Importance & Necessity 1 NI 2 Factors CO-2
Affecting National Integration 1 NI 3 Unity in Diversity & Role of BTL-3
NCC in Nation Building 1 NI 4 Threats to National Security 1

MODULE 3: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT. (9L+


6P)

PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 7 PD 1 Self-Awareness,


CO-3
Empathy, Critical & Creative Thinking, Decision Making and
BTL-3
Problem Solving 2 PD 2 Communication Skills 3 PD 3 Group
Discussion: Stress & Emotions 2
MODULE 4: LEADERSHIP (9L+
6P)

LEADERSHIP 5 L 1 Leadership Capsule: Traits, Indicators, Motivation, CO-4


Moral Values, Honour ‘ Code 3 L 2 Case Studies: Shivaji, Jhasi Ki Rani 2 BTL-3

MODULE 5: SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT


(9L+6P)

SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 8 SS 1


Basics, Rural Development Programmes, NGOs, Contribution of CO-5
Youth 3 SS 4 Protection of Children and Women Safety 1 SS 5 BTL-3
Road / Rail Travel Safety 1 SS 6 New Initiatives 2 SS 7 Cyber
and Mobile Security Awareness 1

TEXT BOOKS

NCC COMMON SUBJECT BOOK

RED BOOK (ARMY SPECIAL SUBJECTS)

COURSE
OUTREACH (NCC) LEVEL 1 (NAVY WING) CREDITS 01
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51404 HS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-4
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observati
on / lab
records
as
First
Second approved
Periodical
Periodical Practical by the Attendanc THEO PRACT
Assessme
Assessment Assessments Departme e* RY ICAL
nt
(Theory) nt
(Theory)
Examinati
on
Committe
e “DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course
The NCC provides exposure to the cadets in a wide range of activities., with a
Descriptio
distinct emphasis on Social Services, Discipline and Adventure Training.
n

● The training curriculum of the NCC is primarily focused on character building,


Course inculcating leadership qualities and skill enhancement through structured
Objective academic syllabi, practical training and opportunity for exposure/interaction
beyond a cadets’ immediate environment, and thereby enabling them for a
brighter and progressive future.

(a) To develop character, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook, spirit of


adventure and the ideals of selfless service amongst the youth of the country.
(b) To create a human resource of organized, trained and motivated youth to
Course provide leadership in all walks of life and always available for the service of the
Outcome nation.
(c) To provide a suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up a career in
the Armed Forces.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
S
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
CO O
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1 O-2
-
3
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-1
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-2
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-3
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-4
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: NCC GENERAL (9L+
6P)

NCC GENERAL: NCC 1 Aims, Objectives & Organization of


NCC 1 NCC 2 Incentives 2 NCC 3 Duties of NCC Cadet 1 NCC
CO-1
4 NCC
BTL-3
Camps: Types & Conduct 2

MODULE 2: NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARNESS (9L+


6P)

NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARENESS 4 NI 1


National Integration: Importance & Necessity 1 NI 2 Factors CO-2
Affecting National Integration 1 NI 3 Unity in Diversity & Role of BTL-3
NCC in Nation Building 1 NI 4 Threats to National Security 1

MODULE 3: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT. (9L+


6P)

PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 7 PD 1 Self-Awareness,


Empathy, Critical & Creative Thinking, Decision Making and CO-3
Problem Solving 2 PD 2 Communication Skills 3 PD 3 Group BTL-3
Discussion: Stress & Emotions 2

MODULE 4: LEADERSHIP (9L+


6P)

LEADERSHIP 5 L 1 Leadership Capsule: Traits, Indicators, Motivation, CO-4


Moral Values, Honour ‘ Code 3 L 2 Case Studies: Shivaji, Jhasi Ki Rani 2 BTL-3

MODULE 5: SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT


(9L+6P)

SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 8 SS 1


Basics, Rural Development Programmes, NGOs, Contribution of CO-5
Youth 3 SS 4 Protection of Children and Women Safety 1 SS 5 BTL-3
Road / Rail Travel Safety 1 SS 6 New Initiatives 2 SS 7 Cyber
and Mobile Security Awareness 1

TEXT BOOKS

NCC COMMON SUBJECT BOOK

RED BOOK (ARMY SPECIAL SUBJECTS)

COURSE
OUTREACH (NSS) LEVEL I CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51405 HS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-4
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 36th ACM -
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Awareness
Volunteerin Attendance Report
Events attended Programs
g * Submission
attended
5 25 15 5% 50
This course is designed to introduce students to the principles and practices of
community service, social development, and active citizenship. The course aims to
instill a sense of social responsibility and promote civic engagement among the
participants. Through a combination of theoretical knowledge and practical
Course
experiences, students will develop essential skills and qualities required to make a
Description
positive impact on the community and society.
Pre requisite: There are no specific prerequisites for enrolling in the NSS Semester
1 course. However, a genuine interest in community service, social development,
and willingness to actively engage with diverse communities are essential.
1. To familiarize students with the objectives, history, and importance of the
National Service Scheme (NSS) in community development, emphasizing the
significance of social responsibility and civic engagement.
2. To develop essential leadership skills, teamwork, and effective project
management techniques, preparing students to organize and execute
community service projects successfully.
3. To cultivate empathy, compassion, and cultural sensitivity, enabling students to
Course engage respectfully and effectively with diverse communities during their
Objective community service activities.
4. To promote environmental awareness and sustainable practices, encouraging
students to integrate eco-friendly approaches into their community service
initiatives.
5. To enhance students' communication, problem-solving, and decision-making
skills, equipping them to engage with community members, stakeholders, and
address challenges effectively.

1. students will gain a comprehensive understanding of the objectives, history,


and significance of the National Service Scheme (NSS) in promoting
community development and social responsibility.

2. Participants will demonstrate the ability to identify and assess prevalent social
issues and challenges in the community, laying the groundwork for effective
community service initiatives.

3. Through practical experiences and workshops, students will develop essential


leadership skills, teamwork, and project management techniques necessary for
Course
organizing and executing successful community service projects.
Outcome
4. By engaging with diverse communities, students will cultivate empathy,
compassion, and cultural sensitivity, fostering meaningful and respectful
interactions during their service activities.

5. Upon completion of Semester 1, students will have improved their


communication, problem-solving, and decision-making skills, empowering them
to actively and effectively engage in community development and service
projects.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PS PS PS
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
CO O- O- O-
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
1 2 3
CO-1 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

CO-2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

CO-3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

CO-4 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


TOPICS TO BE COVERED
1. Introduction to National Service Scheme (NSS) and its Objectives
2. Understanding Social Issues and Needs Assessment in the Community
3. Project Planning and Management for Community Service
4. Leadership Development and Teamwork
5. Cultural Sensitivity and Interacting with Diverse Communities
6. Communication and Problem-Solving Skills for Community Engagement
7. Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Practices
8. Health, Hygiene, and Community Well-being
9. The Role of Arts and Culture in Community Development
10. Reflecting on Community Service Experiences and Personal Growth

Suggest Activities

1. Community Cleanliness Drive: Organize a cleanliness drive in the local


community, involving students and residents in cleaning public spaces and
creating awareness about cleanliness and waste management.
2. Health Awareness Camp: Conduct a health awareness camp where
participants can provide basic health check-ups, distribute health-related
information, and promote the importance of hygiene and sanitation.
3. Environmental Conservation Project: Initiate an environmental
conservation project, such as tree planting, creating green spaces, or
implementing recycling programs, to raise awareness about environmental
issues.
4. Teaching Assistance in Local Schools: Collaborate with local schools to
provide teaching assistance, conduct educational workshops, and help
students with their studies.
5. Empowerment Workshops: Organize workshops for women, youth, or
other marginalized groups to empower them with skills and knowledge
relevant to their needs, such as vocational training or financial literacy.
6. Cultural Exchange Program: Arrange a cultural exchange event where
NSS participants and local community members can share their traditions,
dances, music, and food, fostering mutual understanding and appreciation.
7. Blood Donation Camp: Partner with local healthcare institutions to
organize a blood donation camp to address blood shortages and raise
awareness about the importance of donating blood.
8. Community Survey and Needs Assessment: Conduct a comprehensive
community survey to understand the needs and priorities of the local
residents, guiding the selection of future service projects.
9. Awareness Campaigns: Create awareness campaigns on critical social
issues like gender equality, education, or substance abuse through street
plays, posters, and interactive sessions.
10. Disaster Preparedness Workshop: Conduct workshops on disaster
preparedness, including first aid training and emergency response, to
equip the community with necessary skills.
11. Senior Citizens' Engagement: Plan activities and events to engage and
support senior citizens, such as organizing social gatherings or providing
assistance with daily chores.
12. Digital Literacy Initiatives: Set up digital literacy workshops to help
community members, especially elders and underserved individuals, to
learn basic computer and internet skills.
13. Community Sports Event: Organize a community sports event to
promote fitness, teamwork, and community bonding.
14. Skill Development Sessions: Arrange skill development workshops in
collaboration with local experts to teach practical skills like tailoring,
painting, or handicrafts.
15. Awareness on Government Schemes: Educate the community about
various government schemes and programs that they may be eligible for,
to ensure they can avail themselves of the benefits.
REFEREFERENCE BOOKS
1 National Service Scheme Manual, Government of India.

2 Orientation Courses for N.S.S. Programme officers, TISS.


3 Case material as Training Aid for field workers, Gurmeet Hans.
4 National Service Scheme Manual, Government of India.

5 Training Programme on National Programme scheme, TISS.


6 Social Problems in India, Ram Ahuja
7 Social service opportunities in Hospitals, Kapil K.Krishan,TISS.

COURSE TITLE CREDITS 2


TAMIL (REGIONAL LANGUAGE
GGGG100 COURSE
COURSE CODE HS L -T–P–S 2–0–0–2
8 CATEGORY
Versio
1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 3
n
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Surprise Test / Quiz
First Second End
Seminar/ etc., as approved by
Periodical Periodical Attendan Semester
Assignmen the Department
Assessmen Assessme ce Examination
ts/ Project Examination
t nt ESE
Committee “DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
Course This Tamil course improves Tamil language skills of the students’ Tamil letters and
Descriptio Grammar are included. This course provides an opportunity not only to get interest in
n learning Tamil Language but also, they can learn to converse easily.
1. By studying this course, students will be able to write and speak Tamil easily in any
situation, daily life and daily conversations.
2. Develops language and interest in learning in students.
Course
3. Facilitates students to create opportunities for themselves in the society.
Objective
4. Students also learn Tamil literature by developing interest in language department.
5. This lesson plan helps the students to learn about the culture by learning the Tamil
language.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the Letters and basic words of Tamil Language which are in daily use
Course 2. Develops the listening skills of Tamil language
Outcome 3. Utilize the letters and common words of the language for communication
4. Develop the conversational skills
5.Demonstrate the skill of reading and writing
Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS S S
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O O
2 3
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
அலகு - 1 தமிழ் எழுத்துக்கள் (6
L)
தமிழ் எழுத்துகள் – ஓசைகள் - எண்கள் – வண்ணங்கள் – வடிவங்கள் - ஓர்
எழுத்துச் சொற்கள் - பழங்கள் மற்றும் காய்கறிகள் – மலர்கள் – இயற்கை -
மாதங்கள் சொற்கள் - பெயர்சொற்கள் – உரிச்சொற்கள் – வினைச்சொற்கள் – CO-1
காலங்கள் - வாழ்த்துகள். BTL-2
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள் : 1. வார்த்தைகளை வட்டமிடுதல்.
2. விடுபட்ட எழுத்துகளை நிரப்புக. 3. வடிவங்களுக்கு வண்ணம் தீட்டுக.
அலகு – 2 கேட்டல் மற்றும் உச்சரித்தல் (6L)
உயிரெழுத்துகள், மெய்யெழுத்துகள் மற்றும் உயிர்மெய் எழுத்துகளை
உச்சரித்தல் - சிறுகதைகள் வாசித்தல் – எதிர்ச்சொற்கள் - பொருள்தருக –
வாக்கியத்தில் அமைத்து எழுதுதல் – ஒரு சொல்லில் விடையளித்தல். CO-2
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள் : 1. சொற்களைக் கேட்டு உச்சரிக்க செய்தல். BTL-2
2. குழுவிவாதம் செய்தல். 3. கோடிட்ட இடங்களைச் சரியான சொற்களைக்
கூறுதல்.
அலகு -3 எழுத்துப் பயிற்சி (6 L)
தமிழ் எழுத்துகளை எழுத கற்பித்தல் - உயிர் எழுத்துகள் - மெய் எழுத்துகள் -
உயிர்மெய் எழுத்துகள் - ஆயுத எழுத்து – சார்பெழுத்துகள் – ஒற்றெழுத்துகள் -
CO-3
ஒரு சொல் - இருசொல் எழுதுதல் – ஒருவரி, இருவரி எழுதுதல்.
BTL-3
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள்: 1. கோடிட்ட இடங்களை நிரப்புக.
2. சரியான எழுத்துகளை வட்டமிடுதல். 3. ஒருவரி சொற்களை எழுதுதல்.
அலகு - 4 உரையாடல்கள் கற்பித்தல் (6L)
சிறு உரையாடல்கள் கற்பித்தல் – வாழ்த்துக்கள் - வங்கியில் பணம் செலுத்துதல் -
சந்தையில் கடைகாரரிடம் உரையாடுதல், பொது இடங்களில் உரையாடுதல்.
CO-4
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள்: 1. குறு நாடகங்கள் நடித்து உரையாடல்கள்
BTL-2
கற்பித்தல்.
2. விண்ணப்ப படிவங்கள் பூர்த்தி செய்தல். 3. மின்னல் அட்டைகள் காண்பித்தல்.
அலகு - 5 தமிழ் வாசிக்க மற்றும் எழுத கற்பித்தல் (6 L)
கடிதங்கள் வாசித்தல் மற்றும் எழுதுதல் – விண்ணப்ப கடிதம், வங்கிகணக்கு
படிவங்கள், இரயில் முன்பதிவு விண்ணப்ப படிவம் பூர்த்திசெய்தல் – கவிதை
CO-5
வாசித்தல் – செய்திதாள் வாசித்தல்.
BTL-3
வகுப்பறை செயல் முறைகள்: 1. விண்ணப்ப படிவங்கள் பூர்த்திசெய்தல்.
2. கவிதை வாசித்தல் போட்டிகள் 3. வகுப்பறை தேர்வுகள்
TEXT BOOK
Saidhai. P.Sundaramurthy (2018). Learn Tamil Through english. Manimekalai Prasuram.
1.
Chennai - 17. Pages 1 to 84
Pulavar Kulanthai (2020). Students Basic Tamil. Manimekalai Prasuram. Chennai -17.
2.
Pages1 to 84
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Lena tamil vanan. (2017). Easy Tamil Grammar. Manimekalai Prasuram, Chennai -17,
Pages 11 to 21
2. Tamilnadu Board - NCERT/CBSE-Books Class – 6th TO 9th (2021-2022)
E-REFERENCES
1 https://cbsetamil.com/cbse-tamil-book/,https://tamil.examsdaily.in/tnpsc-tamil-ilakkanam-
material-pdf-download

COURSE TITLE HINDI (REGIONAL LANGUAGE) CREDITS 2

COURSE COURSE 2–0–0–


GGGG1009 HS L -T–P–S
CODE CATEGORY 2
APROVAL BTL
VERSION 1.0 35th ACM 6th Aug. 2022 3
DETAILS LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Second Surprise Test / Quiz etc., End
Seminar/
Periodical Periodical as approved by the Attenda Semester
Assignment
Assessme Assessme Department Examination nce Examination
s/ Project
nt nt Committee “DEC”etc., ESE
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
This course has been designed to develop the regional language skills of the
Course
students. The course includes Hindi language, literature, vocabulary and grammar.
Descriptio
This course teaches students how to communicate accurately, appropriately and
n
fluently in regional language.
1. To provide an environment to Speak and write in Hindi at the formal and informal
levels and use it for daily conversation, presentation, group discussion and
debate.
Course 2. To equip the students to Read, comprehend and answer questions based on
Objective literary texts.
3. To help student to become sensitive to the requirements of the society and
respond to it in a constructive way.
4. To provide an environment to students to read and appreciate the literature.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the ability to write the grammatically correct sentences with
accuracy.
2. Integrating various components of Hindi Language and determining it through
Course reading and listening.
Outcome 3. Organize and articulate ideas, concepts, and perceptions in a comprehensive
manner in written correspondence, and speaking in formal and informal situations.
4. Infer details from after listening and reading and implement it in various
professional situations.
5. Develop writing and speaking skills.
Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P P P P
P P P P P P PS PS PS
CO PO4 O O- O1 O1 O1
O1 O2 O3 O6 O7 O8 O1 O2 O3
5 9 0 1 2
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 2 - 2 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
मॉड्यूल 1: हिंदी पत्र और लिपि (6 L)

हिंदी स्वर और व्यंजन अक्षर - आश्रित स्वर सीखें - व्यंजन और व्यंजन समूह - अनुस्‍वर व्यंजन -
संज्ञा - सर्वनाम - क्रिया (भविष्‍य) - संभावित विशेषण - काल - हिंदी के त्वरित नियम -
अभिवादन - 2 अक्षर शब्द बनाना, 3 अक्षर शब्द - हर दिन शब्दावली - संख्याएं - रंग - परिवार -
वस्त्र - बगीचा - घर - फल और सब्जियां - प्रकृ ति CO-1

BTL-2
सुझाई गई गतिविधियां:

देशी वक्ताओं द्वारा स्वर और व्यंजन का उच्चारण सुनना

स्वर और व्यंजन के वीडियो, 2 अक्षर और 3 अक्षर के शब्द, और प्रतिदिन प्रयोगार्थ शब्दावली

मॉड्यूल 2: सुनने का कौशल (6 L)

स्वर और व्यंजन का उच्चारण सुनना - लघु कथाएँ सुनना - साक्षात्कार - भाषण - सामाजिक मुद्दों
पर पॉड वार्ता - निर्धारित पाठों को सुनना: इकाई 1 सभ्‍यता का रहस्य, इकाई 2 - युवावों से -
वार्तालापों को सुनना - जानकारी सुनना - सम्मेलनों के भाषण

सुझाई गई गतिविधियां:
CO-2

सुनें और चुनें BTL-3

उम्मीदवार पाठ को सुनते हैं और तीन विकल्पों के साथ बहुविकल्पीय प्रश्न का उत्तर देते हैं।

उम्मीदवार टीवी चैनलों में बातचीत - साक्षात्कार- अतिथि व्याख्यान, सम्मेलनों और कार्यशालाओं
के दौरान विशेषज्ञों के भाषण सुनते हैं

मॉड्यूल 3: बोलने का कौशल (6 L)

औपचारिक संवाद - अनौपचारिक संवाद - लिंग रूपों के साथ बोलना - संख्या - काल - परिवार, शहर,
त्योहारों, शौक आदि जैसे सामान्य विषयों पर बोलना - पसंद और नापसंद व्यक्त करना - ज़रूरतें
और संपत्ति - भूमिका निभाना। CO-3

BTL-3
सुझाई गई गतिविधियां:

प्रस्तुति – कार्यक्रमों का संचालन - भाषण देना


मॉड्यूल- 4 : पढ़ने का कौशल (6 L)

नमूना पढ़ना - नकल पढ़ना - अक्षरों और शब्दों का सही उच्चारण करना - पढ़ने में प्रवाह - कहानियाँ
पढ़ना- संपादकीय, समाचारपत्र के लेख पढ़ना।
CO-4

सुझाई गई गतिविधियां BTL-3

फ्लैशकार्ड का उपयोग - चार्ट - चित्रों की पहचान करना - शब्दों को पढ़ना

मॉड्यूल-5 लेखन कौशल (6 L)

सामान्य पत्राचार - पत्र लेखन: छु ट्टी लेने पत्र, बैंक खाता खोलना, पुस्तकें मंगवाने के लिए पत्र,
शिकायत पत्र - संके त विकास - ज्ञापन - नोटिस
CO-5

सुझाई गई गतिविधियां: BTL-3

निर्धारित पाठ्यपुस्तक के अनुसार अभ्यास पूरा करना

पाठ्य पुस्तक

Sashtri. S.R.(2019). Hindi Shikshak, Dakshina Bharat Hindi Prachar Sabha, Chennai (Pages
1.
137)

संदर्भ पुस्तकें

1. Prathamatic Patya Pushthak. (2022), Dakshina Bharath Hindi Prachar Sabha, Chennai.
(Pages 168)

2. Madhyama Patya Pushthak. (2022) Dakshina Bharath Hindi prachar Sabha, Chennai (Pages
184)

ई-संदर्भ

1. https://www.hindipod101.com/

COURSE
REGIONAL LANGUAGE -TELUGU CREDITS 2
TITLE

COURSE CODE GGGG1010 COURSE CATEGORY HS L - T – P – S2 – 0 – 0 – 2

Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL LEVEL 3


ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Surprise Test / Quiz etc., as
Second Seminar/
Periodical approved by the Department
Periodical Assignments / Attendance ESE
Assessmen Examination Committee
Assessment Project
t “DEC”etc.,
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
Course This course has been designed to meet students' current and future language and
Description communication needs. It attempts to develop their proficiency in the four language
skills and knowledge of grammar and vocabulary. This course teaches students
how to communicate accurately, appropriately and fluently in professional and
social situations.
1. This course is aimed to teach the basic Telugu language speaking skills.
2. It will introduce basic skills of the Telugu Language: its alphabets, essential
Course
words and simple sentence construction methods.
Objectives
3. The course intends to facilitate students in acquiring foundational skills of
reading, writing and speaking Telugu along with synonyms to expand vocabulary.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the basic skills of Letters and sounds in Telugu.
2. Develop the basic vocabulary for every day’s conversation.
Course
3. Construct simple Telugu sentences with the simple words.
Outcome
4. Utilize the words that have conjunct character, and can learn functional,
everyday conversation.
5. Construct Simple sentences for delivering appropriate meaning.
Prerequisites: Plus Two Telugu-Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
PO1 PO1 PSO PSO PSO
CO PO 1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO12
0 1 1 2 3
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
భాగము 1 : వినడం, చెప్పడం మరియు రాయడం (6L)
తెలుగు అచ్చులు & హల్లు లు శబ్దా లు
ధ్వనిచిత్రంతో పాటు తెలుగు హల్లు ల స o యోగాల పరిచయం CO-1

సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు


BTL-2
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు

భాగము 2 : పేర్ల పదాలకు, సంఖ్యలకు, మరియు వాటి గుణాల పరిచయం (6L)

తెలుగు నామవాచకం పరిచయం


తెలుగు సర్వనామం & దాని విషయం
సంఖ్యలు దాని పరిచయం & తెలుగు విశేషణాలు పరిచయం CO-2
BTL-3
సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు

భాగము 3 : పదాలను విడదీసి వాక్యాలను రాయడం (6L)

తెలుగు పూర్వ పదాలు – స o యోగాలు


మరియు దాని ఉపయోగం
CO-3
సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు BTL-3
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు

భాగము 4 : పనులు, సమయం, క్రి య మరియు కాల వ్యవధుల పరిచయం (6L)

వివిధ క్రి యల యొక్క క్రి య & సమయం / కాల స o యోగాలనికి పరిచయం CO-4
BTL-3
సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు

భాగము 5 : తెలుగు చదవడం, రాయడం మరియు ప్ర శ్నించడం (6L)

తెలుగులో సరళమై న వాక్యాలను రూపొo దించడం (ప్రా థమిక వాక్య నిర్మాణ నియామాలు)
తెలుగులో ప్ర తీకూల వాక్యాలును రూపొo దించడం
తెలుగు బోధన అభ్యాస ప్ర క్రి యలో ప్ర శ్నర్ధ కవాక్యాలువాక్యాలను రూపొo దించడం CO-5
BTL-3
సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు
TEXT BOOK

Telugu Akademy. (2018). Sampradaya Telugu Vyakaranalu. Telugu Akademy. Vijayawada,


1.
Andhra Pradesh. India.
2. Raghavendra. A. (2019). Telugu Vyakaranam. Prajasakti Book House. Tadepalli.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ramarao, Chekuri. (2019). A Reference Grammar of Modern Telugu. Emesco Books.
Hyderabad
2. Vemuri, V. Rao. (2020). Learn Telugu with Its Grammar, Eco Foundation, Vijayawada.

E-References

1 https://sarkarihelp.com/telugu-grammar-pdf-download/

COURSE TITLE French (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2


COURSE COURSE
GGGG1011 HS L -T–P-S 2–0–0-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval
Version 1.0 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL – 3
Details
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
lab record and Test / Quiz., End Semester
Second
First viva as as approved Examination
Periodical
Periodical approved by by the (ESE)
Assessmen Attendance
Assessment the Department Theory
t
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15 % 10 % 5% 5% 50%
Introduces students to the culture and language of the French-speaking world.
Students develop an ability to communicate in real-life situations by acquiring
reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills. The elementary courses prepare
Course
students to communicate successfully in some common basic social situations using
Description
the four language skills—listening, speaking, reading, and writing—within appropriate
cultural contexts. The student will also acquire an understanding of cross-cultural
awareness.
1. To discover basic elements of the language, such as the different phonemes, the
alphabet and its pronunciation
2. To discover the foundation of the language such as conjugations, auxiliaries,
Course
numbers, etc.
Objective
3. To learn how to form simple sentences about personal topics such as one's family
4.To start interacting with others by asking and answering simple questions
5. Understand your learning style and be able to check your own progress.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate advanced proficiency in spoken and written French.
2. Demonstrate the ability to read critically, interpret analytically, speak persuasively,
and write coherently about visual and literary texts produced in the French-speaking
world.
3. Demonstrate familiarity with methodological approaches in the study of literary and
Course cultural texts, such as close reading, socio-historical contextualization, and literary
Outcome and cultural theory.
4. Demonstrate knowledge of literary and cultural traditions, such as major
movements, writers, and works of the French-speaking world, focusing on at least
one and ideally multiple traditions: European, African, Caribbean, Asian, North
American, and other Francophone cultures.
5. Demonstrate the skills necessary for scholarly research and writing in the
Humanities.
Prerequisites: Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P P
P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
CO O1 O1 O1
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 O1 O2 O3
0 1 2
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -

CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE – 1: INTRODUCTION FRANÇAISE (3Hrs.)
.1 Introduction au cours de français - 1hr
1.2 La France et ses clichés - 2hr
1.3 Première rencontre (saluer, prendre congé, parler de son humeur) - 1hr CO-1
1.4 Qui es-tu? (se présenter, les chiffres 1-20, être et avoir) - 2hrs BTL-2
1.5 Activité fiche d’identité

MODULE – 2: LE MONDE QUI M’ENTOURE (3Hrs.)


2.1 Quel temps fait-il? (la météo, les chiffres 20-49) - 1hr
2.2 Mes couleurs préférées (la possession, le genre des articles) - 2hrs CO-2
2.3 Introduction à la Révolution Française - 2hrs BTL-
2.4 Me repérer dans le temps 1: la date (mois, jours, années) - 2hr 3
2.5 Me repérer dans le temps 2: l’heure (chiffres 49-60) - 2hrs
MODULE – 3: MES GOÛTS
(3Hrs.)
3.1 La nourriture en France - 2hrs
3.2 Exprimer ses goûts (verbes du 1er groupe, négation verbale) - 2hrs
CO-3
3.3 Manger et boire en France - 1hr BTL-
3.4 Ma famille extraordinaire - 2hrs 3
3.5 Activité “qui est qui?” - 2hrs
MODULE – 4: MON QUARTIER EST UN MONDE (3Hrs.)
4.1 Mon quartier idéal (lieux de la ville, prépositions de lieu, habiter et vivre) - 2hrs
4.2 C’est par où? (verbe aller, les directions, l’impératif, donner des indications) - 2hrs
4.3 Activité “où vont-ils?” trouver l’itinéraire - 1hr CO-4
4.4 On y va comment? (les transports, conduire et prendre, la préposition en/à) - 2hr BTL-3
4.5 Montmartre, un quartier pas comme les autres. 2hrs

MODULE – 5: JOUR APRES JOUR (3Hrs.)


5.1 Une journée ordinaire (verbes pronominaux, routine, emploi du temps) - 2hrs
5.2 Mes petites habitudes (la fréquence définie et indéfinie) - 1hr
5.3 Une carte postale de vacances - 2hrs CO-5
5.4 La provenance et la destination (prépositions in, from, to, le genre des pays) - 1hr BTL-4
5.5 Mes vacances idéales (adjectifs démonstratifs) -2hr

TEXT BOOKS
1.Ego 1 Cahier d’Activités, Annie BERTHET & Co, Hachette 2006
1 2. Version Originale Cahier d’Exercices, Monique DENYER & Co, ED. Maison des Langues,
2011

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. 1. Alter Ego 1
2. 2. Version Originale 1
E Books
1 1. www.lepointdufle.net
2. https://www.podcastfrancaisfacile.com/
3. https://didierfle.com/
4. https://lebaobabbleu.com/
5. https://leszexpertsfle.com/
6. https://www.ressourcesfle.fr/
7. https://lecafedufle.fr/

COURSE
German (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
GGGG1012 HS L -T–P-S 2–0–0-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval
Version 1 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL – 3
Details
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
lab record and Test / Quiz., End Semester
First
Second viva as as approved Examination
Periodical
Periodical approved by by the (ESE)
Assessmen Attendance
Assessment the Department Theory
t
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15 % 10 % 5% 5% 50%
The students shall understand the basic German Language concepts and cultural
Course difference. They can manage to understand and communicate in German when they
Description travel to Germany.

1) This course aims to equip the students with a basic daily communication in
German.
2) The students learn the spoken German required to communicate with native
speakers
Course
3) It helps them to understand the 4 different modules (Horen, Schreiben, Sprechen
Objective
and Lesen ) which is required to clear the A1 first level international certificate exam.
4) The students learn the concepts which is required for pursuing their PG or Job in
Germany

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Recall and recognize the facts and use familiar, everyday expressions, create very
simple sentences, which relate to the satisfying of concrete needs.
2. Understanding the texts and trying to communicate in a simple manner provided
the person they are speaking to speaks slowly and clearly and is willing to help.
Course 3. Understanding and recalling the basic German Vocabulary, Verb conjugations with
Outcome pronouns, expressions and connecting the learned facts to communicate in simple
German sentences
4. Applying the above learned facts and trying to create own sentences, E-mails etc.
as per the basic level achieved
5. Understand the native speaker and apply the knowledge (at basic level) in writing
and speaking parts.
Prerequisites: Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P P
P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
CO O1 O1 O1
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 O1 O2 O3
0 1 2
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 : SUPER!
(3Hrs.)
Jemanden vorstellen - Eine Hitliste internationaler Wörter schreiben - Nach dem Namen
und der Herkunft fragen - Eine kursliste schreiben
Grammatik: regelmäßge verben – möchten,sprechen,sein - CO-1
Personalpronomen – ich,du,er,sie. - Definiter Artikel im nominative der,die,das - BTL-2
W -Rragen, Ja/Nein Fragen - Präpositionen – aus, in

MODULE 2 : Menschen (3Hrs.)


Jemanden nach dem Befinden fragen - Sich verabschieden - Interview: Informationen
über die Familie erfragen und darüber berichten - Über seine Freunde und die Freunde CO-2
anderer schreiben und sprechen BTL-
Grammatik: Indefiniter Artikel – ein/eine - Negativartikel – kein/keine... 3
Possessiveartikel – mein,dein,sein..
MODULE 3 : Essen und Trinken
(3Hrs.)
Lebensmittel vergliechen - Lieblingfarbe und Lebensmittel zuordnen - Umfrage: mein CO-3
Lieblingsfrühstück - Eine Einkaufsliste für ein Lieblingsessen schreiben BTL-
3
Grammatik: Verb Konjugation – sein,haben - Imperative! Verbposition
im Satz - W -Rragen, Ja/Nein Fragen

MODULE 4 : Mein Leben (3Hrs.)


Sich über Leben, Beruf, Herkunft, etc..austauschen - Eine Visitenkarte schreiben
Interview: sich über den Tagensablauf austauchen - Die zahlen bis 100
CO-4
Grammatik: Trennbaren verbena - “man” und “negation nicht” benutzen - BTL-3
Akkusativ(definite/indefinite/negative Artikel) - Präpositionen – um, als, für,bei

MODULE 5 : Freizeit (3Hrs.)


Ein kursposter mit Hobbys schreiben - Welche Hobbys habe ich,welche nicht -
Notieren und sprechen – Was man selbst und die Familie am - Wochenende gerne macht-
CO-5
Über seinen Sonntag schreiben BTL-4
Grammatik: Modalverben - Präpositionen – in,am

TEXT BOOKS
1 Rolf Bruseke , Starten Wir! (A1) ,Hueber Verlag,2018

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Stefanie Dengler, “Netzwerk neu A1.1 [Kurs und Übungsbuch]” ,Klett, 2015

2. Harmut Aufderstrasse,Heiko Bock, “Themen 1 aktuell kursbuch”,Hueber,2003

E Books
1. https://www.learn-german-online.net/en/learning-german-resources/free-german-lessons-
a1.htm

COURSE TITLE Spanish (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2


COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1013 HS L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CATEGORY

Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 3

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA

Surprise Test /
First Second Quiz etc., as
Seminar/ ESE
Periodical Periodical approved by the Attendanc
Assignments
Assessmen Assessmen Department e
/ Project
t t Examination
Committee “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course This Spanish language course has been programmed to meet the grammatical and
Descripti conversation needs of the student.
on Its content is very comprehensive and will also assist in the professional and personal
language requirement of the student
1. To facilitate the student in reaching out to international clients across the globe.
2. To make an immediate connect by speaking to the prospective client/ company in
Course their native language.
Objective 3. To improve the overall personality of the student thereby making him/her more
confident to communicate with global clients.
4. To provide survival skills to students relocating In countries where Spanish is
spoken. This includes USA, all the Latin American countries and Spain.
1. Understand spoken Spanish and construction of basic sentences.
2. Creating conversations & oral understanding.
Course 3. Enables the learners to decode a message and to give a suitable reply in the same
Outcome manner.
4. Understanding the perceptions, phrases, and other vocabulary.
5. Understanding of not only the language but also culture, music, food and other
aspects of the language.
Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PSO PS
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 2 O3

CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: Introduction to Language & Communication (Part 1) (6


Hrs.)

1. El Alfabeto – The Alphabets


2. Numeros – Numbers
3. Saludos - Salutations CO-1
4. La hora – The Time
BTL-1
Suggested Readings: USO (Basico)
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
MODULE 2: Introduction to Language & Communication (Part 2)
(6Hrs.)

1. Los Meses, La Semana- The Month, The week and the days of the year
2. Los Estaciones Delan’o – the Seasons of the year
3. En el Aeropuerto, Cpger El Taxi – At the Airport, Booking tickets
4. Hola – Salutations and Greetings CO-2
5. Durante La Clase – During the class
BTL-2
6. Art’culos – Different Articles
Suggested Reading: USO (Basico)
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
MODULE 3: Understanding of Basic verb and Introduction to Grammar (6
Hrs.)

1.Verbp ser : Presente – Present tense of Verb “to be” CO-3


2. Estar / Hay – Conjucations of the verb “to be” and the verb there is / There are
3. Verbos En Presente: Regulares – Introduction to regular verbs
4. Ser / Estar / Tener – Conjucation of Irregular Verbs BTL-
Suggested Reading: USO (Basico) 3
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
MODULE 4: Grammar and introduction to basic Concept (6
Hrs.)

1.Posesivos – Possesive Adjectives and Nouns


2. Colores – Colours and Expressions CO-4
3. La Familia – The Family and its members
4. Nombres Y Adjetivos – Nouns and Adjectives BTL-
Literary Readings: USO (Basico) 2
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
MODULE 5 : (6 Hrs.)

1.Los nombres de la famila – Name of the Family Members


2. Relaciones – relations
3. Identificación de la tabla de familia - identification of the family table CO-5
4. Repaso del semestre entero - BTL-
Full semester revision
3
Literary Readings: USO (Basico)
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
TEXT BOOK

Módulo Mind your Language Institute


1.

E-REFERENCES

1 Open.umn.edu

2 Pdfdrive.com/francisa-castro

COURSE Korean (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2


TITLE
COURSE COURSE
GGGG1014 HS L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CODE CATEGORY
Version 1.0 Approval 36th ACM LEARNING BTL- 3
Details ASSESSMENT SCHEME LEVEL
CIA

First Second Surprise Test / Quiz etc.,


Seminar/ ESE
Periodical Periodical as approved by the Attenda
Assignmen
Assessmen Assessme Department Examination nce
ts/ Project
t nt Committee “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%


Course
Descriptio One Paragraph.
n
1. As Mandarin tops all global languages, the students get an upper hand in the
prime industries of the world and direct access to the Chinese speaking community.
2. He/she will be able to create a direct connect thereby eliminating the requirement
Course of a translator.
Objective 3. This will improve the overall personality of the student thereby making him/her
more confident to communicate with global clients.
4. The course will provide survival skills to students relocating to countries where
Mandarin is spoken.
1. Understand spoken Mandarin and construction of advanced sentences.
2. Enhance conversations & oral understanding of few communication concepts.
Course 3. Help in decoding a message and enable a suitable reply in the same manner.
Outcome 4. Enable to construct phrases, and other vocabulary.
5. Understand of language, culture, music, food and other aspects of the
language.

Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level


CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3

CO - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 – Introduction: Language and Culture (6 Hrs.)

What kind of language is Korean?


Korea, philosophy of the Korean language & GangNam Style! In this module,
students will learn Korean culture, philosophy of creating Korean scripts, and the CO-1
Korean alphabet or Korean writing system called 'Hangeul'. After completing the BTL-1
lessons, students will be able to understand the principles how each letter was
invented. Also, students will be able to understand Korean sign languages as well.
Suggested Activities: Memory game
MODULE 2 – HANGEUL
(6Hrs.)
Greetings and Introducing phonics, the character system, Noun, Pronoun Basic Verb
and Greetings & Introducing. In this module, Students will learn how to greet, ask CO-2
someone's nationalities / jobs and answer those questions in Korean. After completing
the lessons, students will be able to introduce themselves, greet a person and talk about BTL-2
someone's nationalities and occupations. Suggested activities: Introducing, Game
with song, Flash cards game
MODULE – 3 : Restaurant & Shopping (6 Hrs.)
Reading simple sentence - to be able to comprehend sign board and name,
ordering at a restaurant, counting units, Interrogative sentence.
In this module, students will learn how to order food and make requests at a restaurant CO-3
in Korean. After completing the lesson, students will be able to inquire about restaurant
menus, order a specific portion of food at a restaurant, and order a drink at a café. After BTL-3
completing the lesson, you will be able to express prices per item, purchase a product
from a store, and make a specific request while shopping.
Suggested Activities: Playing in the condition of restaurant and Shop, Dictation
MODULE – 4 : Daily Life & Time (6 Hrs.)
Talking about daily life, expressing movement, memo, simple message, object CO-4
marker, expression of negation, & writing.
In this module, students will learn various Korean vocabulary regarding your BTL-2
daily lives. After completing the lessons, students will be able to utilize informal
sentence endings, ask and answer about their everyday life.
Students will learn about time and date in Korean. And students will also say
the days of the week as well. After completing the lessons, students will be
able to ask and respond time & date using Korean numbers.
Suggested activities: Songs about numbers and family
MODULE 5 : MODULE - 5 : Speaking and interaction with Natives (6
Hrs.)
Self–Introduction, conversations, finding out information about friends, talk with Korean,
visit a Korean market or company. K-POP! CO-5
Students are able to successfully handle a limited number of uncomplicated
communicative tasks related to predictable topics for survival in Korea. BTL-3

Suggested Activities: Talk with Native Korean


TEXT BOOK
세종한국어 1 The National Institute of The Korean Language
1.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 [ Active Korean 1 ] ,
2.
[ Practical Korean 1 ] Darakwon, Korea, Korea
.
3 [ Korean Language for a Good Job ], Darakwon (2007), Korea
.
E-REFERENCES
1 https://www.amazon.in/Korean-Made-Simple-beginners-learning- ebook/dp/B00JHT4PCE

2 http://www.twoponds.co.kr/en/snu

3 https://www.koreantopik.com/2017/10/1-8-sejong-korean-textbook-pdfaudio69.html

MOOC Courses

COURSE MANDARIN (FOREIGN LANGUAGE) CREDITS 2


TITLE
COURSE GGGG1015
COURSE HS L-T-P-C 2-0-0-
CODE CATEGORY 2
Version 2.0 Approval Details 36th ACM LEARNING BTL - 3
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Second Seminar/ Surpris
First Attendance ESE
Periodical Assignments e
Periodical
Assessme / Project Test /
Assessment
nt Quiz
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course This level of Mandarin language course has been programmed to


Description understand more symbols and grammatical concepts. It simplifies the
construction of sentences, making it easy to converse basic sentences. The
student will be able to translate texts and also speak relating to weather,
climate and self-introduction. An introduction to ‘My family’ and description
using adjectives.

Course 1. As Mandarin tops all global languages, the students get an upper hand in the
Objectives prime industries of the world and direct access to the Chinese speaking
community.
2. He/she will be able to create a direct connect thereby eliminating the
requirement of a translator.
3. This will improve the overall personality of the student thereby making him/her
more confident to communicate with global clients.
4. The course will provide survival skills to students relocating to countries
where Mandarin is spoken.

1. Learning the rules of Hanyu pinyin, pronunciation, Mandarin Chinese tones,


character-based common vocabulary, fundamental grammar, and oral and
writing practices.
2. Being able to differentiate the major tones of Chinese characters;
Being able to differentiate the similar pronunciation of different vocabularies.
3. Practicing basic communicative skills in Mandarin Chinese;
through repetition practices in class, students are to learn commonly used
Course Chinese vocabulary, sentences structure and oral communicative skills.
Outcomes 4. Through in-class assignments, students are to recognize easy and basic
Mandarin characters; in addition, students are to learn the regulation of
expressing Mandarin Chinese in PinYin system and understand the
specific adoption of borrowing from Alphabetic symbols.
5. Through in-class assignments, students are to practice the drawing of
Mandarin Chinese strokes order and characters

Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level


CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10PO11PO12 PSO PSO2 PSO
1 3
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly
related
MODULE – 1 Mandarin Chinese Character and Tones (3 Hours)

Basic strokes in Chinese - commonly used radicals - formation of vocabulary -


pictograms - ideograms - compound ideographs - phono-semantic compounds
- derivative cognates - phonetic loans - 4 tones introduction - consonants - CO-
single vowel - double vowels - initial, medial and vowels 1
Suggested activities: BTL
Direct lecturing, repeated themes lecturing -2

MODULE - 2 Listening Skills (3 Hours)

Listening to native speaker’s pronunciation of scripts, vocabularies. Tones


differentiating trainings, one character with different pronunciation or tones, CO-
different characters with the same pronunciation or tones 2
Suggested activities: BTL
Listening to native speaker’s pronunciation and translate it into English. -3
MODULE - 3 Speaking Skills (3 Hours)

Imitating native speaker’s pronunciations, tones and intonations to speak


naturally CO-
Suggested activities: 3
Reverse teaching, presentation, formal and informal conversations, singing BTL
Chinese songs, cultural activities, describing things -3

MODULE - 4 Reading Skills. (3 Hours)

50 vocabularies - easy to difficult - important and commonly used - CO-


Suggested activities: 4
BTL
Flashcards to practice, word recognition competition
-3

MODULE 5 Writing Skills ( 3 Hours)

15 vocabularies - easy to difficult - important and commonly used - Chinese


Calligraphy
CO-
Suggested activities: 5
Only practiced in assignments, not tested in any exams, composition practice BTL
(optional) -3

TEXT BOOK

National Taiwan Normal University Mandarin Training Center (2015). Linking


1. publishing company. A Course in Contemporary Chinese (Textbook) 1

REFERENCE BOOK
1. National Taiwan Normal University Mandarin Training Center (2017). Linking publishing
company. Practical Audio-Visual Chinese Vol. 1, 3rd Edition

E-REFERENCE

1 http://chineseworksheetgenerator.org

COURSE TITLE Japanese (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2

COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1016 HS L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CATEGORY
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 3
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE

First Second Seminar/ Surprise Test / Attendan


Periodical Periodica Assignment Quiz etc., as ce
Assessment l s/ Project approved by the
Department
Assessm
Examination
ent
Committee “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%


Course
Description One Paragraph.

1. By studying this course, students will be able to write and speak Tamil easily
in any situation, daily life and daily conversations.
2. Develops language and interest in learning in students.
Course 3. Facilitates students to create opportunities for themselves in the society.
Objective 4. Students also learn Tamil literature by developing interest in language
department.
5. This lesson plan helps the students to learn about the culture by learning the
Tamil language.
Upon the completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the Letters and basic words of Tamil Language which are in
Course daily use
Outcome 2. Develops the listening skills of Tamil language
3. Utilize the letters and common words of the language for communication
4. Develop the conversational skills
5.Demonstrate the skill of reading and writing
Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PSO
OO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 3
CO - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 – LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (6
Hrs.)
Greetings - -Self-Introduction - Numbers and Alphabets – Names of countries &
Continents-Telling the time-Professions-Introduction about the language and country -
Context based learning –At the Café, City orientation, Family, Daily routine ,Weather CO-1
and Clothing
BTL-1
挨拶--自己紹介-数字とアルファベット-国と大陸の名前-時間を伝える-職業-言語と国に
ついての紹介-コンテキストベースの学習-カフェで、都市オリエンテーション、家族、
日常、天気と服装
MODULE 2 : BASIC GRAMMAR (6Hrs.)
Definite and indefinite articles - Simple verbs and conjugation – Pronouns-Possessive CO-2
Pronoun-W Questions-Adjectives –Separable verbs
BTL-2
明確な冠詞と不定冠詞-単純な動詞と活用-代名詞-所有代名詞-W 質問-形容詞-分離動詞
MODULE 3 : READING & LISTENING SKILLS (6 Hrs.)
Reading simple passages - to be able to comprehend advertisements and short texts -
Listening comprehension of real time situation based dialogues CO-
3

簡単な文章を読む-広告や短いテキストを理解できるようにする-リアルタイムの状況に基 BTL
-3
づいた対話の理解を聞く
MODULE 4 : WRITING SKILLS (6
Hrs.)
Small passages – Comprehension – Composition – Letter writing CO-
4

小さな文章–理解–作文–手紙の書き方 BTL
-2

MODULE 5 : SPEAKING SKILLS (6


Hrs.)
Introducing self- describing daily routine – engaging in dialogues about family, city,
orientation, ordering food at the café and weather CO-
5
自己記述的な日常生活の紹介–家族、都市、オリエンテーション、カフェでの食事の注 BTL
-3
文、天気についての対話に参加する

TEXT BOOK
Minna no Nihongo: main textbook and translation book. (second edition, Elementary
1. level 1-1) Publisher: Goyal Publishers

COURSE TITLE UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES CREDITS 2


COURSE
COURSE CODE EGE51001 HS L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CATEGORY
Approval 36th LEARNING
Version 1.0 BTL-3
Details ACM LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Seminar/ Surprise
First Periodical Second Periodical
Assignments/ Test / Attendance ESE
Assessment Assessment
Project Quiz
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
This course if mandatory as per the AICTE for the UG students to motivate
Course the students for focusing on the human values. The main aim is to focus on
Description the sustainability of happiness with harmony and natural acceptance in the
career. Lecture cum power points is provided as guidelines from AICTE.
1. To create awareness to students on themselves and their surroundings
(family, society, nature).
2. To create responsibility among students on life in handling problems with
sustainable solutions
Course
3. To prepare the students with human relationships and human
Objective
nature in mind.
4. To Prepare the students on critical ability and sensitive to their
commitment. (Human values, human relationship and human society).
5. To Apply the learning to their real life.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the necessity of relationship with family, society and nature.
Familiarize with the challenges ahead and proposed solutions.
2. Formulate and design human cyber security policies, plans and
Course
procedures for organizations.
Outcome
3. Apply standard security countermeasure tools to sustain human
relationships and nature.es.
4. Recognize the necessity of human values and relationship.
5. Demonstrate the learning in their real life.
Prerequisites: Nil
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P
P S S
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
CO O O O
-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1
-1 - -
2 3
CO-1 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
CO-2 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
CO-3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
CO-4 2 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: Introduction (6L)
Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education
Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-
I Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and
experiential Validation- as the process for self-exploration - Continuous Happiness
and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations Right understanding, Relationship
and Physical Facility- the basic requirements for fulfilment of aspirations of every
human being with their correct priority Understanding Happiness and Prosperity
CO-1
correctly- A critical appraisal of the current scenario - Method to fulfil the above
BTL-2
human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
Practical component:
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate
acceptance for living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-
existence) rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking
Suggested Readings:
Evolution of cyber security
MODULE 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being
(6L)
Harmony in Myself! Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’
and the material ‘Body’ Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness
and physical facility Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer,
seer and enjoyer) Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony
in ‘I’ - Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct
appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail -Programs to ensure CO-2
Sanyam and Health. BTL-2
Practical component:
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material
goods available to me. Identifying from one’s own life. Differentiate between
prosperity and accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health vs dealing with
disease
MODULE 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society
(6L)
Harmony in Human-Human Relationship- Understanding values in human-human CO-3
relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal values in relationships) and program BTL-3
for its fulfilment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational
values of relationship - Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between
intention and competence Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between
respect and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship Understanding the
harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Resolution, Prosperity,
fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals
Practical component:
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as
extended family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education
etc. Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit
examples from students’ lives
MODULE 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence
(6L)
Whole existence as Coexistence - Understanding the harmony in the Nature -
Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of nature-
recyclability and self-regulation in nature -Understanding Existence as Co-existence
of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive space -Holistic perception of harmony at CO-4
all levels of existence. BTL-2
Practical component:
Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature
(film “Home” can be used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology etc.
MODULE 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on
Professional Ethics
(6L)
Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal
Order -Competence in professional ethics: a. Ability to utilize the professional
competence for augmenting universal human order b. Ability to identify the scope
and characteristics of people friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c. Ability
to identify and develop appropriate technologies and management patterns for
above production systems. -Case studies of typical holistic technologies, CO-5
management models and production systems-Strategy for transition from the present BTL-2
state to Universal Human Order: a. At the level of individual: as socially and
ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and managers b. At the level of
society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations. Sum up.
Practical component:
Include practice exercises and case studies to discuss the conduct as an engineer or
scientist etc.
TEXT BOOKS
1. P.R Gaur, R Asthana, G.P Bagaria, Human Values and Professional Ethics (2 nd revised
edition) Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019
2. A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
3. A. N Tripathi, Human Values, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
Lawrence, C. (2016). Cyber security for Dummies, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2nd Edition, pp.213--
432.
REFERENCE BOOKS
AICTE STUDENT INDUCTION PROGRAM HANDBOOK-https://fdp-si.aicte-
1.
india.org/download/Guidelines/G012%20SIP%20Hand%20Book%20v2.pdf
E BOOKS
1. https://fdp-si.aicte-india.org/download.php#1

COURSE தமிழ் கலாச்சாரமும் தொழில்நுட்பமும்


CREDIT 1
TITLE (TAMIL CULTURE AND TECHNOLOGY)
COURSE
ELS51006 COURSE CATEGORY HS L-T-P-S 1-0-0-2
CODE
35th LEARNING
VERSION 1.0 APPROVAL DETAILS BTL- 4
ACM LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
FRIST SECOND SURPRIS
SEMINAR/
PERIODICAL PERIODICAL E ATTENDANC
ASSIGNMENTS ESE
ASSESSMEN ASSESSMEN TEST/QUI E
LPROJECTS
T T Z
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
தமிழர்களின் வரலாறு மற்றும் கலாச்சார மரபுகளைப் படிப்பதன் மூலம்
மாணவர்களுக்கு மொழித்திறன் ஆற்றல் நன்கு வளர்ச்சி அடைகிறது.
மேலும் மாணவர்களிடையே மொழிப்பற்று உருவாகி கற்றலில் ஆர்வம்
அதிகரிக்கிறது.
பாட இப் பாடத்திட்டத்தில் செய்யுள், இலக்கிய வரலாறு, நாகரிகம், பண்பாடு,
விளக்கம் பண்டையத் தமிழர்களின் உணவு, உடை, உறையுள், அணிகலன், போர்
முறை, பண்டையத் தமிழரின் மரபு பற்றிய செய்திகள் அடங்கியுள்ளன.
களவு ஒழுக்கம், கற்பு ஒழுக்கம் ஆகியவற்றை மாணவர்கள் கற்பதன்
மூலம் வாழ்க்கைக்குத் தேவையான ஒழுக்க நெறிமுறைகள் நன்கு
வளர்ச்சியடையும்.
இப் பாடத்திட்டத்தின் மூலம் சமுதாயத்தில் தங்களுக்குத் தேவையான
வாய்ப்புக்களை மாணவர்கள் உருவாக்கிக்கொள்ள வழிவகைச்
செய்கிறது. அத்துடன் சமய வழிபாடு, விழாக்கள், சடங்குகள்,
பாடத் நம்பிக்கைகள், மந்திரம், விளையாட்டுகள், தொழில்கள், வாணிகம்
திட்டத்தின் முதலியச் செய்திகளைக் கற்பதன் மூலமாக மாணவர்களிடையே
நோக்கம் பகுத்தாயும் திறன் நன்கு வளர்ச்சியடைகிறது.
இப்பாடத்திட்டதினைக் கற்பதன் மூலம் மொழித்துறையில் ஆர்வம்
ஏற்பட்டுத் தமிழ் இலக்கியங்களைப் பற்றியத் தேடல் மாணவர்களிடம்
அதிகரிக்கிறது.
இந்தப் பாடத்திட்டத்தில் பண்டையத்தமிழரின் கட்டிடக்கலை,
இசைக்கலை, சிற்பக்கலை, ஓவியக்கலை, நாடகக்கலை, அறிவியல்,
மருத்துவம், வானியல், வானூர்தியியல், கனிமவியல், உயிரியல்,
எண்ணியல் முதலிய தொழில்நுட்பம் சார்ந்த தகவல்கள் இணைக்க
பட்டிருப்பதால் மாணவர்களிடம் உளவியல் ரீதியான நுண்ணறிவுத்
தேடலை ஏற்படுத்தி எதிர்கால வேலை வாய்ப்பிற்கு உந்து சக்தியாக
அமையும்.
பண்டையக் காலத் தொழில்நுட்பக் கருவிகள், தொழில்நுட்ப எந்திரங்கள்,
இன்றைய கணினித்தமிழ், இணையமும் தமிழும், தகவல் தொடர்பியல்
மற்றும் ஊடகவியல் முதலியன இப்பாடத்திட்டத்தில்
பாடத் இணைக்கபட்டிருப்பது மாணவர்களிடையே
திட்டத்தின் தொழில்நுட்ப திறனை வளர்க்கும்.
பயன்கள் மாணவர்கள் மொழித்திறனை வளர்த்துக்கொண்டு தெளிவான
முறையில் கவிதை, கட்டுரை, சிறுகதைப் போன்றவைகளைப் படிப்பதிலும்,
படைப்பதிலும் ஆர்வம் செலுத்தி சிறந்த படைப்பாளராக உருவாகி சமுதாய
வளர்சிக்குத் தேவையான பல நல்ல படைப்புக்களைக் கொடுக்கும்
வகையில் பாடத்திட்டம் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன.
மாணவர்கள் ஒழுக்க நெறியோடு தங்களின் வாழ்க்கைத் தரத்தை
மேம்படுத்திக் கொள்ளவும், பண்டையத் தமிழர்களின் வாழ்கை முறை,
பண்பாடு, கலாச்சாரம், நாகரிக வளர்ச்சி, தொழில்நுட்பம் ஆகியவற்றைக்
கற்றுக்கொண்டு மாணவர்கள் தங்களின் வாழ்க்கை தரத்தை
மேம்படுத்திக் கொள்ள இந்த பாடத்திட்டம் உறுதுணையாக
அமைந்துள்ளது.
Prerequisites: Plus Two Tamil-Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
CO
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1 O-2 O-3

CO- - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
1
CO- - - -
- - - - - - - 2 2 3 - -
2
CO- - - -
- - - - - - - - - 3 - -
3
CO- - - -
- - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 -
4
CO- - - -
- - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
அலகு - அலகு –1 மொழி மற்றும் இலக்கியம்
(3 Hours)
மொழி - செம்மொழி - சங்க இலக்கியம் - பண்டைத் தமிழர்களின் உணவு -
உடை - உறையுள் - அணிகலன் – போர்முறை – தமிழ் காப்பியங்கள் – பக்தி
இலக்கியம் - நவீன இலக்கியத்தின் வளர்ச்சி – பாரதியார், பாரதிதாசன்,
கவிமணி, நா.முத்துக்குமார்.
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள் :
1. விரிவுரை முறை CO-1
2. வினா - விடை முறை BTL-2
3. குழுவிவாதம்
4. வகுப்பறை தேர்வு
இதுப்போன்ற வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகளைக் கொடுத்து மாணவர்களிடம்
கற்றலில் ஆர்வத்தை ஏற்படுத்துதல்
அலகு-2 கலைகள்
(3 Hours)
நாடகக்கலை - (அறிமுகம்) - தெருக்கூத்து - தோல்பாவை – ஒயிலாட்டம் –
மயிலாட்டம் - கரகாட்டம் - புலியாட்டம் - சிலம்பாட்டம் – இசைக்கலை –
சிற்பக்கலை – ஓவியக்கலை.
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள்:
1. விளக்கவுரை
2. வினா எழுப்புதல் CO-2
3. பாடல்கள் அல்லது கவிதை சொல்லுதல் BTL-3

4. கதைச் சொல்லுதல்
5. ஒப்படைப்பு கொடுத்தல்
இதுப் போன்ற வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகளைக் கொடுத்து மாணவர்களிடம்
கற்றலில் ஆர்வத்தை ஏற்படுத்துதல்.
அலகு – 3 உற்பத்தி தொழில்நுட்பம்
(3 Hours)
உலோகவியல் - இரும்புத் தொழிற்சாலை - நாணயங்கள் - அச்சடித்தல் -
மணிகள் உருவாகுதல் - தொல்லியல் சான்றுகள் - நெசவுத்தொழில் -
மண்பாண்டங்கள் செய்தல் - ஐவகை நிலங்களின் தொழிகள் - (முதற்பொருள்-
கருப்பொருள்).
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள்:
CO-3
1. விளக்கவுரை அளித்தல்
BTL-3
2. வினா எழுப்புதல்
3. வகுப்பறை குழுவிவாதம்
4. வினாடி - வினா நிகழ்வு நடத்துதல்
இதுப்போன்ற வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகளைக் கொடுத்து மாணவர்களிடம்
கற்றலில் ஆர்வத்தை ஏற்படுத்துதல்.
அலகு -4 வேளாண்மை மற்றும் நீர்பாசனத் தொழில்நுட்பம்
(3 Hours)
அருவி - ஆறு - ஏரி - அணை - குளங்கள் - கால்நடை பராமரிப்பு – மீன்வளம் -
தொழில்சார் அறிவியல் சமுகம் - சொட்டுநீர் பாசனம் - தெளிப்புநீர் பாசனம்.
வகுப்பறை செயல் முறைகள்:
CO-4
1.வினா எழுப்புதல்
BTL-1
2. மின்னல் அட்டைகள் காண்பித்தல்
3. வகுப்பறை குழுவிவாதம்
4. வகுப்பறை தேர்வு

அலகு –5 அறிவியல் மற்றும் கணினித்தமிழ்


(3 Hours)
கணினித்தமிழ் - தோற்றம் - வளர்ச்சி - தமிழ் நூல்களை மின்பதிப்புச் செய்தல்
- மென்பொருள் உருவாக்கம் – தமிழ் இணையக் கல்விக்கழகம் - தமிழ்
மின்நூலகம் - இணையத்தமிழ் அகராதிகள் - சொற்குவை திட்டம்.
வகுப்பறை செயல் முறைகள்: CO-5
1. விளக்கவுரை அளித்தல் BTL-2
2. காட்சி விளக்கப்படங்கள்
3. பட்டிமன்றம்
4. கணினியில் தமிழ் செயல்முறைகள்
பாடப்புத்தகம்
1.பண்டைத் தமிழ் நாகரிகமும் பண்பாடும், ஞா.தேவநேயபாவாணர், தமிழ்மண்
பதிப்பகம், சென்னை. 2000.
2. பழந்தமிழில் அறிவியல், க.பலராமன், உலகத் தமிழாராய்ச்சி நிறுவனம், சென்னை.
2009.
3. தமிழக வரலாறும் மக்களும் பண்பாடும் - கே. கே. பிள்ளை (வெளீயீடு தமிழ்நாடு
பாடநூல் மற்றும்)
4. கணினித்தமிழ் - முனைவர் இல.சுந்தரம் (விகடன் பிரசுரம்)
பார்வை நூல்கள்
1. அ.தட்சிணாமூர்த்தி, 2014, தமிழர் நாகரிகமும் பண்பாடும், யாழ் வெளியீடு,
மேற்கு அண்ணா நகர், சென்னை-40,
2. மயிலை சீனி வேங்கடசாமி, 2014,நுண்கலைகள், பூம்புகார் பதிப்பகம்,
சென்னை-08,.
3. க.மங்கையர்க்கரசி , 2017,பழந்தமிழ் இலக்கியங்களில் அறிவியல்
சிந்தனைகள், லாவண்யா பதிப்பகம், திருவல்லிக்கேணி, சென்னை-05,
4. துரை.மணிகண்டன் ,இணையமும் தமிழும், நன்னிலம் பதிப்பகம்,
சென்னை.
1. www.tamilvu.org
மின்
2. www.projectmadurai.org
நூல்கள்
3. www.tamilnoolagam.in

TAMIL CULTURE AND TECHNOLOGY


COURSE TITLE CREDIT 1
தமிழ் கலாச்சாரமும் தொழில்நுட்பமும்

L-T-P -S
COURSE CODE ELS51006 COURSE CATEGORY HS 1-0-0-2

LEARNINGL
VERSION 1.0 APPROVAL DETAILS 35TH ACM BTL- 4
EVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

FRIST SECOND SEMINAR/


SURPRISE ATTENDAN
PERIODICAL PERIODICAL ASSIGNEMNTSLPROJEC ESE
TEST/QUIZ CE
ASSESSMENT ASSESSMENT TS

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%


1. By studying the history and cultural traditions of the Tamil, the language
skills of the students are well developed. Also, the interest in learning
increases and develops a passion for the language among the students.

Course 2. This syllabus contains information about Literary History, Civilization,


Description Culture, Ancient Tamil Food, Dress, Clothing, Ancient War System and
Tamil Tradition.

3. By learning about theft and chastity, students will able to develop good
moral values in life.

1. Through this curriculum the students are empowered to create


opportunities for themselves in the society. Also, by learning about
religious worship, ceremonies, rituals, beliefs, mantra, sports,
Objective of professions, commerce, etc., analytical skills are well developed among
the Curriculum the students.

1. By learning this syllabus, the interest in the field of language and the
search for learning about Tamil literature increases in the students.

1. In this syllabus, the technical information related to ancient Tamil


architecture, music, sculpture, painting, dance, drama, ancient science
thinking, are incorporated to develop the psychological intelligence skills
of the students. It creates and becomes a driving force for future
employment.

2. The inclusion of ancient technological tools and technological machines


in present-day computer Tamil, Internet and Tamil, information
Benefits of the communication and media studies in the curriculum develops technical
syllabus skills among the students.

3. The curriculum has been set up so that the students develop their
language skills and take interest in reading and writing poems, essays,
short stories, etc. in a clear manner and develop into great creators and
provide many good works needed for the development of society.

4. This curriculum helps the students to improve their quality of life with
discipline and learn about the way of life, tradition, culture, civilization
and technology of the ancient Tamil.

Prerequisites: Plus Two Tamil-Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

P P P
O O O
PO PO PO- PO- PO- PO PO- PO- PO- PS PS PS
CO - - -
-1 -2 3 4 5 -6 7 8 9 O-1 O-2 O-3
1 1 1
0 1 2

CO-1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO-2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -

CO-3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO-4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -

CO-5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
UNIT – 1 LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (3 Hours)

Language - Classical - Sanga Literature - Ancient Tamils, Food – Costume – Clothiing –


Martial Arts - Tamil Copies - Bhakti Literature - Development of Modern Literature -
Bharathiyar and Bharathidasan – Kavimani - N.Muthukumar.
Classroom Procedures: CO-1
1. Lecture Method BTL-2
2. Question-Answer Method
3. Group discussion
4. Classroom test

Unit - 2 Tamil Arts


(3 Hours)

Drama - (Introduction) – Terukoothu - Dholpavai – Violatam – Karakatam – Mayilatam –


Puliyatam – Silambatam – Music – Sculpture – Painting
Classroom Procedures:
1. Explanation CO-2
2. Questioning BTL-3
3. Recitation of songs or poetry
4. Storytellin
Insists interest in learning among students by giving such classroom processes.
Unit –3 Manufacturing Technology
(3 Hours)

Metallurgy - Iron industry – Coins – Printing - Bead making - Archaeological Evidence


- Weaving – Carpentry - Industries of five types of lands - (Primary material - Theme).
Classroom Procedures:
1. Presentation CO-3
2. Questioning BTL-3
3. Classroom group discussion
4. Conduct a quiz event
Instill interest in learning among students by giving such classroom processes.
Unit - 4 Agriculture and Irrigation Technology
(3 Hours)

Dam – lake – ponds - livestock maintenance – fisheries - knowledge community - drip


irrigation
Classroom Activities: CO-4
1. Questioning BTL-1
2. Displaying lightning cards
3. Classroom group discussion
4. Classroom test
Unit – 5 Science Tamil and C Tamil Computing
(3 Hours)
Computerized Tamil Development – E- Printing of Tamil Texts - Software Development
– Tamil Internet Education Institute - Tamil e – Library - Internet Tamil Dictionaries -
Vocabulary Project CO-5
Classroom Activities:
1. Presentation BTL-2
2. Visual charts
3. projector show in the class room
4. Tamil processes in computer

TEXT BOOK
1. Ancient Tamil Civilization and Culture, J. Devaneyapa Bhavanar, A. Nakkiran (P.A.), Tamilman
Publishing House, Chennai. 2000.
2. Palantamil Science, K. Balaraman, World Tamil Research Institute, Chennai. 2009.
3.Tamil History-People-Culture-KKPillai (Exhibit Tamil Nadu Textbook and)
4. Computer Tamil-PhD I. Sundaram (Vikatan Publications)
Reference books

1. A. Dakshinamurthy ,2014, Tamil Civilization and Culture, Jaffna Publication, West Anna Nagar,
Chennai-40.
2. Mailai Seeni Venkatasamy, 2014, Fine Arts, Boombukar Publishing House, Chennai-08.
3, K.Mangaiyarkaras,Scientific, 2017,Thoughts in Ancient Tamil Literature, Lavanya Publishing
House, Thiruvallikeni, Chennai-05.
4, Durai. Manikandan. Sundaram Internet and Tamil, 2014, Computer TamilL Nannilam Publishing
House, Chennai.
E- 1. www.tamilvu.org
BOOKS 2. www.projectmadurai.org
3. www.tamilnoolagam.in
Semester-II

ANALYTICAL MATHEMATICS
COURSE TITLE CREDITS 4
(Common to ALL B. Tech)
COURSE COURSE
EMA51002 BS L-T-P-S 3-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE
Observation / End
Lab records as End Semeste
First Second
Practical approved by Semester r
Periodical Periodical Attenda
Assessm the Department Examinati Examinat
Assessment Assessment nce
ents Examination on ion
(Theory) (Theory)
Committee (Theory) (Practica
“DEC” l)
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
Course To make the student understand the basic analytical mathematical skills that is
Description imperative for effective understanding of engineering subject using MATLAB.
1. To implement problem solving skills using vectors
2. To provide an exposure on the concepts of complex variables, conformal mapping
Course and bilinear transformation.
Objective 3. To comprehend integrals using Cauchy’s integral and residue theorem.
4. To illustrate the applications of Laplace Transforms
5. To make the students understand the concept of Fourier series
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Verify the standard theorems in Vector Calculus and apply them to evaluate
surface area and volume.
Course
2. Construct an analytic function when real and imaginary parts are given.
Outcome
3. Evaluate finite integrals using Cauchy’s theorem.
4. Solve the system of ordinary differential equations using Laplace Transform
5. Expand the Fourier series for the given function.
Prerequisites: Knowledge in single-variable calculus.
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P
S S
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
CO O O
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1
- -
2 3
CO-1 3 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1 -
CO-2 3 2 1 - 2 - - - - - - 1 1 1 -
CO-3 3 2 1 2 1 - - - - - - 1 2 2 -
CO-4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 1 1 -
CO-5 3 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: VECTOR CALCULUS
(9L+6P)
Gradient, Divergence and Curl – Unit normal vector, Directional derivative –
angle between surfaces- Irrotational and Solenoidal vector fields. Green’s
theorem - Gauss divergence theorem and Stoke’s theorem (without proof) –
Verification and evaluation of the above theorems - Simple applications to
CO-1
regions such as square, rectangle, triangle, cuboids and rectangular
BTL-3
parallelopipeds.
Suggested Reading: Basics of Vectors
Lab: Gradient, Divergence, Curl, Irrotational and Solenoidal vector
fields
MODULE 2: COMPLEX VARIABLES
(9L+6P)
Functions of a complex variable – Analytic function - Cauchy - Riemann
equations – Properties of analytic function (Statement Only) – Construction
of Analytic functions by Milne – Thomson method – Conformal Mapping –
CO-2
Mapping by functions
BTL-3
w=z +c , w=cz , w=1 /z , Bilinear transformation.
Suggested Reading: Complex Numbers
Lab: Verification of Analytic Function
MODULE 3: COMPLEX INTEGRATION
(9L+6P)
Statement and Application of Cauchy’s Integral theorem and integral
formula (without proof)-Evaluation of integrals using the above theorem-
Taylor and Laurent series expansions-Singularities-Classification. Residues-
Cauchy’s residue theorem (without proof)-Contour integration over unit circle CO-3
and semi-circular contours (excluding poles on boundaries) BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Types of integration
Lab: Evaluation of integrals using Cauchy’s Integral formula and
Cauchy’s residue theorem.
MODULE 4: LAPLACE TRANSFORMS
(9L+6P)
Laplace transform – Conditions of existence – Transform of elementary
functions – properties – Transforms of derivatives – Initial and final value
theorems – Transform of periodic functions. Inverse Laplace transforms
CO-4
using partial fraction and convolution theorem. Solution of linear ODE of
BTL-3
second order with constant coefficients.
Suggested Reading: Basics of Transform
Lab: Solutions of differential equations using Laplace transform
MODULE 5: FOURIER SERIES
(9L+6P)
Dirichlet’s Conditions – General Fourier Series – Odd and even functions –
Half range sine and cosine series –Harmonic Analysis. CO-5
Suggested Reading: Basics of series BTL-3
Lab: Finding Fourier Series
TEXT BOOKS
A. Chandrasekaran, G. Kavitha (2022), Analytical Mathematics, Dhanam Publications, 1st
1.
Edition, Chennai.
T. Veerarajan (2016), Engineering Mathematics-II, McGraw Hill Education (India), Private
2.
Limited, 4th Edition, New Delhi.
Raj Kumar Bansal, Ashok Kumar Goel, Manoj Kumar Sharma (2016), MATLAB and its
3.
Applications in Engineering, Pearson Publication, 2nd Edition, New Delhi.
D. G. Duffy (2021), Advanced Engineering Mathematics With MATLAB (Advances in
4.
Applied Mathematics), Chapman and Hall Publisher, 5th Edition, CRC Press, USA.
REFERENCE BOOKS
P. Sivarama Krishna Das, C. Vijayakumari (2017), Engineering Mathematics, 1st Edition,
1.
Pearson Publishing, Chennai.
A. P. Santhakumaran, P. Titus P (2017), Engineering Mathematics – II, NiMeric
2.
Publications, 2nd Edition, Nagercoil, India.
Kreyszig Erwin (2016) Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley and Sons, 10 th
3.
Edition, New Delhi.
S.S. Sastry (2015), Engineering Mathematics, Vol. I & II, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 4 th
4.
Edition, New Delhi.
E BOOKS
http://ggn.dronacharya.info/APSDept/Downloads/QuestionBank/Mathematics-I/
1.
SectionD.pdf.
2.
https://people.math.sc.edu/girardi/m7034/book/AshComplexVariablesWithHyperlinks.pdf
3.
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/18-03sc-differential-equations-fall-2011/pages/unit-iii-
fourier-series-and-laplace-transform/
4.
https://www.pdfdrive.com/calculus-ii-sequences-and-series-e11676778.html
MOOC
https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-engineering-mathematics-utarlingtonx-engr3-
1.
0x

COURSE ENGINEERING PHYSICS


CREDITS 4
TITLE (Common to ALL branches of Engineering)
COURSE CODE EPH51001 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-2-2
36th
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details AC BTL3
LEVEL
M
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Observation / lab
First Second Practical records as End
Periodical Periodical Assessmen approved by the Attendanc Semester
Assessment Assessment ts Department e Examinatio
(Theory) (Theory) Examination n
Committee “DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% Theory
25%
Practical
25%
This course is based on the developing areas of physics integrating both the
Course theoretical and practical training for engineering students. Application of the
Description concepts to solve engineering problems, to acquire practical thinking and logical
reasoning.
1. To evaluate various types of modulus of elasticity and impart knowledge on
production and application of ultrasonic wave in SONAR and NDT.
2. To provide a strong foundation on the concepts of crystal physics and thermal
conductivity.
Course
3. To illustrate theoretically and experimentally the wave – particle duality.
Objective
4. To evaluate the material properties based on energy band gap and magnetic
moment.
5. To make the students understand the production of lasers and propagation of
light through an optical fiber.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Evaluate the elastic properties of materials and apply the properties of
ultrasonic waves for industrial applications
2. Evaluate the characteristics of crystal structure and the thermal conductivity of
Course good and bad conductors.
Outcome 3. Solve the Schrodinger’s wave equations and derive energy density based on
Planck’s hypothesis
4. Apply the fundamental concepts to classify magnetic and semiconducting
materials and thereby, illustrate their applications.
5. Apply lasers and optical fibers as engineering tools
Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of Physics at higher secondary level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P
P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO O PO PS S
CO O1 SO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 12 O1 O
0 2
1 3
CO1 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - - 3 1 2 -
CO2 3 3 - 2 3 - - - 3 - - 3 2 3 -
CO3 3 3 - - 1 - - - 3 - - 3 1 2 -
CO4 3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 - - 3 1 3 -
CO5 3 3 - - 3 - - - 3 - - 3 2 2 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: PROPERTIES OF MATTER AND ULTRASONICS (9L + 6P)
Elasticity – Hooke’s law – Elastic Moduli – Young’s modulus of elasticity – Rigidity
modulus - Bulk modulus – Twisting couple on a wire – Torsional pendulum –
Determination of rigidity modulus of a wire – Depression of a cantilever – Non-uniform
bending – Uniform bending – I shape girder.
Introduction – Production of ultrasonic waves (Magnetostriction and Piezoelectric CO1
methods) – Properties of ultrasonic – Applications in SONAR and NDT. BTL3
Practical component:
Torsional pendulum – Determination of rigidity modulus of thin wire and moment of
inertia of regular objects
Non-uniform bending – Determination of Young’s modulus of wooden beam
MODULE 2: CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND THERMAL PHYSICS (9L + 6P)
Amorphous and crystalline solids – Unit cell – Lattice parameters – Crystal system and
Bravais lattices (Qualitative) – Miller indices – Interplanar spacing for cubic crystal system
– Crystal structures SCC, BCC, FCC, HCP (no. of atoms, coordination number, atomic
packing fraction calculations) – Bragg’s law – X-ray diffractometer.
CO2
Thermal conductivity – Experimental determination of thermal conductivities of good and
BTL3
bad conductors – Forbe’s method (Theory and experiment) – Lee’s disc method for bad
conductors.
Practical component:
Lee’s disc experiment – Determination of thermal conductivity of bad conductor
MODULE 3: QUANTUM PHYSICS (9L + 6P)
Black body radiation – Planck’s hypothesis – Photoelectric effect – Compton effect –
Theory and experimental verification
Physical significance of wave function – Schrodinger's wave equation – Time
CO3
independent and time dependent equations – Particle in a 1D box – Quantum Well (no
BTL3
derivation)
Practical component:
Photoelectric effect – To plot the KE as a function of frequency for different metals.
MODULE 4: MAGNETISM AND SEMICONDUCTORS (9L + 6P)
Magnetic moment – Classification of magnetic materials (Dia, para, ferro, anti-ferro) –
Domain theory of ferromagnetism – Hysteresis – Hard and soft magnetic materials –
Memory applications.
Classification of semiconductors – Direct and in-direct bandgap – Fermi energy level –
CO4
Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors – n-type and p-type semiconductors (Qualitative) –
BTL3
Hall effect – Determination of Hall voltage (Theory and experiment) – Applications of Hall
effect.
Practical component:
Current – Voltage (IV) characteristics of semiconductor diode
MODULE 5: MODERN OPTICS (9L + 6P)
Principles of laser – Stimulated absorption – Spontaneous emission – Stimulated
emission – Population inversion – Pumping action – Active medium – Laser
characteristics – Nd-YAG laser – CO2 laser – Dye laser – Laser in Industrial applications.
Optical fiber – Principle and propagation of light in optical fibers – Numerical aperture CO5
and acceptance angle – Types of optical fibers – Optical fiber as temperature sensors. BTL3
Practical component:
Laser – Determination of the wavelength of the laser using grating
Laser – Particle size determination using lycopodium powder
TEXT BOOKS
1 Rajendran V. (2017), Engineering Physics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 3rd Edition, US.
Gaur R. K. and Gupta S.L. (2014). Engineering Physics, 8th edition, Dhanpat Rai publications
2
(P) Ltd., New Delhi
3 Mani P. (2016), Engineering Physics, Dhanam Publications, 13th Edition, Chennai.
REFERENCE BOOKS
Arthur Beiser (2017), Concepts of Modern Physics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 7th Edition,
1.
US.
Halliday, Resnick and Walker (2021), Fundamental of Physics Extended, Wiley & Sons, 12th
2.
Edition, US.
3 Shaikh I. A, Kulkarni H. R, Mohril, S. F. and Khairnar (2018), Engineering Physics, Nirali
Prakashan Publishers, 5th Edition, Pune.
E BOOKS
https://industri.fatek.unpatti.ac.id/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/042-Fundamentals-of-Physics-II-
1.
Electromagnetism-Optics-and-Quantum-Mechanics-R.-Shankar-Edisi-1-2016.pdf
2. https://zenodo.org/record/243407#.Y0EfilxBzIU
3. https://salmanisaleh.files.wordpress.com/2019/02/physics-for-scientists-7th-ed.pdf
MOOC
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/115106061
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101054/12

COURSE ENGINEERING MATERIALS


CREDITS 4
TITLE (Common to ALL B.Tech.)
COURSE COURSE
ECT51001 BS L-T-P-S 3-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
36th
Version 1.0 Approval Details LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3
ACM
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Observation / lab
First Second Practical records as
Periodical Periodical Assessment approved by the
Attendance ESE
Assessme Assessmen s Department
nt (Theory) t (Theory) Examination
Committee “DEC”
Theory 25%
15% 15% 10% 5% 5%
Practical 25%
Course
Descriptio To expose the students to the basics of Engineering Materials and their applications.
n
1. To make the students understand the basics of crystal structure and phase rule.
2. To provide a knowledge on the theoretical basis of the chemical composition,
properties and applications of abrasives, adhesives, lubricants and refractories.
3. To give a strong foundation on the basic concepts of nanomaterials, the general
Course
synthetic methods with emphasis on their applications.
Objective
4. To provide an exposure on the fundamentals and applications of polymeric
materials and composites.
5. To illustrate the applications of energy materials, liquid crystals and conducting
polymers with a good exposure on their basic terminologies.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Propose and justify suitable metals/materials for alloying.
2. Distinguish and select a suitable material as abrasives / adhesives / lubricants /
Course refractories based on its properties and applications.
Outcome 3. Select an appropriate technique for nanomaterial synthesis and characterization.
4. State and select a suitable polymeric / composite material for industrial applications.
5. Develop the suitable organic/inorganic materials that can be employed in energy
storage / production and electronic devices.
Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of chemistry at higher secondary level.
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P
S S
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
CO O O
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1
- -
2 3
CO-1 3 2 1 - - - 1 - - - - 1 1 2 -
CO-2 3 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 2 2 -
CO-3 3 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 1 1 -
CO-4 3 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 2 2 -
CO-5 3 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 2 1 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: CRYSTAL STRUCTURE AND PHASE RULE (9L + 6P)
Basic crystal systems – Types, characteristics, examples – Space lattice, Unit cell – types
– X-ray diffraction and crystal structure.
Phase rule: Basic terminology - Derivation of Gibbs Phase rule- Phase diagrams: One
component system (water), Two component system –- Reduced phase rule: Simple CO-1
Eutectic system, examples, Phase diagram: Ag-Pb system, Pb-Sn system – Applications BTL-3
of phase rule.
Practical component: Construction of phenol-water phase diagram - Determination of
apparent density of porous solids.
MODULE 2: ABRASIVES, ADHESIVES, LUBRICANTS AND REFRACTORIES (9L + 6P)
Abrasives – Classification, Properties, Uses – Adhesives – Development of Adhesive
strength, Physical and Chemical factors influencing adhesive action, Classification of
Adhesives – Epoxy Resin (Preparation, Properties and Applications) – Lubricants –
CO-2
Mechanism of Lubrication, Classification and Properties, Semi Solid Lubricants, Solid
BTL-3
Lubricants, MoS2 and Graphite - Refractories – Classification, Properties, Applications.
Practical components: Preparation of urea-formaldehyde resin - Determination of porosity
of a refractory
MODULE 3: NANOMATERIALS (9L + 6P)
Introduction – Scope of nanomaterials - Types of nanomaterials - Synthesis of
Nanomaterials - Bottom-up and Top-down approaches – Methods of preparation – Laser
ablation, Sol-gel process, Gas-phase condensation, Chemical Vapour Deposition.
Properties – Optical, Electrical, Magnetic, Chemical properties (introduction only). CO-3
Characterization – UV-Visible spectroscopy, FE-SEM and TEM (Principle and Applications BTL-3
only).
Practical component: Preparation of ZnO nanoparticles by wet chemical method –
Verification of Beer-Lambert’s law using silver nanoparticles.
MODULE 4: POLYMERS AND COMPOSITES (9L + 6P)
Introduction – Basic definitions – Classification of polymers – Structure and property
relationship of polymers – Plastics – Synthesis, properties and applications of
polycarbonates and phenol-formaldehyde - Biodegradable Polymers, examples and
CO-4
applications. Composites - Introduction - Definition – Constituents – Classification - Fiber-
BTL-3
reinforced Composites –Types and Applications.
Practical components: Determination of molecular weight / viscosity of polymer using
Ostwald Viscometer.
MODULE 5: MATERIALS FOR ENERGY AND ELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS (9L + 6P)
Energy storage materials – Metal-hydride batteries, Li-batteries - Materials for solar cells: CO-5
Semi-conductors - Materials for hydrogen technology - production (electrolysis), storage
(hydrides), fuel cells. Liquid Crystals - Introduction –Characteristics – Optical properties-
Classification – Chemical constitution and liquid crystalline behaviour - Applications.
BTL-3
Conducting Polymers: Classification, Intrinsic Conducting Polymers, Extrinsic Conducting
Polymers, Applications.
Practical component: Preparation of polyaniline / Polypyrrole.
TEXT BOOKS
Jain, P.C., Jain, M. (2018). Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Raj Publishing Company (P) Ltd,
1.
New Delhi, 17th Edition.
Puri, B. R., Sharma, L. R., Pathania, M. S. (2020). Principles of Physical Chemistry, Vishal
2.
Publishing Co. Jalandhar, 47th Edition.
3. Rangwala. (2017). Engineering Materials, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 43rd Edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS
Clyne, T. W., Hull, D. (2019). An introduction to composite materials, Cambridge University
1.
Press, 3rd Edition.
2. Shah, M. A., Ahmad, T. (2021). Nano Science & Technology, Dreamtech Press, 2021 Edition.
Palanna, O. G. (2018). Engineering Chemistry, Mc Graw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2 nd
3.
Edition.
E BOOKS
1. http://www.erforum.net/2016/01/engineering-chemistry-by-jain-and-jain-pdf-free-ebook.html
2. https://abmpk.files.wordpress.com/2014/02/book_maretial-science-callister.pdf`
MOOC
1. https://www.edx.org/course/materials-science-engineering-misisx-mse1x
2. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/materials-science

COURSE TITLE COMMUNICATION SKILLS CREDITS 2

COURSE L -T–P– 2–0–1–


COURSE CODE GGGG1001 HS
CATEGORY S 1

Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 35th ACM - 6th Aug. 2022 BTL 4
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE
Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
lab record Test / Quiz.,
First Second and viva as as approved
Periodical Periodical approved by by the Attendanc Practica
Theory
Assessment Assessment the Department e l
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15 % 10 % 5% 5% 25 % 25 %
Course The course has been designed to improve the communication competency of the
Description students. The course builds on students’ English language skills by engaging them
in listening, speaking and grammar learning activities (LSRW) that are relevant to
authentic contexts. This course trains the students how to communicate
accurately, appropriately and fluently in professional and social situations. The
course is framed so that the students can appear for Cambridge B1 Preliminary
exams and also enable them to get a certification.
1. To acquire self-confidence by which the learner can improve upon their
informative listening skills by an enhanced acquisition of the English language.
2. To provide an environment to Speak in English at the formal and informal levels
and use it for daily conversation, presentation, group discussion and debate.
3. To equip the students to Read, comprehend and answer questions based on
Course literary, scientific and technological texts.
Objective 4. To enhance the writing skills of the students via training in instructions,
recommendations, checklists, process-description, letter-writing and report
writing.
5. To equip the learners in analyzing and applying creative thinking skills and
participate in brainstorming, mind-mapping, audiovisual activities and excel in
employability skills.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Acquire the accuracy through the knowledge of Syntax.
2. Demonstrate the skill of using the vocabulary and use it in sentences
Course
appropriately.
Outcome
3. Infer texts and improvise its usage.
4. Illustrate language acquisition skills through formal correspondence.
5. Analyse and transcode the data and interpret it in text format.
Prerequisites: Plus Two English-Intermediate Level
CO AND PO MAPPING
P P P
P P P P P P P PO P PS PS PS
CO O1 O1 O1
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 8 O9 O1 O2 O3
0 1 2
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 2 - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2 - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 3 2 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 : English for Employability (6
Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Parts of Speech – Identification and Transformation 2. Kinds of Sentences – CO-1
Identification and Transformation 3. Sentence Pattern – Framing Sentences 4. Tenses – BTL-2
Rules & its usage – Present simple and present continuous; time expressions; state verbs –
Past simple ; regular and irregular verbs and spelling of past simple forms ; past continuous.
Vocabulary : 1. Job titles and describing jobs ; names of company departments 2.
Computer terms; email and website terms. 3. Headings for CVs Describing application
Procedures
Writing : 1. Writing emails – formal and informal – phrases for emails & letters. 2. Writing a
covering letter with a resume for a job application.
Reading : Reading about Job and Company : 1. Changing places : job swapping at work.
2. The power of word of mouse : an article on the power of online customer options 3.
Haier : an article about the history of a Chinese Company. 4. What kind of company Culture
would suit you ? reading answering a quiz.
Lab Activities(Speaking) : 1.Self Introduction. 2. Describing jobs ; asking other people
about their jobs. 3. Asking about the history of a company ; past simple questions 4.
Asking questions about companies and jobs.
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. Being a PA 2. Growing Pains : an interview with a business
consultant about company’s Growth. 3. Describing changes in a company : a Conversation
on the phone.
MODULE 2 : English for Marketing (6 Hrs.)
Grammar: 1. Concord - Understanding Subject Verb agreement – Identifying the error and
Correcting 2. Active and Passive Voice – Identifying the voices and Transforming Active to
passive and passive to active 3. Modal Verbs – Using to express modalities – in active and
passive voices 4. Words to Describe causes and effects. 5. Prepositions
Vocabulary : 1. Vocabulary to describe objects; component parts, shapes, dimensions,
materials Describing problems with equipment 2. Verbs to Describe process 3. Vocabulary
to talk about advertising and marketing, Language to describe cause and effect.
Writing : 1. Topic Sentence 2. Paragraph Writing 3. Developing a story with the hints
4. Promotional letter(Email)
Reading : Product Description and Advertisement : 1. Problems with equipment : emails CO-2
and headings on a form. 2. Waratah : an article on an Australian clothing company. , Short BTL-3
Texts : Notices, Notes and messages 3. Selling your product abroad; an article , Workplace
signs and notices 4. Descriptions of advertising media, Singapore airlines; an article on the
branding of an airline.
Lab Activities(Speaking) : 1.Role Play – Telephone call to a supplier, 2. Describing
Objects
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. Describing dimensions of products : Conversations with
colleagues and suppliers. – The Gizmo game : listening to the uses of a gadget. 2. Channel
No.5 : an interview about a production process 3. Telephone conversations : information
about orders and deliveries. 4. Descriptions of how a product is advertised.
MODULE 3 : Business Correspondence (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Tenses – Present continuous for future arrangements; will and going to future
forms 2. Using discourse markers ; Sentence starters - Contrast & similarity words, 3.
Degrees of Comparison – Framing sentences with appropriate adjectives and adverts –
transformation from one degree to another degree. 4. Infinitives and gerunds – using
infinitives and gerunds in sentences as different elements. 5. Conditionals – Three types of
conditionals
Vocabulary : 1.Vocabulary for travel 2. Synonyms and Antonyms 3. Employment
Vocabulary
Writing : 1. A letter(Email) of invitation – Accepting the invitation and declining the
invitation. CO-3
Reading : Transport, Working Holidays and Conferences : Travel Arrangements : notices BTL-3
and short messages : Eurostar : an article on train travel. 2. Netflix : an article about a
company’s holiday policy; thinking outside the box: an article on offsite meetings 3. Short
Texts : Feedback on conferences
Lab Activities(Speaking) : Discussion: How to make decisions
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. Making and changing appointments : Voicemail messages
and phone conversations ; Future intentions and predictions : Short Extracts. 2. A travel
Anecdote 3. Half Holidays: a conversations between two employees. 4. Discussing possible
venues for a conference : a conversation between colleagues; a welcome speech at a
conference.
MODULE 4 : English for Business Relationships (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Writing Instructions and Recommendations – Transforming instruction to CO-4
recommendation and recommendation to instruction 2. Expressions of quantity – semi- BTL-3
negative words 3. Present Perfect : time expressions : present perfect versus Past simple.
4. Reported Speech – Direct and Indirect Speeches – Identification and Transformation
Vocabulary : 1. Affixes 2. Countable and Uncountable nouns 3. Global Management
Writing : 1.Memo 2. Notice with agenda 3. Email : Requesting information
Reading : Corporate gift-giving, New places, New people, Team Building and Thinking
globally : 1. Career Advice : letters to an advice column 2. Promotional gifts : an article 3.
Descriptions of team building events; Kaizen : an article 4. Global HR management : an
Article.
Lab Activities(Speaking): Role Play : 1. Interviewing someone about a job change 2.
Discussion : Planning a team building event 3. Promoting a city : giving a speech.
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. An interview with someone who has changed career 2. An
interview about corporate gift giving 3. Creating good teams : a Presentation 4. Working an
international Team : short Extracts.
MODULE 5 : English for Presentation (6
Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Adjectives and adverbs 2. Pronouns and Reference Words 3. Types of
Sentences – Simple, Compound and complex Sentences – Identification and
transformation.
Vocabulary : 1. Describing Trends 2. Finance Vocabulary 3. Stocks and Shares
4. Collocation - sets and money
Writing : 1. Transcoding – Converting an image (Linegraph, piechart, bar chart, flowchart
tree diagram etc., ) into a paragraph – Converting a paragraph into an image(Linegraph,
piechart, bar chart, flowchart tree diagram etc., ) 2. Summary writing
Reading : Describing Statistics, Company finances, investments and starting up :
CO-5
1. Interpreting bar charts 2. Café Coffee day : an article on the growth of the Indian coffee
BTL-4
shop. 3. Shares and the stock exchange: a web page; short articles from the financial news;
men and women investments : an article 4. Teenage entrepreneus : reading and comparing
two articles; Kalido: an article on funding.
Lab Activities(Speaking) : 1. Describing figures and trends 2. Discussing qualities needed
in candidates for a job vacancy
Lab Activities(Listening) : 1. Listening to statistical information : short extracts 2. An
interview with the employee of a company that helps failing business 3. An interview with
someone who works in investor relations. 4. Radio interview : marketing director of a
business support service.
TEXT BOOK
Whitby, Norman (2019). Cambridge English Business Benchmark, Pre-intermediate and
1
Intermediate. Cambridge University Press. India (Pages 208)
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Murphy, Raymond(2021). Essential English Grammar, Cambridge University Press. India
2. (Pages
Redman, 300)
Stuart(2020).English Vocabulary In Use: Pre - Intermediate And Intermediate.
Cambridge University Press. India (Pages 264)
3. Bikram K. Das. et al.,(2019) An Introduction to Professional English and Soft Skills with
audio CD, Cambridge University Press. India (Pages 272)
4. John, Dolly., (2018), English for Life and the Workplace Through LSRW&T Skills, Pearson
Publications.India (Pages 263)
E BOOKS
1. https://www.cambridge.org/gb/files/9116/4138/4615/A1_Student_Book.pdf
2. https://www.cambridge.org/gb/files/1416/4138/4681/A1_Workbook.pdf
3. https://www.cambridge.org/gb/files/7216/4138/1999/A2_Student_Book.pdf
4. https://www.cambridge.org/gb/files/6816/4138/2072/A2_Workbook.pdf
MOOC
1. https://www.edx.org/professional-certificate/tsinghuax-english-communication-skills
2. https://www.britishcouncil.org.tr/en/english/mooc/english-for-the-workplace

COURSE TITLE PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT & SOFT SKILLS CREDITS 2


COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1002 HS L -T–P–S 2–0–1–1
CATEGORY

Version 1.0 Approval 35th ACM - 6th Aug. 2022 LEARNING LEVEL BTL – 4
Details
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE
Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
lab record and Test / Quiz.,
First Second viva as as approved
Periodical Periodical approved by by the Theor Practic
Attendance
Assessment Assessment the Department y al
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15 % 10 % 5% 5% 25 % 25 %
This course teaches the learners LSRW Skills which is needed in today’s global
workplace together with essential business vocabulary & grammar. It equips them to
Course
communicate effectively and at professional and social scenario which in turn makes
Description
them confident individuals. This course would help them to appear for Cambridge
Certification and add value to their profile and validate their language proficiency.
1. To acquire self-confidence by which the learner can improve upon their informative
listening skills by an enhanced acquisition of the English language.
2. To provide an environment to Speak in English at the formal and informal levels and
use it for daily conversation, presentation, group discussion and debate.
3. To equip the students to Read, comprehend and answer questions based on literary,
Course
scientific and technological texts.
Objective
4. To enhance the writing skills of the students via training in instructions,
recommendations, checklists, process-description, letter-writing and report writing.
5. To equip the learners in analyzing and applying creative thinking skills and
participate in brainstorming, mind-mapping, audio visual activities and excel in
employability skills.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the ability to construct the grammatically correct sentences with
accuracy and syntax structures.
2.Integrating various components of English Language and determining it through
reading and listening.
3.Analyze and transcode data, construct different types of written essays, read
Course
complex passages and summarize ideas, create personal profiles in the form of a
Outcome
resume.
4.Organize and articulate ideas, concepts, and perceptions in a comprehensive
manner in written business correspondence, and speaking in formal and informal
situations.
5.Infer details about presentation skills and implementing it in various professional
situations.
Prerequisites: Plus Two English-Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PSO
CO PO4 O
1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 3
5
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 : ATTITUDE (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Countable and uncountable nouns 2. Asking questions 3. Expressing likes 4.
Introducing reasons 4. Talking about large and small differences. 5. Expressing Results
Vocabulary : 1. Recruitment Brochure : ability, certificate, course, etc., 2. Work, job, training
course. 3. Job Responsibilities 4. Staff, Employee, member of Staff. 5. Phrases expressing
enthusiasm 6. Adjective Forms
CO-1
Writing : 1. Report Writing – Staff Training Report 2. A Website entry 3. A short Email and
BTL-2
an Email of a job application.
Reading : Articles on Human Resources
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB) : ATTITUDE : The power of positive thinking –
Positive self talk – self-esteem and positive attitude who Am I ? Attitude in the workplace –
Building a positive attitude – Testing your attitude – Adaptability
MODULE 2 : GOAL SETTING (6 Hrs.)
Grammar: 1. Infinitive or verb + ing, 2. Prepositions in phrases describing trends 3. Formal
requests 4. First and Second conditionals. 5. Phrases followed by a Verb + ing.
Vocabulary : 1. Word related to marketing ( Launch, Play, Find out, Learn, Know, etc., ) 2.
Revenue outcome 3. Adjective – noun collocations, 3. Last and latest
Writing : 1. A marketing Report 2. Email giving information – making an enquiry –
CO-2
answering enquiries – correcting information – confirming terms 3 Memo Writing
BTL-3
Reading : Articles on Marketing
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB): GOAL SETTING: What is goal ? - What are
SMART goals? - How does SMART goal setting work? - Goals as commitment – Useful
Guideline for goal setting – Trying personal and professional goals – Goals at the workplace –
Cascading goals – Types of goals
MODULE 3 : TIME MANAGEMENT (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Prepositions in time phrases 2. Making recommendations 3. Phrases
signaling parts of a presentation 4. Can and could
Vocabulary : 1. Financial Terms 2. Rising finance 3. Noun Phrases connected with starting
companies 4. Assets, collateral etc.,
Writing : Formal Letter : 1. A letter of enquiry 2. Proposal Writing CO-3
Reading :Articles on Entrepreneurship BTL-3
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB): TIME MANAGEMENT : What is time
management? Prioritization – Time stressors – Time stealers – Time management -
Eisenhower Matrix– Strategies for effective time management – productivity pyramid – The
four Ds of time management
MODULE 4 : EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Referencing 2. Using the Passives to express opinions and ideas. 3. Relative
Clauses
Vocabulary : 1. Collocations describing reasons for meetings, 2. Collocations with meeting
3. Crucial, priceless, etc.,
Writing : Arranging to travel; an email agreeing to a request and making suggestions –
giving instructions – about a business trip – announcing a job opportunity. . 2. A letter CO-4
informaing about a new service – complaint, BTL-3
Reading : Articles on Business abroad
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB): EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE : What is
Emotional Intelligence ? Enhancing your emotional self-awareness, - Emotional intelligence
and change management – unfreezing the old, re-freezing the new – change and stress –
emotional intelligence and crisis management.
MODULE 5 : LEADERSHIP (6 Hrs.)
Grammar : 1. Using the Definite Article 2. Expressing Causes 3. Reporting verbs and CO-5
reported speech 4 Third Conditional(Imaginary) BTL-4
Vocabulary : 1. Verb – Noun collocations 2. Issues, impact, etc., 3. Way or method 4.
Words and phrases expressing numbers.
Writing : Mail arranging a meeting , introducing a company and asking for information –
giving suggestions 2. A memo asking for suggestions 3. A proposal for out sourcing.
Reading : Articles on Change in Business
Soft Skills And Employability Skills (LAB): LEADERSHIP : Qualities of a leader –
Leadership and assertiveness – problem –solving and decision-making – Approaches to
problem – solving and decision-making – Brainstorming – Cause-and-effect analysis
TEXT BOOKS
Brook-Hart, Guy (2019). Cambridge English Business Benchmark, Upper Intermediate.
1
Cambridge University Press. India (Pages 208)
Pillai, Sabina. Fernandez, Agna.(2018). Soft Skills And Employability Skills. Cambridge
2.
University Press. India. (Pages 208)
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Murphy, Raymond(2019). Intermediate English Grammar. Cambridge University Press. India.
(Pages 350)
2. Barnes, D., (2020). Exploratory talk for learning in Mercer, N. and Hodgkinson, S. (eds)
Exploring Talk in School. London: Sage Publications. (Pages 208)
3. Dhanavel. S P ( 2018). English and Soft Skills. Orient BlackSwan. India. (Pages 136)
4. Goldsmith, Marshall & M.S. Rao.(2020) Soft Skills: Enhancing Employability. Dreamtech
Press. India (Pages 256)
E Books
1 https://www.pdfdrive.com/basic-english-grammar-with-exercises-e12486779.html
2http://dspace.vnbrims.org:13000/jspui/bitstream/123456789/4733/1/Leadership%20The
%20Power%20of%20Emotional%20Intellegence.pdf
MOOC Courses

1 https://www.edx.org/professional-certificate/ritx-communication-skills

2 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/people-and-soft-skills-for-professional-success

COURSE ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND COMPUTER AIDED


CREDITS 3
TITLE DESIGN (Aero, Auto, Civil, Bio-Tech, Mechanical)
COURSE COURSE
EME51001 ES L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-3
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Surprise
First Second Weekly
Test/ Quiz
Periodical Periodical assignment/Observat ESE
etc., as Attendanc
Assessment Assessment ion / lab records and (Theory +
approved e
(Theory + (Theory + viva as approved by Practical)
by the
Practical) Practical) the DEC
DEC
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
This course broadly introduces the mechanical design using computer aided design
Course tools and fundamentals of free hand sketching. It prepares the students to learn the
Description basic concepts involved in technical drawing and computer graphics. It also emphasis
on the principles of projections and visualization of part drawing.
Course 1. To demonstrate the concepts of Engineering graphics and projection of straight
Objective lines using CAD software
2. To visualize the solids in various orientations and to draw its projections
3. To comprehend the concepts of isometric projections
4. To draw the development of solid surfaces and to generate associated views of
civil drawings.
5. To visualize and draw views of the object by free hand sketch and to transform
3D models to 2D drawings using CAD tools
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the concepts of Engineering graphics and projection of straight lines
using CAD software.
Course 2. Apply the acquired knowledge to solve simple problems of regular solids.
Outcome 3. Create solid objects in isometric view using CAD software
4. Develop the simple solids and to sketch the plan and elevation of the building
drawings.
5. Visualize the objects and to draw by free hand sketching.
Prerequisites: Nil
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P
S S
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
CO O O
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1
- -
2 3
CO-1 2 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 2 2 1 -
CO-2 2 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 2 - 2 1 - -
CO-3 2 2 2 - 2 - - 2 2 2 - 2 1 2 -
CO-4 3 2 2 - 3 - - 2 2 2 - 2 1 - -
CO-5 3 1 2 - - - - 1 2 2 - 2 - 1 -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: BASICS OF ENGINEERING GRAPHICS (6L + 6P =12)
Relevance of Graphics in Industry - BIS conventions and specifications - drawing sheet
sizes - Lettering – Dimensioning - Scales. Drafting methods - Introduction to Computer
Aided Drafting –Exposure to Solid Modelling software – Printer and Plotter – 3D printer. CO-1
Introduction to Orthographic projections - Naming views as per BIS - First angle BTL-2
projection method. Projection of points and projection of Straight lines.
Suggested Reading: Solid modelling Software commands
MODULE 2: PROJECTION OF SOLIDS (6L + 6P =12)
Projections of solids. Solids in simple positions and axis inclined to one plane only.
Section of solids. Section planes inclined to Horizontal Plane only. True shape of the
CO-2
section. (Manual and CAD Drawing)
BTL-2
Suggested Reading: Solids inclined to both the planes. Section of solids with
sectional planes inclined to VP.
MODULE 3: ISOMETRIC PROJECTION (6L + 6P =12)
Concepts of isometric projection. Isometric scale, Isometric view of simple solids with
CO-3
sectional planes. (Manual and CAD Drawing)
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Isometric view of solids with multiple sectional planes.
MODULE 4: DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES AND CIVIL DRAWING (6L + 6P =12)
Development of Surfaces of simple solids with simple sectional planes. Parallel line CO-4
method and Radial line method only. (Manual and CAD Drawing) BTL-2
Civil Drawing: PLAN and ELEVATION of Simple residential building. (Manual and CAD
Drawing)
Suggested Reading: Development of Sphere, Sectional elevation of building drawing
MODULE 5: FREE HAND SKETCHING (6L + 6P =12)
Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles —
Representation of Three-Dimensional objects — Pictorial Projection methods - Layout CO-5
of views- Conversion of pictorial views to orthographic view. BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Orthographic views to pictorial views
TEXT BOOKS
Jeyapoovan, T., Engineering Graphics and Design, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.,
1.
New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2022.
P. Kannaiah, K. L. Narayana, K. Venkata Reddy, A Textbook on Engineering Drawing,
2.
BS Pub, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Alf Yarwood, Introduction to AutoCAD – 2D and 3D Design, Newnes Elsevier, 2011
Bhatt N.D and Panchal V.M, Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry, Charotar
2.
Publishing House, 2019.
Kirstie Plantenberg, Engineering Graphics Essentials, SDC Publications., fifth Edition,
3.
2016.
E – Books
https://www.amazon.in/Technical-Drawing-Engineering-Graphics-International-ebook/
1.
dp/B00IZ0FZHA
MOOC
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103019/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102304/

ENGINEERING PRACTICE LAB


COURSE TITLE CREDITS 2
(Common to All Branches)
COURSE CODE EGE51406 COURSE CATEGORY ES L-T-P-S 0-0-4-2
36th LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL-3
ACM LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

80% 20%

Course This course is specifically designed to give the students a clear understanding of
Description the mechanical engineering design and its process.

Course The course should enable the students to


Objective 1. To Relate theory and practice of basic Mechanical and Civil Engineering.
2. To Learn basic concepts in Aeronautical and Automobile Engineering.
3. To Learn basic concepts in Electrical, Electronics, mechatronics and
Computer Science.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. To Identify the tools, and types of joints used in welding, carpentry and
plumbing.
2. To Perform basic fabrication in welding, carpentry and plumbing, to make
simple joints/connections.
Course Outcome 3. To Make simple electrical and electronic circuit connections, and may
assemble the hardware of a desktop computer.
4. To observe & demonstrate the working of a mechatronics systems like
CNC machine, Robot, Pneumatic circuits.
5. To observe & demonstrate the working of a 3D printer and list its
applications.
Prerequisites: NIL

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P
S S
PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PS
CO O O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1
- -
2 3
CO-1 3 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2 1 -

CO-2 3 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - - 3 2 -

CO-3 3 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2 1 -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


LIST OF EXPERIMENTS with expected Learning outcome
Exp. No. Experiment Name CO / BTL
1 To Perform a Fillet/Groove weld in a Welding Simulator CO 1 & BTL 3
2 To Fabricate a Butt joint/Lap Joint using Arc Welding CO 1 & BTL 3
To make basic pipe connections in Plumbing using valves, CO 1 & BTL 3
3
couplings and elbows
4 To make a common joint using Carpentry CO 1 & BTL 3
5 Assembling and Dismantling of a gasoline/Diesel Engine CO 2 & BTL 3
6 Measurement of Force using a spring balance CO 2 & BTL 3
7 To make an Electrical Wiring for extension box CO 3 & BTL 3
8 Study of Active and Passive Components CO 3 & BTL 3
9 To make simple circuit using Electronic Components CO 3 & BTL 3
10 To Assemble a Desktop computer CO 3 & BTL 3
11 To study the key elements of a Mechatronics system CO 3 & BTL 3
12 Demo on linear actuator, using pneumatic circuit CO 3 & BTL 3
13 Demo on Computerized Numerical Control (CNC) machine CO 3 & BTL 3
14 Demo on a pick and place Robot CO 3 & BTL 3
15 Demo on a 3D Printer CO 3 & BTL 3
LIST LIST OF EXPERIMENTS/TOOLS for 30 Students
1 Welding Rectifier – 5 Nos
2 Welding Simulator – 1 No.

3 Two Stroke Gasoline Engine – 1 No.

4 Spring balance – 5 Nos

5 PVC Pipes and its accessories – 5 sets


6 Saw, Planner, Chisel and its accessories – 5 sets

7 Extension box and its accessories – 5 sets

8 Electronic boards and its accessories – 5 sets

9 Active components – 5 sets

10 Passive components – 5 sets

11 Desktop Computer – 5 Nos

12 Linear Actuators and Pneumatic Kit– 1 Nos

13 Rotary Actuators and Pneumatic Kit– 1 Nos

14 CNC Machine – 1 No.

15 6 Axis Robot – 1 No.

16 3D Printer – 1 No.
REFERENCE
1 Jeyapoovan T and Saravanapandian M., (2015),Engineering practices lab manual,
Vikas publishing House, New Delhi, 4th Edition.
2 Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K.,(2008), “Elements
of Workshop Technology”, Vol.I ,Media promoters and publishers private limited,
Mumbai.
3 Ibrahim Zeid,(2011) CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi.

CREDIT
COURSE TITLE FAB LAB FOR CIRCUIT ENGINEERING 2
S
COURSE
COURSE CODE EGE51409 ES L-T-P-S 0-0-4-2
CATEGORY
VER APPROVAL
1.0 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3
SION DETAILS
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Observation & Record Practical Demonstration & Lab Test Report VIVA
20% 60% 20%
The course provides the necessary knowledge and skills regarding working construction
Course and interfacing aspects of peripherals. The students will get to know how various
Description peripherals communicate with the central processing unit of the computer system and
pattern their respective operations.
1. To inculcate the basic knowledge of computer hardware for video monitors.
2. To enable the capability to learn the fundamentals of Motherboards.
Course 3. To apprise knowledge in the Hardware Organization of PCs.
Objective 4. To demonstrate the working of Input Devices and Output Devices.
5. To induce a basic Knowledge of SMPS and power supplies.

Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


Outcome
1. Describe the basics of computer hardware for video monitors.
2. Dissecting the Motherboard.
3. Setup and configuration of ROM BIOS
4. To capture the image using a mobile phone camera as a web camera.
5. Exercise on assembling a PC with peripherals and testing the same.

Prerequisites: Nil
CO vs PO / PSO MAPPING
P
P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS S
CO PO4 O O PO 12
1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 O1 O2 O
10 11
3
CO-1 2 2 2 1 - 2 1 - -- 1 1 2 1 - 2

CO-2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - 2 - 2 2 2 2

CO-3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2

CO-4 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 - 2 1 2 1 2 1

CO-5 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - 2 - 2 1 - 2

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related, and 3: Strongly related


List of Experiments (
HOURS)
Exp
Experiment Name CO / BTL
No
CO – 1 BTL
1 To study the construction and working of CRT, LCD, LED and its troubleshooting.
–3
CO –1 BTL
2 Determine the video memory size on your PC/Laptop
–3
CO – 1 BTL
3 Demonstrate Bresenham’s Line drawing Algorithm.
–3
Use an understanding of the concept of color theory to link the components that CO – 1 BTL
4
contribute to the effects of color –3
To Study the components and internal parts, working of hard disk and CDROM, CO – 2 BTL
5
DVD, and Flash Drives. –3
Familiarize with the computer system Layout: Mark positions of SMPS,
CO – 2 BTL
6 Motherboard, processor, cooling systems, HDD, SSD RAM, Graphics unit, and
–3
add-on cards.
CO – 2 BTL
7 Dissecting the Motherboard: Connectors, Ports & Chipsets
–3
Performance Analysis of cooling systems in PCs (Setup a benchmark software-
CO – 2 BTL
8 eg: cinebench to perform this), thereby writing the need for efficient cooling
–3
systems
CO – 2 BTL
9 Setup and configuration of ROM BIOS
-3
Understanding modern memory technology. Make a comparative analysis of each CO – 3 BTL
10.
memory technology. –3
CO – 3 BTL
11. Partition the hard disk and merge it back.
–3
CO – 3 BTL
12. Expand the RAM size using the virtualization concept.
–3
To study the operations and components and internal parts of the Keyboard, CO – 4 BTL
13.
mouse, and their troubleshooting -3
14. Study of components and internal parts and working of Inkjet printer and Laser CO – 4 BTL
printer and various installation of printers. –3
CO – 4 BTL
15. Understand the concept of input devices through keyboard remapping
–3
CO – 4 BTL
16 To capture the image using a mobile phone camera as a web camera.
–3
To study the SMPS circuit and measure its various CO – 5 BTL
17.
voltages. –3
Connecting SMPS to motherboard and other
CO – 5 BTL
18. devices.
–3
CO – 5 BTL
19. Study the operation and maintenance of UPS
–3
CO – 5 BTL
20. Exercise on assembling a PC with peripherals and testing the same.
–3

COURSE
OUTREACH (NCC) LEVEL 1 (ARMY WING) CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51404 HS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-4
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observati
on / lab
records as
approved
First Second
by the
Periodical Periodical Practical Attendanc THEOR PRACTIC
Departme
Assessment Assessment Assessments e* Y AL
nt
(Theory) (Theory)
Examinati
on
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course The NCC provides exposure to the cadets in a wide range of activities., with a distinct
Description emphasis on Social Services, Discipline and Adventure Training.

● The training curriculum of the NCC is primarily focused on character building,


Course inculcating leadership qualities and skill enhancement through structured academic
Objective syllabi, practical training and opportunity for exposure/interaction beyond a cadets’
immediate environment, and thereby enabling them for a brighter and progressive
future.
(a) To develop character, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook, spirit of adventure
and the ideals of selfless service amongst the youth of the country.
(b) To create a human resource of organized, trained and motivated youth to provide
Course
leadership in all walks of life and always available for the service of the nation.
Outcome
(c) To provide a suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up a career in the
Armed Forces.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P
S S
PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PS
CO O O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1
- -
2 3
CO-1 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

- - - - - - - -
CO-2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
- - - - - - - -
CO-3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
- - - - - - - -
CO-4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1

CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


MODULE 1: NCC GENERAL (9L+ 6P)

NCC GENERAL: NCC 1 Aims, Objectives & Organization of NCC


1 NCC 2 Incentives 2 NCC 3 Duties of NCC Cadet 1 NCC 4 NCC CO-1
BTL-3
Camps: Types & Conduct 2

MODULE 2: NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARNESS (9L+ 6P)

NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARENESS 4 NI 1 National


Integration: Importance & Necessity 1 NI 2 Factors Affecting CO-2
National Integration 1 NI 3 Unity in Diversity & Role of NCC in BTL-3
Nation Building 1 NI 4 Threats to National Security 1

MODULE 3: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT. (9L+ 6P)

PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 7 PD 1 Self-Awareness,


Empathy, Critical & Creative Thinking, Decision Making and CO-3
Problem Solving 2 PD 2 Communication Skills 3 PD 3 Group BTL-3
Discussion: Stress & Emotions 2

MODULE 4: LEADERSHIP (9L+ 6P)

LEADERSHIP 5 L 1 Leadership Capsule: Traits, Indicators, Motivation, Moral CO-4


Values, Honour ‘ Code 3 L 2 Case Studies: Shivaji, Jhasi Ki Rani 2 BTL-3

MODULE 5: SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (9L+6P)


SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 8 SS 1
Basics, Rural Development Programmes, NGOs, Contribution of CO-5
Youth 3 SS 4 Protection of Children and Women Safety 1 SS 5 BTL-3
Road / Rail Travel Safety 1 SS 6 New Initiatives 2 SS 7 Cyber and
Mobile Security Awareness 1

TEXT BOOKS

1. NCC COMMON SUBJECT BOOK

2. RED BOOK (ARMY SPECIAL SUBJECTS)

COURSE
OUTREACH (NCC) LEVEL 1 (AIR WING) CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE
COURSE
EGE51404 CATEGOR HS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-4
CODE
Y
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observation /
lab records as
First Second
Practical approved by
Periodical Periodical Attendanc THEOR PRACTI
Assessme the Department
Assessme Assessment e* Y CAL
nts Examination
nt (Theory) (Theory)
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course
The NCC provides exposure to the cadets in a wide range of activities., with a distinct
Descriptio
emphasis on Social Services, Discipline and Adventure Training.
n

● The training curriculum of the NCC is primarily focused on character building,


Course inculcating leadership qualities and skill enhancement through structured academic
Objective syllabi, practical training and opportunity for exposure/interaction beyond a cadets’
immediate environment, and thereby enabling them for a brighter and progressive
future.
(a) To develop character, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook, spirit of adventure
and the ideals of selfless service amongst the youth of the country.
Course
(b) To create a human resource of organized, trained and motivated youth to provide
Outcome
leadership in all walks of life and always available for the service of the nation.
(c) To provide a suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up a career in the
Armed Forces.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO- PO PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PS PS PS
CO
1 -2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1 O-2 O-3
CO -
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - -
-1
CO -
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - -
-2
CO -
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - -
-3
CO -
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - -
-4
CO -
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - -
-5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: NCC GENERAL (9L+ 6P)

NCC GENERAL: NCC 1 Aims, Objectives & Organization of


NCC 1 NCC 2 Incentives 2 NCC 3 Duties of NCC Cadet 1 NCC 4 CO-1
NCC BTL-3

Camps: Types & Conduct 2


MODULE 2: NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARNESS (9L+ 6P)

NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARENESS 4 NI 1 National


Integration: Importance & Necessity 1 NI 2 Factors Affecting CO-2
National Integration 1 NI 3 Unity in Diversity & Role of NCC in BTL-3
Nation Building 1 NI 4 Threats to National Security 1

MODULE 3: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT. (9L+ 6P)

PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 7 PD 1 Self-Awareness,


CO-3
Empathy, Critical & Creative Thinking, Decision Making and
BTL-3
Problem Solving 2 PD 2 Communication Skills 3 PD 3 Group
Discussion: Stress & Emotions 2
MODULE 4: LEADERSHIP (9L+ 6P)

LEADERSHIP 5 L 1 Leadership Capsule: Traits, Indicators, Motivation, Moral CO-4


Values, Honour ‘ Code 3 L 2 Case Studies: Shivaji, Jhasi Ki Rani 2 BTL-3

MODULE 5: SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (9L+6P)

SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 8 SS 1


Basics, Rural Development Programmes, NGOs, Contribution of CO-5
Youth 3 SS 4 Protection of Children and Women Safety 1 SS 5 BTL-3
Road / Rail Travel Safety 1 SS 6 New Initiatives 2 SS 7 Cyber and
Mobile Security Awareness 1

TEXT BOOKS
NCC COMMON SUBJECT BOOK

RED BOOK (ARMY SPECIAL SUBJECTS)

COURSE
OUTREACH (NCC) LEVEL 1 (NAVY WING) CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51404 HS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-4
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observatio
n / lab
records as
approved
First Second
by the
Periodical Periodical Practical Attendanc THEOR PRACT
Departmen
Assessme Assessment Assessments e* Y ICAL
t
nt (Theory) (Theory)
Examinati
on
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course
The NCC provides exposure to the cadets in a wide range of activities., with a distinct
Descriptio
emphasis on Social Services, Discipline and Adventure Training.
n

● The training curriculum of the NCC is primarily focused on character building,


Course inculcating leadership qualities and skill enhancement through structured academic
Objective syllabi, practical training and opportunity for exposure/interaction beyond a cadets’
immediate environment, and thereby enabling them for a brighter and progressive
future.

(a) To develop character, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook, spirit of adventure


and the ideals of selfless service amongst the youth of the country.
(b) To create a human resource of organized, trained and motivated youth to provide
Course
leadership in all walks of life and always available for the service of the nation.
Outcome
(c) To provide a suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up a career in the
Armed Forces.
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P
S
PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PS PS
CO O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1 O-2
-
3
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-1
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-2
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-3
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-4
CO
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
-5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: NCC GENERAL (9L+ 6P)

NCC GENERAL: NCC 1 Aims, Objectives & Organization of NCC


1 NCC 2 Incentives 2 NCC 3 Duties of NCC Cadet 1 NCC 4 NCC CO-1
BTL-3
Camps: Types & Conduct 2

MODULE 2: NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARNESS (9L+ 6P)

NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND AWARENESS 4 NI 1 National


Integration: Importance & Necessity 1 NI 2 Factors Affecting CO-2
National Integration 1 NI 3 Unity in Diversity & Role of NCC in BTL-3
Nation Building 1 NI 4 Threats to National Security 1

MODULE 3: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT. (9L+ 6P)

PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 7 PD 1 Self-Awareness,


Empathy, Critical & Creative Thinking, Decision Making and CO-3
Problem Solving 2 PD 2 Communication Skills 3 PD 3 Group BTL-3
Discussion: Stress & Emotions 2

MODULE 4: LEADERSHIP (9L+ 6P)

LEADERSHIP 5 L 1 Leadership Capsule: Traits, Indicators, Motivation, Moral CO-4


Values, Honour ‘ Code 3 L 2 Case Studies: Shivaji, Jhasi Ki Rani 2 BTL-3

MODULE 5: SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (9L+6P)

SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 8 SS 1


Basics, Rural Development Programmes, NGOs, Contribution of CO-5
Youth 3 SS 4 Protection of Children and Women Safety 1 SS 5 BTL-3
Road / Rail Travel Safety 1 SS 6 New Initiatives 2 SS 7 Cyber and
Mobile Security Awareness 1
TEXT BOOKS

NCC COMMON SUBJECT BOOK

RED BOOK (ARMY SPECIAL SUBJECTS)

COURSE
OUTREACH (NSS) LEVEL I CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51405 HS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-4
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 36th ACM -
Details LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Attendance Report
Volunteering Events attended Awareness Programs attended
* Submission

5 25 15 5% 50
This course is designed to introduce students to the principles and practices of
community service, social development, and active citizenship. The course aims to
instill a sense of social responsibility and promote civic engagement among the
participants. Through a combination of theoretical knowledge and practical
Course
experiences, students will develop essential skills and qualities required to make a
Description
positive impact on the community and society.
Pre requisite: There are no specific prerequisites for enrolling in the NSS Semester 1
course. However, a genuine interest in community service, social development, and
willingness to actively engage with diverse communities are essential.
1. To familiarize students with the objectives, history, and importance of the National
Service Scheme (NSS) in community development, emphasizing the significance
of social responsibility and civic engagement.
2. To develop essential leadership skills, teamwork, and effective project
management techniques, preparing students to organize and execute community
service projects successfully.
3. To cultivate empathy, compassion, and cultural sensitivity, enabling students to
Course engage respectfully and effectively with diverse communities during their
Objective community service activities.
4. To promote environmental awareness and sustainable practices, encouraging
students to integrate eco-friendly approaches into their community service
initiatives.
5. To enhance students' communication, problem-solving, and decision-making skills,
equipping them to engage with community members, stakeholders, and address
challenges effectively.

Course 1. Students will gain a comprehensive understanding of the objectives, history, and
Outcome significance of the National Service Scheme (NSS) in promoting community
development and social responsibility.
2. Participants will demonstrate the ability to identify and assess prevalent social
issues and challenges in the community, laying the groundwork for effective
community service initiatives.

3. Through practical experiences and workshops, students will develop essential


leadership skills, teamwork, and project management techniques necessary for
organizing and executing successful community service projects.

4. By engaging with diverse communities, students will cultivate empathy,


compassion, and cultural sensitivity, fostering meaningful and respectful
interactions during their service activities.

5. Upon completion of Semester 1, students will have improved their communication,


problem-solving, and decision-making skills, empowering them to actively and
effectively engage in community development and service projects.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PS PS PS
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1 O-2 O-3
CO-
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
1
CO-
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
2
CO-
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
3
CO-
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
4
CO-
- - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - -
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
TOPICS TO BE COVERED
1. Introduction to National Service Scheme (NSS) and its Objectives
2. Understanding Social Issues and Needs Assessment in the Community
3. Project Planning and Management for Community Service
4. Leadership Development and Teamwork
5. Cultural Sensitivity and Interacting with Diverse Communities
6. Communication and Problem-Solving Skills for Community Engagement
7. Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Practices
8. Health, Hygiene, and Community Well-being
9. The Role of Arts and Culture in Community Development
10. Reflecting on Community Service Experiences and Personal Growth

Suggest Activities

1. Community Cleanliness Drive: Organize a cleanliness drive in the local


community, involving students and residents in cleaning public spaces and
creating awareness about cleanliness and waste management.
2. Health Awareness Camp: Conduct a health awareness camp where
participants can provide basic health check-ups, distribute health-related
information, and promote the importance of hygiene and sanitation.
3. Environmental Conservation Project: Initiate an environmental
conservation project, such as tree planting, creating green spaces, or
implementing recycling programs, to raise awareness about environmental
issues.
4. Teaching Assistance in Local Schools: Collaborate with local schools to
provide teaching assistance, conduct educational workshops, and help
students with their studies.
5. Empowerment Workshops: Organize workshops for women, youth, or other
marginalized groups to empower them with skills and knowledge relevant to
their needs, such as vocational training or financial literacy.
6. Cultural Exchange Program: Arrange a cultural exchange event where NSS
participants and local community members can share their traditions, dances,
music, and food, fostering mutual understanding and appreciation.
7. Blood Donation Camp: Partner with local healthcare institutions to organize
a blood donation camp to address blood shortages and raise awareness
about the importance of donating blood.
8. Community Survey and Needs Assessment: Conduct a comprehensive
community survey to understand the needs and priorities of the local
residents, guiding the selection of future service projects.
9. Awareness Campaigns: Create awareness campaigns on critical social
issues like gender equality, education, or substance abuse through street
plays, posters, and interactive sessions.
10. Disaster Preparedness Workshop: Conduct workshops on disaster
preparedness, including first aid training and emergency response, to equip
the community with necessary skills.
11. Senior Citizens' Engagement: Plan activities and events to engage and
support senior citizens, such as organizing social gatherings or providing
assistance with daily chores.
12. Digital Literacy Initiatives: Set up digital literacy workshops to help
community members, especially elders and underserved individuals, to learn
basic computer and internet skills.
13. Community Sports Event: Organize a community sports event to promote
fitness, teamwork, and community bonding.
14. Skill Development Sessions: Arrange skill development workshops in
collaboration with local experts to teach practical skills like tailoring, painting,
or handicrafts.
15. Awareness on Government Schemes: Educate the community about
various government schemes and programs that they may be eligible for, to
ensure they can avail themselves of the benefits.
REFEREFERENCE BOOKS
1 National Service Scheme Manual, Government of India.

2 Orientation Courses for N.S.S. Programme officers, TISS.


3 Case material as Training Aid for field workers, Gurmeet Hans.
4 National Service Scheme Manual, Government of India.

5 Training Programme on National Programme scheme, TISS.


6 Social Problems in India, Ram Ahuja
7 Social service opportunities in Hospitals, Kapil K.Krishan,TISS.
COURSE TITLE CREDITS 2
TAMIL (REGIONAL LANGUAGE
COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1008 CATEGOR HS L -T–P–S 2–0–0–2
Y

Version 1.0 Approval Details LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 3


36th ACM
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Second Surprise Test / Quiz etc., End
First Seminar/
Periodical as approved by the Attendanc Semester
Periodical Assignment
Assessme Department Examination e Examination
Assessment s/ Project
nt Committee “DEC” ESE
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
Course This Tamil course improves Tamil language skills of the students’ Tamil letters and
Descriptio Grammar are included. This course provides an opportunity not only to get interest in
n learning Tamil Language but also, they can learn to converse easily.
1. By studying this course, students will be able to write and speak Tamil easily in any
situation, daily life and daily conversations.
2. Develops language and interest in learning in students.
Course
3. Facilitates students to create opportunities for themselves in the society.
Objective
4. Students also learn Tamil literature by developing interest in language department.
5. This lesson plan helps the students to learn about the culture by learning the Tamil
language.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the Letters and basic words of Tamil Language which are in daily use
Course 2. Develops the listening skills of Tamil language
Outcome 3. Utilize the letters and common words of the language for communication
4. Develop the conversational skills
5.Demonstrate the skill of reading and writing
Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P
P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS S S
CO PO1 PO4 O
2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O O
5
2 3
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
அலகு - 1 தமிழ் எழுத்துக்கள் (6 L)
தமிழ் எழுத்துகள் – ஓசைகள் - எண்கள் – வண்ணங்கள் – வடிவங்கள் - ஓர் எழுத்துச் சொற்கள் -
பழங்கள் மற்றும் காய்கறிகள் – மலர்கள் – இயற்கை - மாதங்கள் சொற்கள் - பெயர்சொற்கள் –
CO-1
உரிச்சொற்கள் – வினைச்சொற்கள் – காலங்கள் - வாழ்த்துகள்.
BTL-2
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள் : 1. வார்த்தைகளை வட்டமிடுதல்.
2. விடுபட்ட எழுத்துகளை நிரப்புக. 3. வடிவங்களுக்கு வண்ணம் தீட்டுக.
அலகு – 2 கேட்டல் மற்றும் உச்சரித்தல் (6L)
உயிரெழுத்துகள், மெய்யெழுத்துகள் மற்றும் உயிர்மெய் எழுத்துகளை உச்சரித்தல் - சிறுகதைகள்
வாசித்தல் – எதிர்ச்சொற்கள் - பொருள்தருக – வாக்கியத்தில் அமைத்து எழுதுதல் – ஒரு சொல்லில்
CO-2
விடையளித்தல்.
BTL-2
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள் : 1. சொற்களைக் கேட்டு உச்சரிக்க செய்தல்.
2. குழுவிவாதம் செய்தல். 3. கோடிட்ட இடங்களைச் சரியான சொற்களைக் கூறுதல்.
அலகு -3 எழுத்துப் பயிற்சி (6 L)
தமிழ் எழுத்துகளை எழுத கற்பித்தல் - உயிர் எழுத்துகள் - மெய் எழுத்துகள் - உயிர்மெய் எழுத்துகள் -
ஆயுத எழுத்து – சார்பெழுத்துகள் – ஒற்றெழுத்துகள் - ஒரு சொல் - இருசொல் எழுதுதல் – ஒருவரி,
CO-3
இருவரி எழுதுதல்.
BTL-3
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள்: 1. கோடிட்ட இடங்களை நிரப்புக.
2. சரியான எழுத்துகளை வட்டமிடுதல். 3. ஒருவரி சொற்களை எழுதுதல்.
அலகு - 4 உரையாடல்கள் கற்பித்தல் (6L)
சிறு உரையாடல்கள் கற்பித்தல் – வாழ்த்துக்கள் - வங்கியில் பணம் செலுத்துதல் - சந்தையில்
கடைகாரரிடம் உரையாடுதல், பொது இடங்களில் உரையாடுதல். CO-4
வகுப்பறை செயல்முறைகள்: 1. குறு நாடகங்கள் நடித்து உரையாடல்கள் கற்பித்தல். BTL-2
2. விண்ணப்ப படிவங்கள் பூர்த்தி செய்தல். 3. மின்னல் அட்டைகள் காண்பித்தல்.
அலகு - 5 தமிழ் வாசிக்க மற்றும் எழுத கற்பித்தல் (6 L)
கடிதங்கள் வாசித்தல் மற்றும் எழுதுதல் – விண்ணப்ப கடிதம், வங்கிகணக்கு படிவங்கள், இரயில்
முன்பதிவு விண்ணப்ப படிவம் பூர்த்திசெய்தல் – கவிதை வாசித்தல் – செய்திதாள் வாசித்தல். CO-5
வகுப்பறை செயல் முறைகள்: 1. விண்ணப்ப படிவங்கள் பூர்த்திசெய்தல். BTL-3
2. கவிதை வாசித்தல் போட்டிகள் 3. வகுப்பறை தேர்வுகள்
TEXT BOOK
Saidhai. P.Sundaramurthy (2018). Learn Tamil Through english. Manimekalai Prasuram.
1.
Chennai - 17. Pages 1 to 84
Pulavar Kulanthai (2020). Students Basic Tamil. Manimekalai Prasuram. Chennai -17. Pages1
2.
to 84
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Lena tamil vanan. (2017). Easy Tamil Grammar. Manimekalai Prasuram, Chennai -17, Pages
11 to 21
2. Tamilnadu Board - NCERT/CBSE-Books Class – 6th TO 9th (2021-2022)
E-REFERENCES
1 https://cbsetamil.com/cbse-tamil-book/,https://tamil.examsdaily.in/tnpsc-tamil-ilakkanam-
material-pdf-download

COURSE TITLE HINDI (REGIONAL LANGUAGE) CREDITS 2

COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1009 HS L -T–P–S 2–0–0–2
CATEGORY

APROVAL BTL
VERSION 1.0 35th ACM 6th Aug. 2022 3
DETAILS LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Second Seminar/ Surprise Test / Quiz etc., Attenda End
Periodical Periodical Assignment as approved by the nce Semester
Assessmen Assessmen Department Examination Examination
s/ Project
t t Committee “DEC”etc., ESE
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
This course has been designed to develop the regional language skills of the students.
Course The course includes Hindi language, literature, vocabulary and grammar. This course
Description teaches students how to communicate accurately, appropriately and fluently in regional
language.
1. To provide an environment to Speak and write in Hindi at the formal and informal
levels and use it for daily conversation, presentation, group discussion and debate.
2. To equip the students to Read, comprehend and answer questions based on literary
Course
texts.
Objective
3. To help student to become sensitive to the requirements of the society and respond
to it in a constructive way.
4. To provide an environment to students to read and appreciate the literature.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the ability to write the grammatically correct sentences with accuracy.
2. Integrating various components of Hindi Language and determining it through
reading and listening.
Course
3. Organize and articulate ideas, concepts, and perceptions in a comprehensive
Outcome
manner in written correspondence, and speaking in formal and informal situations.
4. Infer details from after listening and reading and implement it in various professional
situations.
5. Develop writing and speaking skills.
Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
CO PO4 O
1 2 3 6 7 8 -9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
5

CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 2 - 2 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
मॉड्यूल 1: हिंदी पत्र और लिपि (6 L)

हिंदी स्वर और व्यंजन अक्षर - आश्रित स्वर सीखें - व्यंजन और व्यंजन समूह - अनुस्‍वर व्यंजन - CO-1

संज्ञा - सर्वनाम - क्रिया (भविष्‍य) - संभावित विशेषण - काल - हिंदी के त्वरित नियम - अभिवादन - BTL-2

2 अक्षर शब्द बनाना, 3 अक्षर शब्द - हर दिन शब्दावली - संख्याएं - रंग - परिवार - वस्त्र - बगीचा -
घर - फल और सब्जियां - प्रकृ ति
सुझाई गई गतिविधियां:

देशी वक्ताओं द्वारा स्वर और व्यंजन का उच्चारण सुनना

स्वर और व्यंजन के वीडियो, 2 अक्षर और 3 अक्षर के शब्द, और प्रतिदिन प्रयोगार्थ शब्दावली

मॉड्यूल 2: सुनने का कौशल (6 L)

स्वर और व्यंजन का उच्चारण सुनना - लघु कथाएँ सुनना - साक्षात्कार - भाषण - सामाजिक मुद्दों पर
पॉड वार्ता - निर्धारित पाठों को सुनना: इकाई 1 सभ्‍यता का रहस्य, इकाई 2 - युवावों से - वार्तालापों
को सुनना - जानकारी सुनना - सम्मेलनों के भाषण

सुझाई गई गतिविधियां:
CO-2

सुनें और चुनें BTL-3

उम्मीदवार पाठ को सुनते हैं और तीन विकल्पों के साथ बहुविकल्पीय प्रश्न का उत्तर देते हैं।

उम्मीदवार टीवी चैनलों में बातचीत - साक्षात्कार- अतिथि व्याख्यान, सम्मेलनों और कार्यशालाओं के
दौरान विशेषज्ञों के भाषण सुनते हैं

मॉड्यूल 3: बोलने का कौशल (6 L)

औपचारिक संवाद - अनौपचारिक संवाद - लिंग रूपों के साथ बोलना - संख्या - काल - परिवार, शहर,
त्योहारों, शौक आदि जैसे सामान्य विषयों पर बोलना - पसंद और नापसंद व्यक्त करना - ज़रूरतें और
संपत्ति - भूमिका निभाना। CO-3

BTL-3
सुझाई गई गतिविधियां:

प्रस्तुति – कार्यक्रमों का संचालन - भाषण देना

मॉड्यूल- 4 : पढ़ने का कौशल (6 L)

नमूना पढ़ना - नकल पढ़ना - अक्षरों और शब्दों का सही उच्चारण करना - पढ़ने में प्रवाह - कहानियाँ
पढ़ना- संपादकीय, समाचारपत्र के लेख पढ़ना।
CO-4

सुझाई गई गतिविधियां BTL-3

फ्लैशकार्ड का उपयोग - चार्ट - चित्रों की पहचान करना - शब्दों को पढ़ना

मॉड्यूल-5 लेखन कौशल (6 L)

सामान्य पत्राचार - पत्र लेखन: छु ट्टी लेने पत्र, बैंक खाता खोलना, पुस्तकें मंगवाने के लिए पत्र, CO-5

शिकायत पत्र - संके त विकास - ज्ञापन - नोटिस


सुझाई गई गतिविधियां:
BTL-3
निर्धारित पाठ्यपुस्तक के अनुसार अभ्यास पूरा करना

पाठ्य पुस्तक

Sashtri. S.R.(2019). Hindi Shikshak, Dakshina Bharat Hindi Prachar Sabha, Chennai (Pages
1.
137)

संदर्भ पुस्तकें

1. Prathamatic Patya Pushthak. (2022), Dakshina Bharath Hindi Prachar Sabha, Chennai. (Pages
168)

2. Madhyama Patya Pushthak. (2022) Dakshina Bharath Hindi prachar Sabha, Chennai (Pages
184)

ई-संदर्भ

1. https://www.hindipod101.com/

COURSE
REGIONAL LANGUAGE -TELUGU CREDITS 2
TITLE
COURSE L-T-P-
COURSE CODE GGGG1010 HS 2–0–0–2
CATEGORY S
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL LEVEL 3
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Surprise Test / Quiz etc., as
Second Seminar/
Periodical approved by the Department
Periodical Assignments / Attendance ESE
Assessmen Examination Committee
Assessment Project
t “DEC”etc.,
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
This course has been designed to meet students' current and future language and
communication needs. It attempts to develop their proficiency in the four language
Course
skills and knowledge of grammar and vocabulary. This course teaches students how to
Description
communicate accurately, appropriately and fluently in professional and social
situations.
1. This course is aimed to teach the basic Telugu language speaking skills.
2. It will introduce basic skills of the Telugu Language: its alphabets, essential words
Course
and simple sentence construction methods.
Objectives
3. The course intends to facilitate students in acquiring foundational skills of reading,
writing and speaking Telugu along with synonyms to expand vocabulary.
Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Outcome 1. Demonstrate the basic skills of Letters and sounds in Telugu.
2. Develop the basic vocabulary for every day’s conversation.
3. Construct simple Telugu sentences with the simple words.
4. Utilize the words that have conjunct character, and can learn functional, everyday
conversation.
5. Construct Simple sentences for delivering appropriate meaning.
Prerequisites: Plus Two Telugu-Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
CO PO 1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO12 PSO3
0 1 1 2
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
భాగము 1 : వినడం, చెప్పడం మరియు రాయడం (6L)
తెలుగు అచ్చులు & హల్లు లు శబ్దా లు
ధ్వనిచిత్రంతో పాటు తెలుగు హల్లు ల స o యోగాల పరిచయం CO-1

సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు


BTL-2
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు
భాగము 2 : పేర్ల పదాలకు, సంఖ్యలకు, మరియు వాటి గుణాల పరిచయం (6L)
తెలుగు నామవాచకం పరిచయం
తెలుగు సర్వనామం & దాని విషయం
సంఖ్యలు దాని పరిచయం & తెలుగు విశేషణాలు పరిచయం CO-2
BTL-3
సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు
భాగము 3 : పదాలను విడదీసి వాక్యాలను రాయడం (6L)
తెలుగు పూర్వ పదాలు – స o యోగాలు
మరియు దాని ఉపయోగం
CO-3
సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు BTL-3
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు
భాగము 4 : పనులు, సమయం, క్రి య మరియు కాల వ్యవధుల పరిచయం (6L)
వివిధ క్రి యల యొక్క క్రి య & సమయం / కాల స o యోగాలనికి పరిచయం
సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు CO-4
BTL-3
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు
భాగము 5 : తెలుగు చదవడం, రాయడం మరియు ప్ర శ్నించడం (6L)
తెలుగులో సరళమై న వాక్యాలను రూపొo దించడం (ప్రా థమిక వాక్య నిర్మాణ నియామాలు) CO-5
BTL-3
తెలుగులో ప్ర తీకూల వాక్యాలును రూపొo దించడం
తెలుగు బోధన అభ్యాస ప్ర క్రి యలో ప్ర శ్నర్ధ కవాక్యాలువాక్యాలను రూపొo దించడం
సూచిo చబడిన : కార్య కలాపాలు
చర్చలు : 5 గంటలు . అసై న్‌మెంట్లు / ప్రె జెంటేషన్ - 5 గంటలు
TEXT BOOK
Telugu Akademy. (2018). Sampradaya Telugu Vyakaranalu. Telugu Akademy. Vijayawada, Andhra
1.
Pradesh. India.
2. Raghavendra. A. (2019). Telugu Vyakaranam. Prajasakti Book House. Tadepalli.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ramarao, Chekuri. (2019). A Reference Grammar of Modern Telugu. Emesco Books. Hyderabad
2. Vemuri, V. Rao. (2020). Learn Telugu with Its Grammar, Eco Foundation, Vijayawada.
E-References
1 https://sarkarihelp.com/telugu-grammar-pdf-download/

COURSE TITLE French (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2


COURSE COURSE
GGGG1011 HS L -T–P-S 2–0–0-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval
Version 1.0 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL – 3
Details
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
lab record and Test / Quiz., End Semester
Second
First viva as as approved Examination
Periodical
Periodical approved by by the (ESE)
Assessmen Attendance
Assessment the Department Theory
t
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15 % 10 % 5% 5% 50%
Introduces students to the culture and language of the French-speaking world.
Students develop an ability to communicate in real-life situations by acquiring
reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills. The elementary courses prepare
Course
students to communicate successfully in some common basic social situations using
Description
the four language skills—listening, speaking, reading, and writing—within appropriate
cultural contexts. The student will also acquire an understanding of cross-cultural
awareness.
1. To discover basic elements of the language, such as the different phonemes, the
alphabet and its pronunciation
2. To discover the foundation of the language such as conjugations, auxiliaries,
Course
numbers, etc.
Objective
3. To learn how to form simple sentences about personal topics such as one's family
4.To start interacting with others by asking and answering simple questions
5. Understand your learning style and be able to check your own progress.
Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Outcome 1. Demonstrate advanced proficiency in spoken and written French.
2. Demonstrate the ability to read critically, interpret analytically, speak persuasively,
and write coherently about visual and literary texts produced in the French-speaking
world.
3. Demonstrate familiarity with methodological approaches in the study of literary and
cultural texts, such as close reading, socio-historical contextualization, and literary
and cultural theory.
4. Demonstrate knowledge of literary and cultural traditions, such as major
movements, writers, and works of the French-speaking world, focusing on at least
one and ideally multiple traditions: European, African, Caribbean, Asian, North
American, and other Francophone cultures.
5. Demonstrate the skills necessary for scholarly research and writing in the
Humanities.
Prerequisites: Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P P
P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
CO O1 O1 O1
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 O1 O2 O3
0 1 2
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -

CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE – 1: INTRODUCTION FRANÇAISE (3Hrs.)
.1 Introduction au cours de français - 1hr
1.2 La France et ses clichés - 2hr
1.3 Première rencontre (saluer, prendre congé, parler de son humeur) - 1hr CO-1
1.4 Qui es-tu? (se présenter, les chiffres 1-20, être et avoir) - 2hrs BTL-2
1.5 Activité fiche d’identité

MODULE – 2: LE MONDE QUI M’ENTOURE (3Hrs.)


2.1 Quel temps fait-il? (la météo, les chiffres 20-49) - 1hr
2.2 Mes couleurs préférées (la possession, le genre des articles) - 2hrs CO-2
2.3 Introduction à la Révolution Française - 2hrs BTL-
2.4 Me repérer dans le temps 1: la date (mois, jours, années) - 2hr 3
2.5 Me repérer dans le temps 2: l’heure (chiffres 49-60) - 2hrs
MODULE – 3: MES GOÛTS
(3Hrs.)
3.1 La nourriture en France - 2hrs
3.2 Exprimer ses goûts (verbes du 1er groupe, négation verbale) - 2hrs
CO-3
3.3 Manger et boire en France - 1hr BTL-
3.4 Ma famille extraordinaire - 2hrs 3
3.5 Activité “qui est qui?” - 2hrs

MODULE – 4: MON QUARTIER EST UN MONDE (3Hrs.)


4.1 Mon quartier idéal (lieux de la ville, prépositions de lieu, habiter et vivre) - 2hrs
4.2 C’est par où? (verbe aller, les directions, l’impératif, donner des indications) - 2hrs
4.3 Activité “où vont-ils?” trouver l’itinéraire - 1hr CO-4
4.4 On y va comment? (les transports, conduire et prendre, la préposition en/à) - 2hr BTL-3
4.5 Montmartre, un quartier pas comme les autres. 2hrs

MODULE – 5: JOUR APRES JOUR (3Hrs.)


5.1 Une journée ordinaire (verbes pronominaux, routine, emploi du temps) - 2hrs CO-5
5.2 Mes petites habitudes (la fréquence définie et indéfinie) - 1hr
5.3 Une carte postale de vacances - 2hrs
5.4 La provenance et la destination (prépositions in, from, to, le genre des pays) - 1hr BTL-4
5.5 Mes vacances idéales (adjectifs démonstratifs) -2hr

TEXT BOOKS
1.Ego 1 Cahier d’Activités, Annie BERTHET & Co, Hachette 2006
1 2. Version Originale Cahier d’Exercices, Monique DENYER & Co, ED. Maison des Langues,
2011

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. 3. Alter Ego 1
2. 4. Version Originale 1
E Books
1 8. www.lepointdufle.net
9. https://www.podcastfrancaisfacile.com/
10. https://didierfle.com/
11. https://lebaobabbleu.com/
12. https://leszexpertsfle.com/
13. https://www.ressourcesfle.fr/
14. https://lecafedufle.fr/

COURSE
German (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
GGGG1012 HS L -T–P-S 2–0–0-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval
Version 1 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL – 3
Details
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
lab record and Test / Quiz., End Semester
First
Second viva as as approved Examination
Periodical
Periodical approved by by the (ESE)
Assessmen Attendance
Assessment the Department Theory
t
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15 % 10 % 5% 5% 50%

The students shall understand the basic German Language concepts and cultural
Course difference. They can manage to understand and communicate in German when they
Description travel to Germany.
1) This course aims to equip the students with a basic daily communication in
German.
2) The students learn the spoken German required to communicate with native
speakers
Course
3) It helps them to understand the 4 different modules (Horen, Schreiben, Sprechen
Objective
and Lesen ) which is required to clear the A1 first level international certificate exam.
4) The students learn the concepts which is required for pursuing their PG or Job in
Germany

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Recall and recognize the facts and use familiar, everyday expressions, create very
simple sentences, which relate to the satisfying of concrete needs.
2. Understanding the texts and trying to communicate in a simple manner provided
the person they are speaking to speaks slowly and clearly and is willing to help.
Course 3. Understanding and recalling the basic German Vocabulary, Verb conjugations with
Outcome pronouns, expressions and connecting the learned facts to communicate in simple
German sentences
4. Applying the above learned facts and trying to create own sentences, E-mails etc.
as per the basic level achieved
5. Understand the native speaker and apply the knowledge (at basic level) in writing
and speaking parts.
Prerequisites: Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P P
P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
CO O1 O1 O1
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 O1 O2 O3
0 1 2
CO1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 : SUPER!
(3Hrs.)
Jemanden vorstellen - Eine Hitliste internationaler Wörter schreiben - Nach dem Namen
und der Herkunft fragen - Eine kursliste schreiben
Grammatik: regelmäßge verben – möchten,sprechen,sein - CO-1
Personalpronomen – ich,du,er,sie. - Definiter Artikel im nominative der,die,das - BTL-2
W -Rragen, Ja/Nein Fragen - Präpositionen – aus, in

MODULE 2 : Menschen (3Hrs.)


Jemanden nach dem Befinden fragen - Sich verabschieden - Interview: Informationen
über die Familie erfragen und darüber berichten - Über seine Freunde und die Freunde CO-2
anderer schreiben und sprechen BTL-
Grammatik: Indefiniter Artikel – ein/eine - Negativartikel – kein/keine... 3
Possessiveartikel – mein,dein,sein..
MODULE 3 : Essen und Trinken
(3Hrs.)
Lebensmittel vergliechen - Lieblingfarbe und Lebensmittel zuordnen - Umfrage: mein CO-3
Lieblingsfrühstück - Eine Einkaufsliste für ein Lieblingsessen schreiben BTL-
Grammatik: Verb Konjugation – sein,haben - Imperative! Verbposition 3
im Satz - W -Rragen, Ja/Nein Fragen

MODULE 4 : Mein Leben (3Hrs.)


Sich über Leben, Beruf, Herkunft, etc..austauschen - Eine Visitenkarte schreiben
Interview: sich über den Tagensablauf austauchen - Die zahlen bis 100
CO-4
Grammatik: Trennbaren verbena - “man” und “negation nicht” benutzen - BTL-3
Akkusativ(definite/indefinite/negative Artikel) - Präpositionen – um, als, für,bei

MODULE 5 : Freizeit (3Hrs.)


Ein kursposter mit Hobbys schreiben - Welche Hobbys habe ich,welche nicht -
Notieren und sprechen – Was man selbst und die Familie am - Wochenende gerne macht-
CO-5
Über seinen Sonntag schreiben BTL-4
Grammatik: Modalverben - Präpositionen – in,am

TEXT BOOKS
1 Rolf Bruseke , Starten Wir! (A1) ,Hueber Verlag,2018

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Stefanie Dengler, “Netzwerk neu A1.1 [Kurs und Übungsbuch]” ,Klett, 2015

2. Harmut Aufderstrasse,Heiko Bock, “Themen 1 aktuell kursbuch”,Hueber,2003

E Books
1. https://www.learn-german-online.net/en/learning-german-resources/free-german-lessons-
a1.htm

MOOC Courses
1

COURSE TITLE Spanish (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2


COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1013 HS L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CATEGORY

Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 3

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA

Surprise Test / Quiz


First Second Seminar/ etc., as approved ESE
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ by the Department Attendance
Assessment Assessment Project Examination
Committee “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course This Spanish language course has been programmed to meet the grammatical and
Descriptio conversation needs of the student.
n Its content is very comprehensive and will also assist in the professional and personal
language requirement of the student
1. To facilitate the student in reaching out to international clients across the globe.
2. To make an immediate connect by speaking to the prospective client/ company in their
Course native language.
Objective 3. To improve the overall personality of the student thereby making him/her more
confident to communicate with global clients.
4. To provide survival skills to students relocating In countries where Spanish is spoken.
This includes USA, all the Latin American countries and Spain.
1. Understand spoken Spanish and construction of basic sentences.
2. Creating conversations & oral understanding.
Course 3. Enables the learners to decode a message and to give a suitable reply in the same
Outcome manner.
4. Understanding the perceptions, phrases, and other vocabulary.
5. Understanding of not only the language but also culture, music, food and other aspects
of the language.
Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PSO PS
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 2 O3

CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: Introduction to Language & Communication (Part 1) (6 Hrs.)

1. El Alfabeto – The Alphabets


2. Numeros – Numbers
3. Saludos - Salutations CO-1
4. La hora – The Time
BTL-1
Suggested Readings: USO (Basico)
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
MODULE 2: Introduction to Language & Communication (Part 2) (6Hrs.)

Los Meses, La Semana- The Month, The week and the days of the year
Los Estaciones Delan’o – the Seasons of the year
En el Aeropuerto, Cpger El Taxi – At the Airport, Booking tickets
Hola – Salutations and Greetings CO-2
Durante La Clase – During the class
BTL-2
Art’culos – Different Articles
Suggested Reading: USO (Basico)
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
MODULE 3: Understanding of Basic verb and Introduction to Grammar (6 Hrs.)

1.Verbp ser : Presente – Present tense of Verb “to be” CO-3


2. Estar / Hay – Conjucations of the verb “to be” and the verb there is / There are
3. Verbos En Presente: Regulares – Introduction to regular verbs
4. Ser / Estar / Tener – Conjucation of Irregular Verbs BTL-3
Suggested Reading: USO (Basico)
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
MODULE 4: Grammar and introduction to basic Concept (6 Hrs.)

1.Posesivos – Possesive Adjectives and Nouns


2. Colores – Colours and Expressions
3. La Familia – The Family and its members CO-4
4. Nombres Y Adjetivos – Nouns and Adjectives
BTL-2
Literary Readings: USO (Basico)
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
MODULE 5 : (6 Hrs.)

1.Los nombres de la famila – Name of the Family Members


2. Relaciones – relations
3. Identificación de la tabla de familia - identification of the family table CO-5
4. Repaso del semestre entero -
Full semester revision BTL-3
Literary Readings: USO (Basico)
Dele Gramatica Epanola
Author by Francisca Castro
TEXT BOOK

Módulo Mind your Language Institute


1.

E-REFERENCES

1 Open.umn.edu

2 Pdfdrive.com/francisa-castro

COURSE TITLE Korean (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2


COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1014 HS L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CATEGORY

Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 3

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA

First Second Surprise Test / Quiz etc.,


Seminar/ ESE
Periodical Periodical as approved by the Attendan
Assignment
Assessmen Assessmen Department Examination ce
s/ Project
t t Committee “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%


Course Many international companies in India have an increasing demand for people who know
the language. Companies such as Hyundai Motors, Kia, Lotte, Samsung, LG, etc are
Description based in South Korea. So, Students can take up this course to enhance their
knowledge on international languages.
1. As Mandarin tops all global languages, the students get an upper hand in the prime
industries of the world and direct access to the Chinese speaking community.
2. He/she will be able to create a direct connect thereby eliminating the requirement of a
Course translator.
Objective 3. This will improve the overall personality of the student thereby making him/her more
confident to communicate with global clients.
4. The course will provide survival skills to students relocating to countries where
Mandarin is spoken.
1. Understand spoken Mandarin and construction of advanced sentences.
2. Enhance conversations & oral understanding of few communication concepts.
Course
3. Help in decoding a message and enable a suitable reply in the same manner.
Outcome
4. Enable to construct phrases, and other vocabulary.
5. Understand of language, culture, music, food and other aspects of the language.

Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level


CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3

CO - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
1
CO - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
2
CO - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
3
CO - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 – Introduction: Language and Culture (6 Hrs.)

What kind of language is Korean?


Korea, philosophy of the Korean language & GangNam Style! In this module, students
will learn Korean culture, philosophy of creating Korean scripts, and the Korean alphabet CO-1
or Korean writing system called 'Hangeul'. After completing the lessons, students will be BTL-1
able to understand the principles how each letter was invented. Also, students will be
able to understand Korean sign languages as well.
Suggested Activities: Memory game
MODULE 2 – HANGEUL (6Hrs.)
Greetings and Introducing phonics, the character system, Noun, Pronoun Basic Verb and
Greetings & Introducing. In this module, Students will learn how to greet, ask someone's CO-2
nationalities / jobs and answer those questions in Korean. After completing the lessons,
students will be able to introduce themselves, greet a person and talk about someone's BTL-2
nationalities and occupations. Suggested activities: Introducing, Game with song, Flash
cards game
MODULE – 3 : Restaurant & Shopping (6 Hrs.)
Reading simple sentence - to be able to comprehend sign board and name, CO-3
ordering at a restaurant, counting units, Interrogative sentence.
In this module, students will learn how to order food and make requests at a restaurant in
Korean. After completing the lesson, students will be able to inquire about restaurant
menus, order a specific portion of food at a restaurant, and order a drink at a café. After
completing the lesson, you will be able to express prices per item, purchase a product BTL-3
from a store, and make a specific request while shopping.
Suggested Activities: Playing in the condition of restaurant and Shop, Dictation
MODULE – 4 : Daily Life & Time (6 Hrs.)
Talking about daily life, expressing movement, memo, simple message, object
marker, expression of negation, & writing.
In this module, students will learn various Korean vocabulary regarding your daily
lives. After completing the lessons, students will be able to utilize informal CO-4
sentence endings, ask and answer about their everyday life.
BTL-2
Students will learn about time and date in Korean. And students will also say the
days of the week as well. After completing the lessons, students will be able to ask
and respond time & date using Korean numbers.
Suggested activities: Songs about numbers and family
MODULE 5 : MODULE - 5 : Speaking and interaction with Natives (6 Hrs.)
Self–Introduction, conversations, finding out information about friends, talk with Korean,
visit a Korean market or company. K-POP! CO-5
Students are able to successfully handle a limited number of uncomplicated
communicative tasks related to predictable topics for survival in Korea. BTL-3

Suggested Activities: Talk with Native Korean


TEXT BOOK
세종한국어 1 The National Institute of The Korean Language
1.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 [ Active Korean 1 ] ,
2. [ Practical Korean 1 ] Darakwon, Korea, Korea
.3 [ Korean Language for a Good Job ], Darakwon (2007), Korea
.
E-REFERENCES
1 https://www.amazon.in/Korean-Made-Simple-beginners-learning- ebook/dp/B00JHT4PCE

2 http://www.twoponds.co.kr/en/snu

3 https://www.koreantopik.com/2017/10/1-8-sejong-korean-textbook-pdfaudio69.html

COURSE TITLE MANDARIN (FOREIGN LANGUAGE) CREDITS 2

COURSE CODE GGGG1015 COURSE HS L-T-P-C 2-0-0-


CATEGORY 2
Version 2.0 Approval 36th ACM LEARNING BTL - 3
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Second Seminar/ Surpri
First Periodical Attendan ESE
Periodica Assignmen se
Assessment ce
l ts/ Project Test
Assessm /
ent Quiz
15% 15 10 5 5 50%
% % % %
Course This level of Mandarin language course has been programmed to understand
Description
more symbols and grammatical concepts. It simplifies the construction of
sentences, making it easy to converse basic sentences. The student will be
able to translate texts and also speak relating to weather, climate and self-
introduction. An introduction to ‘My family’ and description using adjectives.

Course 1. As Mandarin tops all global languages, the students get an upper hand in the
Objectives prime industries of the world and direct access to the Chinese speaking community.
2. He/she will be able to create a direct connect thereby eliminating the requirement
of a translator.
3. This will improve the overall personality of the student thereby making him/her
more confident to communicate with global clients.
4. The course will provide survival skills to students relocating to countries
where Mandarin is spoken.

1. Learning the rules of Hanyu pinyin, pronunciation, Mandarin Chinese tones,


character-based common vocabulary, fundamental grammar, and oral and writing
practices.
2. Being able to differentiate the major tones of Chinese characters;
Being able to differentiate the similar pronunciation of different vocabularies.
3. Practicing basic communicative skills in Mandarin Chinese;
through repetition practices in class, students are to learn commonly used
Course Chinese vocabulary, sentences structure and oral communicative skills.
Outcomes 4. Through in-class assignments, students are to recognize easy and basic
Mandarin characters; in addition, students are to learn the regulation of
expressing Mandarin Chinese in PinYin system and understand the specific
adoption of borrowing from Alphabetic symbols.
5. Through in-class assignments, students are to practice the drawing of
Mandarin Chinese strokes order and characters

Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level


CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO S PS
CO PSO3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O O2
1

CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE – 1 Mandarin Chinese Character and Tones (3 Hours)


Basic strokes in Chinese - commonly used radicals - formation of vocabulary -
pictograms - ideograms - compound ideographs - phono-semantic compounds
- derivative cognates - phonetic loans - 4 tones introduction - consonants - single CO-
vowel - double vowels - initial, medial and vowels 1
Suggested activities: BTL-
Direct lecturing, repeated themes lecturing 2

MODULE - 2 Listening Skills (3 Hours)

Listening to native speaker’s pronunciation of scripts, vocabularies. Tones


differentiating trainings, one character with different pronunciation or tones, different CO-
characters with the same pronunciation or tones 2
Suggested activities: BTL-
Listening to native speaker’s pronunciation and translate it into English. 3

MODULE - 3 Speaking Skills (3 Hours)

Imitating native speaker’s pronunciations, tones and intonations to speak naturally


Suggested activities: CO-
Reverse teaching, presentation, formal and informal conversations, singing Chinese 3
songs, cultural activities, describing things BTL-
3

MODULE - 4 Reading Skills. (3 Hours)

50 vocabularies - easy to difficult - important and commonly used - CO-


Suggested activities: 4
BTL-
Flashcards to practice, word recognition competition
3

MODULE 5 Writing Skills ( 3 Hours)

15 vocabularies - easy to difficult - important and commonly used - Chinese


Calligraphy
CO-
Suggested activities: 5
Only practiced in assignments, not tested in any exams, composition practice BTL-
(optional) 3

TEXT BOOK

National Taiwan Normal University Mandarin Training Center (2015). Linking


1. publishing company. A Course in Contemporary Chinese (Textbook) 1

REFERENCE BOOK
1. National Taiwan Normal University Mandarin Training Center (2017). Linking publishing
company. Practical Audio-Visual Chinese Vol. 1, 3rd Edition
E-REFERENCE

1 http://chineseworksheetgenerator.org

COURSE TITLE Japanese (Foreign Language) CREDITS 2

COURSE
COURSE CODE GGGG1016 HS L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CATEGORY
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 3
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA

Second Surprise Test / Quiz


Periodica Seminar/ etc., as approved ESE
First Periodical Attendan
l Assignments by the Department
Assessment ce
Assessm / Project Examination
ent Committee “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%


Course Aspirants can take up a job in Indian market and can also choose to move to Japan
Description or other countries representing the Japanese companies. So, Students can take up
this course to enhance their knowledge on international languages.
1. By studying this course, students will be able to write and speak Tamil easily in
any situation, daily life and daily conversations.
2. Develops language and interest in learning in students.
Course 3. Facilitates students to create opportunities for themselves in the society.
Objective 4. Students also learn Tamil literature by developing interest in language
department.
5. This lesson plan helps the students to learn about the culture by learning the
Tamil language.
Upon the completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the Letters and basic words of Tamil Language which are in daily
Course use
Outcome 2. Develops the listening skills of Tamil language
3. Utilize the letters and common words of the language for communication
4. Develop the conversational skills
5.Demonstrate the skill of reading and writing
Prerequisites: Plus Two -Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PSO PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 2 O3
CO - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
1
CO - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
2
CO - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
3
CO
- - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
4

CO - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1 – LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (6 Hrs.)
Greetings - -Self-Introduction - Numbers and Alphabets – Names of countries &
Continents-Telling the time-Professions-Introduction about the language and country -
Context based learning –At the Café, City orientation, Family, Daily routine ,Weather and CO-1
Clothing
BTL-1
挨拶--自己紹介-数字とアルファベット-国と大陸の名前-時間を伝える-職業-言語と国につい
ての紹介-コンテキストベースの学習-カフェで、都市オリエンテーション、家族、日常、
天気と服装
MODULE 2 : BASIC GRAMMAR (6Hrs.)
Definite and indefinite articles - Simple verbs and conjugation – Pronouns-Possessive CO-2
Pronoun-W Questions-Adjectives –Separable verbs
BTL-2
明確な冠詞と不定冠詞-単純な動詞と活用-代名詞-所有代名詞-W 質問-形容詞-分離動詞
MODULE 3 : READING & LISTENING SKILLS (6 Hrs.)
Reading simple passages - to be able to comprehend advertisements and short texts -
Listening comprehension of real time situation based dialogues CO-
3

簡単な文章を読む-広告や短いテキストを理解できるようにする-リアルタイムの状況に基づ BTL
-3
いた対話の理解を聞く
MODULE 4 : WRITING SKILLS (6 Hrs.)

Small passages – Comprehension – Composition – Letter writing CO-


4

小さな文章–理解–作文–手紙の書き方 BTL
-2

MODULE 5 : SPEAKING SKILLS (6 Hrs.)


Introducing self- describing daily routine – engaging in dialogues about family, city,
orientation, ordering food at the café and weather CO-
5

自己記述的な日常生活の紹介–家族、都市、オリエンテーション、カフェでの食事の注文、天 BTL
-3
気についての対話に参加する
TEXT BOOK
Minna no Nihongo: main textbook and translation book. (second edition, Elementary level
1. 1-1) Publisher: Goyal Publishers
COURSE TITLE UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES CREDITS 2
COURSE CODE EGE51001 COURSE HS L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CATEGORY
Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Seminar/ Surprise
First Periodical Second Periodical
Assignments/ Test / Attendance ESE
Assessment Assessment
Project Quiz
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
This course if mandatory as per the AICTE for the UG students to motivate the
Course students for focusing on the human values. The main aim is to focus on the
Description sustainability of happiness with harmony and natural acceptance in the career.
Lecture cum power points is provided as guidelines from AICTE.
1. To create awareness to students on themselves and their surroundings
(family, society, nature).
2. To create responsibility among students on life in handling problems with
sustainable solutions
Course
3. To prepare the students with human relationships and human
Objective
nature in mind.
4. To Prepare the students on critical ability and sensitive to their commitment.
(Human values, human relationship and human society).
5. To Apply the learning to their real life.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the necessity of relationship with family, society and nature.
Familiarize with the challenges ahead and proposed solutions.
2. Formulate and design human cyber security policies, plans and procedures
Course
for organizations.
Outcome
3. Apply standard security countermeasure tools to sustain human
relationships and nature.es.
4. Recognize the necessity of human values and relationship.
5. Demonstrate the learning in their real life.
Prerequisites: Nil
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P
P S S
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
CO O O O
-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1
-1 - -
2 3
CO-1 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
CO-2 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
CO-3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
CO-4 2 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: Introduction (6L)
Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education CO-1
Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-I BTL-2
Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and
experiential Validation- as the process for self-exploration - Continuous Happiness and
Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations Right understanding, Relationship and
Physical Facility- the basic requirements for fulfilment of aspirations of every human
being with their correct priority Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A
critical appraisal of the current scenario - Method to fulfil the above human aspirations:
understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
Practical component:
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate
acceptance for living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-existence)
rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking
Suggested Readings:
Evolution of cyber security
MODULE 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being (6L)
Harmony in Myself! Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and
the material ‘Body’ Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and
physical facility Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer
and enjoyer) Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’ -
Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal of
CO-2
Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail -Programs to ensure Sanyam and
BTL-2
Health.
Practical component:
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material
goods available to me. Identifying from one’s own life. Differentiate between prosperity
and accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health vs dealing with disease
MODULE 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society (6L)
Harmony in Human-Human Relationship- Understanding values in human-human
relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal values in relationships) and program for its
fulfilment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of
relationship - Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and
competence Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and
differentiation; the other salient values in relationship Understanding the harmony in the
CO-3
society (society being an extension of family): Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust)
BTL-3
and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals
Practical component:
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as
extended family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc.
Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples
from students’ lives
MODULE 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence (6L)
Whole existence as Coexistence - Understanding the harmony in the Nature -
Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of nature- recyclability
and self-regulation in nature -Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually
interacting units in all-pervasive space -Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of CO-4
existence. BTL-2
Practical component:
Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature (film
“Home” can be used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology etc.
MODULE 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional
Ethics (6L)
Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct Basis
for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order -
Competence in professional ethics: a. Ability to utilize the professional competence for
augmenting universal human order b. Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of
people friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c. Ability to identify and develop
appropriate technologies and management patterns for above production systems. -
Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production CO-5
systems-Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order: a. At BTL-2
the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists
and managers b. At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and
organizations. Sum up.
Practical component:
Include practice exercises and case studies to discuss the conduct as an engineer or
scientist etc.
TEXT BOOKS
1. P.R Gaur, R Asthana, G.P Bagaria, Human Values and Professional Ethics (2 nd revised
edition) Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019
2. A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
3. A. N Tripathi, Human Values, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
Lawrence, C. (2016). Cyber security for Dummies, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2nd Edition, pp.213--432.
REFERENCE BOOKS
AICTE STUDENT INDUCTION PROGRAM HANDBOOK-https://fdp-si.aicte-
1.
india.org/download/Guidelines/G012%20SIP%20Hand%20Book%20v2.pdf
E BOOKS
1. https://fdp-si.aicte-india.org/download.php#1

III semester

COURSE
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS CREDITS 4
TITLE

COURSE COURSE
EMA51005 BS L-T-P-S 3-1-0-2
CODE CATEGORY

Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

First Second Seminar/ Surprise Attendanc End Semester


Periodical Periodical Assignments/ Test / Quiz e* Examination
Assessmen Assessment Project etc., as
t approved by
the
Department
Examination
Committee
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course To make the student understand the basic analytical mathematical skills that is
Description imperative for effective understanding of engineering subjects using MATLAB.

1. To learn the concept of logics and proofs


Course 2. To apply the concept of Combinatorics.
Objective 3. To know about the concepts of sets and functions.
4. To perform coding using the concept of algebraic systems.
5. To model the graph and classify the nature of graphs..
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Form the truth table and validate the argument.
2. Apply generating functions to solve a variety of combinatorial problems.
Course
Outcome 3. Explain the concepts of sets and functions and prove some theorems.
4. Identify the various types of groups and apply the group coding concept.
5. Explain the basic terminology of a graph and classify the different types of
graphs..
Prerequisites: Basics in Differential Equations.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

P
PS
O PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PS PS
CO O-
- -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 12 O-2 O-3
1
1

CO-1 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 - - 3

CO-2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 - - 3

CO-3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 - - 3

CO-4 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 - - 3

CO-5 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 - - 3

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: LOGICS AND PROOFS (9L+3T=12)

Propositions – Logical connectives – Compound propositions – Conditional and


bi- conditional propositions – Truth tables – Tautologies and contradictions –
Contra positive – Logic equivalences and implications. Predicates – Statement CO-1
function – Variables – Free and bound variables – Quantifiers – Universe of BTL-3
discourse – Logical equivalences and implications for quantified statements.
Suggested Reading: Basics of logical operators

MODULE 2: COMBINATORICS (9L+3T=12)


Mathematical Induction-Strong induction and well ordering – the basics of
counting – The pigeonhole principle – Permutations and combinations – CO-2
Recurrence relations – inclusion and exclusion and applications. BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Basics of probability.

MODULE 3: SETS AND FUNCTIONS (9L+3T=12)

Sets: Relations on sets – Types of relations and their properties – Partitions –


Equivalence relations – Partial ordering – Poset – Hasse diagram. Functions: CO-3
Characteristic function of a set – Hashing functions – Recursive functions –
Permutation functions BTL-3

Suggested Reading: Basic concepts of sets and Functions


MODULE 4: ALGEBRAIC SYSTEMS (9L+3T=12)

Groups, Cyclic Groups, Subgroups, Cosets, Lagrange’s theorem, Normal CO-4


subgroups – Codes and group codes – Decodes.
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Basics of Groups
MODULE 5: GRAPHS (9L+3T=12)

Graphs and graphs models – Graph terminology and special types of graphs –
Representing graphs and graph isomorphism – connectivity – Euler and CO-5
Hamilton paths.
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Basics of Graphs.

TEXT BOOKS

A. Singaravelu and M. P. Jeyaraman (2013) Discrete Mathematics, Meenakshi Agency,


1. India.

Kenneth H. Roshan (2011) Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Tata McGraw
2. Hill, New Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS

J.P. Trembly and R. Monohar (2003) Discrete Mathematical Structures with


1. Applications to
Computer Science, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

Trivedi.K (2002) Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer
2. Science
Applications, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi.

3. . J. A. Bondy and U.S.R Murty (2008) Graph Theory, Springer Publications, US.

E BOOKS
1. https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/394

2. https://www.freebookcentre.net/Mathematics/Discrete-Mathematics-Books.html

MOOC
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106094/
COURSE TITLE ADVANCED ACADEMIC WRITING CREDITS 1
COURSE COURSE
GGGG1003 HS L -T–P–S 1–0–1–1
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL – 4
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA
CIA ESE

Weekly
assignment/ Surprise
First
Second lab record and Test / Quiz.,
Periodical
Periodical viva as as approved
Assessmen
Assessment approved by by the Theor Practic
t Attendance
the Department y al
Department Examination
Examination Committee
Committee “DEC”
“DEC”
15 % 15% 10 % 5% 5% 25% 25%
Advanced Academic Writing is a course that focuses on developing writing skills for an
academic setting. Students will write essays, research papers and take part in
Course
discussions on course topics. The course aims to help students understand the writing
Description
process, communicate their ideas more effectively and become more proficient in
writing for academic purposes.
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
1. Gain a comprehensive grasp of the foundational principles of academic writing,
including the purpose, structure, and conventions specific to different genres through
vocabulary skills.
2. Develop the ability to construct sentences and paragraphs that are clear, concise,
and coherent. Students will demonstrate mastery in organizing and presenting
information, thereby improving readability and comprehension for their intended
readership.
Course 3. Apply effective techniques for editing and revising their written work. Students will
Objective display the capacity to critically evaluate and enhance their writing by identifying and
rectifying errors, inconsistencies, and areas in need of improvement.
4. Produce precise, well-structured documents that conform to established academic
standards. This includes employing proper formatting, citation, and referencing
practices to ensure the credibility and integrity of their scholarly contributions.
5. Employ a diverse array of writing techniques, such as employing logical progression,
utilizing transition words, and effectively incorporating evidence and examples. These
skills will enhance clarity, coherence, and overall persuasiveness in students' academic
writing, resulting in more impactful and engaging scholarly discourse.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of academic writing, including the purpose, structure,
and conventions of different genres through vocabulary enhancement.
Course
2. Construct clear, concise, and cohesive sentences and paragraphs.
Outcome
3. Demonstrate the ability to edit and revise written work.
4. Produce accurate and well-structured documents.
5. Utilize a range of writing techniques to enhance clarity and coherence.
Prerequisites: Plus Two English-Intermediate Level
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
CO O
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
1
CO1 - - 2 2 - - - 3 2 3 - 3 - - -
CO2 - - - 3 - - - 3 3 3 2 3 - - -
CO3 - - 2 3 2 - - 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
CO4 - 2 2 - - - 2 3 - 3 2 3 - - -
CO5 - - 3 - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: Understanding the Fundamentals of Academic Writing (3 Hrs.)
Fundamental Aspects of Academic Writing –Introduction to Academic writing- purpose of
Academic writing – Common types – Format of Long and Short Writing Tasks – Features of CO-1
academic Writing – Simple and Complex Sentences BTL-2
Practicum: Vocabulary enhancement by learning new terms (Alphabets from A-E)
MODULE 2: Writing Skills (3 Hrs.)
Constructing Clear, Concise, and Cohesive Sentences and Paragraphs- Introduction to
Sentence Structure- Crafting Effective Sentences- Using Transitions for Cohesion-
CO-2
Developing Paragraph Structure-Effective communicative Skills in writing – visual
BTL-3
information – working in groups- Developing Effective Topic Statement
Practicum: Vocabulary enhancement by learning new terms (Alphabets from F-J)
MODULE 3: Writing Techniques (3 Hrs.)
Introduction to Writing Techniques- Writing Models (Letter – Report – CV – Email) -
Sentence Structure and Variety- Essay writing- Writing for technical and non-technical
purposes, Note Making, Formal and Informal writings- Clarity and Consciousness and CO-5
writing- Applying Advanced Academic Writing Techniques- Use of AI tools in academic BTL-4
writing-Formatting and Citation (MLA/APA/Chicago stylesheet)
Practicum: Vocabulary enhancement by learning new terms (Alphabets from U-Z)
MODULE 4: Accuracy in Writing Skill (3 Hrs.)
Introduction to accuracy in writing- Abbreviations – Academic Vocabulary - Understanding
Document Structure- Research Techniques- Argumentation and Critical Thinking – Use of CO-4
Transitional Words. BTL-3
Practicum: Vocabulary enhancement by learning new terms (Alphabets from P-T)
MODULE 5: Editing & Revising Written Work (3 Hrs. )
Editing and Proofreading-Importance of Editing- Self-Editing Techniques- Revising for
Clarity and Coherence- Enhancing Academic Style and Tone- Revising for Conciseness
CO-3
and Word Choice- Editing Grammar and Syntax -Identifying the common errors- Proof
BTL-3
Reading symbols- Checking for Formatting and Citation Accuracy (MLA/APA)
Practicum: Vocabulary enhancement by learning new terms (Alphabets from K-O)
TEXT BOOKS
1 Sherine, Akkara., et al. (2023). Advanced Academic writing: Cleverfox Publishing, Chennai.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Giltrow, Janet., et al (2017). Academic Writing: An Introduction. 3rd ed., Broadview Press, UK

2. V Narayanaswami (2017). Strengthen Your Writing. Orient Blackswan Press, UK

3. Audio Learn (2015). The 1000 Most Common SAT Words, Audio Learn Publishers, UK

4. GR Pillai, K Rajeevan & PB Nair (2015). Written English for You. Emerald Publishers, India

E Books
1. https://edisciplinas.usp.br/pluginfile.php/3928474/mod_resource/content/1/Introduction%20to
%20Academic%20Writing.pdf

2. https://www.routledge.com/rsc/downloads/
A_Practical_Guide_to_Academic_Writing_for_International_Students-A_Routledge_FreeBook-
_FINAL_VERSION_.pdf
3. https://joepucc.io/static_assets/projects/SAT-vocab.pdf
MOOC Courses
1 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/academic-english

2 https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-to-academic-writing

COURSE
DATA STRUCTURES CREDITS 4
TITLE

COURSE COURSE
ECS51004 PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY

APPROVAL LEARNING
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
DETAILS LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Observation
/ lab records ESE
First Second Practical as approved
Periodical Periodical Assessments by the
Attendance
Assessment Assessment Department
(Theory) (Theory) Examination
Committee THEOR PRACTIC
“DEC” Y AL

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

This is a course suitable for B. Tech students. It deals with basic data structures, arrays,
Course
heaps etc. This course develops the knowledge in the graphs, algorithm, creation, deletion,
Description
insertion. Also gives an idea about developing the projects in the data structures.

1. To develop the knowledge in the basic designing of algorithms


2. To apply the concept of algorithms for the creation, insertion, deletion, searching, and
Course sorting of each data structure.
Objectives 3. To learn the concept of Sort, arrays, linked lists etc.
4. To define the idea of graphs and its traversal.
5. To develop the implementation knowledge in the projects

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


Course
Outcomes 1. Compute and analyse the algorithms for efficiency using Asymptotic Notations.
2. Develop knowledge of basic data structures such as arrays, linked lists, binary trees,
heaps, and hash tables for storage and retrieval of ordered or unordered data.
3. Solve problems by applying suitable data structures with the algorithms for the creation,
insertion, deletion, searching, and sorting of each data structure.
4. Define graphs and illustrate graph traversals.
Design and develop projects requiring the implementation of the data structures.

Prerequisites: C Programming Language

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO PO PSO PSO PSO


COs PO1
O2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 11 12 1 2 3

CO-1 3 3 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 - 2 3 1 1

CO-2 3 3 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 - 2 3 1 1

CO-3 3 3 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 - 2 3 1 1

CO-4 3 3 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 - 2 3 1 1

CO-5 3 3 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 - 2 3 1 1

1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated

Module 1 – LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES (9L+3P=12)

Introduction to Data Structures – Fundamental Elements – Asymptotic Notations: Big-


Oh, Omega and Theta – Best, Worst and Average case Analysis: Definition and an
example -Arrays and its representations – Stacks and Queues – Linked lists - Singly
Linked List - Doubly linked list - Linked list-based implementation of Stacks and
Queues – Evaluation of Expressions.
CO-1
Practical Component
BTL-2
1. Write a c program to implement the various operations of stack using
Pointer/Array
2. Implement the functions of Queue
3. Develop the source code to implement the linked list operations
Write a c program to convert the infix expression to postfix expression
MODULE 2: NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES
(9L+3P=12)
Trees: Introduction to Trees – Basic concepts - Binary Trees – Binary tree
representations (Array and list) and Traversals Techniques (Preorder, Inorder,
Postorder) – Binary Search Trees – AVL Trees – Splay Trees-Priority Queues –
Heaps implementations – Binary Heap. CO-2
Practical Component BTL-3
1. Write a program to traverse the tree in inorder, preorder and post order.
2. Implement the Binary Search Tree to perform the various operations.
Write a Program to simulate the functions of Min heap/Max heap

Module 3 – GRAPHS (9L+3P=12)

Graphs: Definitions, Terminologies, Matrix and Adjacency List Representation Of CO-3


Graphs, Elementary Graph operations, Traversal methods: Breadth First Search and
Depth First Search-Topological sort – Shortest path problems-Spanning Tree,
Connected Components.

Practical Component: BTL-3

1. Implement the BFS Traversing


2. Write a program to implement the DFS Traversing
Develop the source code to find the shortest path in the given Graph
Module 4 – SORTING AND SEARCHING
(9L+3P=12)
Sorting Algorithms: Basic concepts - Bubble Sort - Insertion Sort - Selection Sort -
Quick Sort – Shell sort - Heap Sort - Merge Sort - External Sorting.

Searching: Linear Search, Binary Search. CO-4

Practical Component: BTL-3

1. Write a program to implement the Bubble sort and Quick Sort


Implement Linear Search and Binary Search algorithms
Module 5 – : INDEXING AND DISJOINT SETS (9L+3P=12)

Indexing: Hashing - Hash Functions – Separate Chaining – Open Addressing: Linear


Probing- Quadratic Probing- Double Hashing- Rehashing – Extendible Hashing.
CO-5
Disjoint Sets: Basic data structure - Smart Union Algorithms - Path Compression.
BTL-3
Practical Component:

1.Hash table implementation in c using arrays

2.Implement the various operations of Set


TEXT BOOKS

1. Ellis Horowitz, S. Sahni, Freed. (2015). Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd edition

2. D.S.Kushwaha and A.K.Misra(2022),”Data structures A Programming Approach with C”, PHI.

Puntambekar, A. A., and Dr. M. Sambath. Data Structures. First Edition: May 2023, Technical
3 Publications.

REFERENCE BOOKS

Langsam, Y., Augenstein, M. J. And Tanenbaum A. M. (2004). Data Structures using C, Pearson
1.
Education Asia.

2. R.F.GilbergAndB.A.Forouzan (2022),”Data structures: A Pseudo code Approach with C”, 2nd edition,,
Cengage Learning.
3 M.A.Weiss(2022),”Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, 2nd edition,, Pearson.
E BOOKS
1. https://www.cs.bham.ac.uk/~jxb/DSA/dsa.pdf

2. https://courses.csail.mit.edu/6.851/spring12/scribe/lec12.pdf

3 http://lib.mdp.ac.id/ebook/Karya%20Umum/Dsa.pdf

MOOC
1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/data-structures

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064/

3. https://www.udemy.com/algorithm/

COURSE
FUNDAMENTALS OF PYTHON CREDITS 3
TITLE

COURSE COURSE
ECS51005 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY

APPROVAL LEARNING
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
DETAILS LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Observation /
Practical lab records as ESE
First Second
Assessmen approved by
Periodical Periodical
ts the Department Attendance
Assessment Assessment
Examination
(Theory) (Theory) THEOR PRACTIC
Committee
“DEC” Y AL

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Students are introduced to core programming concepts like data structures, conditionals,
Course
loops, variables, and functions. This course includes an overview of the various tools available
Description
for writing and running Python, and gets students coding quickly.

1. To identify and execute basic syntax and programs in Python.


2. To solve problems using Python built-in data types and their methods.
Course
3. To create user-defined functions, modules and packages.
Objectives
4. To implement exception and file handling operations.
To design an application using OOP concept in Python.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Identify and execute basic syntax and programs in Python.


Course 2. Solve problems using Python built-in data types and their methods.
Outcomes 3. Create user-defined functions, modules and packages.
4. Implement exception and file handling operations.
Design an application using OOP concept in Python.

Prerequisites: C Programming Language

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO PO PSO
Cos PSO2 PSO3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 11 12 1

CO-1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 2 3

CO-2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 2 3

CO-3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 2 3

CO-4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 2 3

CO-5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 2 3

1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION (9L+6P)


Python Introduction- History and features of Python, Python Installation- Running
Simple Programs, Python Identifiers, Reserved words, Indentation, Comments,
assigning values to the variables, Standard data types, Type Conversion, Operators,
Decision Making, Looping, Loop Control statement, Mathematical functions and
CO-1
constants- Random number function. BTL-3
Practical Component
Software: PyCharm
1. Practice on performing the Standard operations in Python
2. Apply decision and looping statements to solve any given problem.
MODULE 2: SEQUENCES & DICTIONARY
(9L+ 6P)
Strings- Introduction, String operations, Built-in-String methods, Lists- Introduction,
List Operations-Indexing, slicing, Built -in List methods and Functions, Matrices,
Tuples- introduction, Tuple Operations, Built -in Tuple methods and functions,
Dictionary-Introduction, Dictionary Operations, Built -in Dictionary methods and
CO-2
functions. BTL-3
Practical Component:
Software: PyCharm
1. Working with python sequences and dictionary
2. Use a suitable data type and its built-in methods for handling any problem.
MODULE 3: FUNCTIONS, MODULES AND PACKAGE
(9L+ 6P)
Functions - User defined functions, function arguments & its types - Time and CO-3
Calendar module functions –Import statements - User defined Modules and
Packages in Python.
Practical Component:
Software: PyCharm BTL-3
1. Working with python functions, modules and packages
2. Create user-defined functions, modules and packages.
MODULE 4: FILE AND EXCEPTION HANDLING
(9L+ 6P)
Files- Opening and closing files, file manipulations, Directories in Python, File and
Directory related methods. Exception - Handling Exceptions, try-finally, Raising an
Exception.
Practical Component: CO-4
Working with python files and exception handling BTL-3
Software: PyCharm
Suggested Readings:
Copy the contents from one file to another and handle exceptions simultaneously.
MODULE 5: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
(9L+ 6P)
OOPs Concepts -Class and Objects, Constructors and Inheritance.
Practical Component:
CO-5
Software: PyCharm
BTL-3
1. Working with python OOPs concepts
2. Apply the concept of inheritance for any given application
TEXT BOOKS

1. Y. Daniel Liang, “Introduction to Programming using Python”, Pearson,2012.

2. Wesley J. Chun, “Core Python Programming”, Prentice Hall,2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Mark Lutz, “Learning Python”, O’Reilly, 4th Edition, 2009

E BOOKS
1. https://www.cs.uky.edu/~keen/115/Haltermanpythonbook.pdf

MOOC
1. https://www.edx.org/learn/python

2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/python

COURSE TITLE IT SYSTEM SECURITY CREDITS 3


COURSE
COURSE CODE ECY51002 PC L-T-P-S 2- 0- 2- 2
CATEGORY
Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL- 3
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Periodical Second Practical Observatio Attendanc ESE
n / lab
records as
approved
Periodical
by the
Assessment Assessmen Assessments Theor
Department e* Practical
(Theory) t y
Examinatio
(Theory)
n
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
This course provides the foundation for understanding the key issues associated
Course with protecting information assets, determining the levels of protection and
Description response to security incidents, and designing a consistent, reasonable information
security system, with appropriate intrusion detection and reporting features.
The course aims to:
1. Provide with the theoretical knowledge, competencies, and practical skills
IT System security.
2. Prepare students to be qualified examination of safe systems and software
Course in institutions and companies.
Objective 3. Enabling students to adapt to the rapid future developments by providing
them with solid foundations in its basic concepts, principles, methods, and
methodologies.
4. Enable the students have knowledge on application sever security.
5. Develop practical knowledge on Database security and it processes.
After successful completion of the course, the learners would be able to
1. Learn about the importance of IT security.
Course 2. Provide insights on the Operating System Security.
Outcome 3. Analyse various end point Security features.
4. Describe application server security.
5. Perform scan and analysis report on database security and its processes.
Prerequisites: C Programming Language
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P PS
CO - PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
O- O-
PO -1 -2 -3 -5 -6 7 8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -1 -3
4 2
CO-1 3 2 3 1 - - - - - - - 2 - 1 2
CO-2 2 1 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 - 2 2
CO-3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2

CO-4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
CO-5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 3 3 2 3
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO IT SYSTEM SECURITY
(6L+ 3P=9)
IT system security- Threats to IT systems, technical controls in IT system CO-1
security, System security coverage, System security risk management, Case BTL-2
study: Context setting; Case Study: Analysis of IT Department’s System; Case
study: Threat analysis; Case study: Security measures in place; Case study:
Vulnerability analysis; Case study: Vulnerability mitigation.

Lab Experiment:
Exercise 1: Installation Steps of Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer
Exercise 2: How to use (scan a computer by Name)
Exercise 3: How to scan a computer by IP address
Software Required: Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer
MODULE 2: OPERATING SYSTEM SECURITY
(6L+3P)
Operating System & Changing Threats, Why OS is Hard to Secure? Securing
Operating Systems, Key Security Features, Operating system history, Security
in Ordinary Operating Systems UNIX, Security in Ordinary Operating Systems
Windows, Server Operating System Security Guidelines, Workstation Operating
System Security Guidelines, Mobile Operating Systems, Threats of Mobile
Operating Systems, Tripwire Secure Cheq - Installation, Starting the Scan,
About the tool window, Secure Cheq Summary Report, System aspects covered CO-2
in scan, Secure Cheq Test Report. BTL-2

Lab Experiment:
Exercise 4: How to scan multiple computers by IP Address
Exercise 5: How to scan multiple computers by Domain.
Exercise 6: How to View existing security scan reports.
Software Required: Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer
MODULE 3: ENDPOINT SECURITY
(6L+3P)
Endpoint Security- Pillars of Endpoint Security, Endpoint Security in BYOD,
Endpoint Encryption, Driver influence endpoint security, Challenges of Endpoint
Security, Endpoint Security Solutions, Gartner’s Magic Quadrant, Quadrant
Descriptions, Evaluation Criteria Definitions, Vendor Strengths and Limitations,
Case Study 1: Palo Alto Networks; Case Study 2: Trend Micro. CO-2
BTL-3
Lab Experiment:
Exercise 7: Installation Steps of Tripwire
Exercise 8: How to Start the Secure check scanning
Software Required: Tripwire
MODULE 4: APPLICATION SERVER SECURITY
(6L+3P)
Application Server Security Overview, SSL Keys and Certificates, Need of
Security, Introduction to Oracle Application Server, Security architecture of
oracle application server, Oracle HTTP Server Security, Oracle application
server portal security, Oracle Application Server Security Best Practices, Web
Application Server Security best practices, Introduction of mobile application
server security, Introduction to OWASP, Mobile Application Security Testing,
CO-4
Identifying and protecting, Formidable App, Security Testing Tools, Real-Time
BTL-3
Examples.

Lab Experiment:
Exercise 9: About the tool window
Exercise 10: SecureCheq Summary Report
Software Required: Windows Tool- SecureCheq
MODULE 5: DATA BASE SERVER SECURITY/IT SYSTEM SECURITY PROCESSES
(6L+3P)
Introduction to Database Server Security, Architecture for Database Systems,
Database attacks, security & lifecycle, Need of Database Server Security,
Database Server threats & countermeasures, Acquiring Database and Server
Security, Securing Open-Source Databases, Steps for Securing Database
Server, Best Practices to secure database server, Security checklist, Database
Security Assessment, Database Security Program Design.
Identification of risk, Organizational Assets Used in Systems, Identifying assets,
Threat Identification, Prioritizing System Vulnerabilities, Prepare for Selecting
Security Controls, Initial Security Control Baseline, Apply Scoping Guidance, CO-5
Analysing System Environment, Planning for security in the system lifecycle, BTL- 3
Applying Operational Controls, Contingency Planning, Maintenance controls,
Data integrity/validation controls, Documentation, Implementing Security Policy,
Security considerations, Important security considerations.

Lab Experiment:
Exercise 11: How System Aspects covered in Scan
Exercise 12: SecureCheq Test Report
Software Required: Windows Tool- SecureCheq
TEXTBOOKS
1 IT System Security (IBM ICE Publications).

COURSE
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE ECS5100 COURSE
PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE 6 CATEGORY
APPROVAL LEARNIN
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
DETAILS G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA ESE
Observatio
n / lab
records as
Second
approved
First Periodica
Practical by the
Periodical l Attendanc PRACTICA
Assessment Departmen THEORY
Assessment Assessm e* L
s t
(Theory) ent
Examinatio
(Theory)
n
Committee
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Focuses on concepts and structures necessary to design and implement a database


Course management system. Various modern data models, data security and integrity, and
Description concurrency are discussed. An SQL database system is designed and implemented
as a group project.
7. To learn the basic concepts of DB systems.
8. To know about SQL Queries.
9. To Apply the concept of relational DB theory and to write relational algebra
Course expressions for queries.
Objectives 10. To be able to demonstrate the Transaction Processing and Concurrency Control.
11. To be aware about Object Oriented DB, Distributed DB, Data Warehousing and
Mobile databases.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
5. Recall the basic concepts of database systems.
6. Identify the SQL Queries for a given scenario.
Course 7. Illustrate relational database theory, and be able to write relational algebra
Outcomes expressions for queries.
8. Demonstrate transaction processing and concurrency control.
9. Explain Object oriented dB, Distributed dB, Data Warehousing and Mobile
databases.
Prerequisites: Nil

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
P
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS S PS
PO3 O
s 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O O3
4
2
CO- 3 3
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 1 3
1
CO- 3 3 1
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3
2
CO- 3 3 1
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3
3
CO- 3 3 1
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3
4
CO- 3 3 1
2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3
5
1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated
MODULE 1: CONCEPTUAL MODELING AND SQL (6L+3P)
Introduction to File and Database Systems- Database system structure – Data
Models – Introduction to Network and Hierarchical Models – ER model – Relational
Model – Relational Algebra and Calculus- SQL – Data definition- Queries in SQL
CO-1
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106093/1 BTL-2
Practical Component:
1. To study and execute Basic SQL commands (create table, use, drop, insert).

MODULE 2: RELATIONAL MODEL (6L+3P)


SQL Updates- Views – Compound Conditions-Aggregate Functions-Grouping- CO-2
Integrity and Security – Relational Database design – Functional dependencies and BTL-3
Normalization for Relational Databases (up to BCNF)

Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106093/4


Practical Component:
1. To execute the viewing commands (select, update)
2. To execute the commands to modify the structure of table (alter, delete) and to
execute
3. To execute the commands that involve compound conditions (and, or, in, not in,
between, not between, like, not like)
4. To execute the aggregate functions (sum, count, max, min, average)
To execute the grouping commands (group by, order by)
MODULE 3: DATA STORAGE AND QUERY PROCESSING (6L+3P)
Record storage and Primary file organization- Secondary storage Devices-
Operations on Files- Heap File- Sorted Files- Hashing Techniques – Index Structure
for files –Different types of Indexes- B-Tree - B+Tree – Query Processing.
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106093/11
Practical Component:
1. To execute the commands involving data constraints. CO-3
2. To execute the commands for joins (cross join, inner join, outer join). BTL-3
3. To execute the various set operations.
4. To execute the various scalar functions and string functions (power, square,
substring, reverse, upper, lower, concatenation).
To study and execute procedures and triggers in PL-SQL.
MODULE 4: TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT (6L+3P)
Transaction Processing – Introduction- Need for Concurrency control- Desirable
properties of Transaction- Schedule and Recoverability- Serializability and
Schedules – Concurrency Control – Types of Locks- Two Phases locking-
Deadlock- Recovery Techniques.
CO-4
BTL-3
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106093/18
Practical Component:
1. To study and execute the commands involving indexes
2. To study and execute the conditional controls and case statement in PL-SQL
MODULE5: OBJECT ORIENTED DB AND WAREHOUSING (6L+3P)
Object Oriented Databases- Need for Complex Data types- OO data Model -ETL-
Metadata-Enterprise warehouse (EWD)-Data mart- Virtual Warehouse- Operational
Data Store (ODS)-OLAP-OLTP- Distributed databases- Distributed data Storage-
Mobile Databases.
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106093/31
Practical Component: CO-5
1. Experiment the features of WEKA tool kit such as Explorer, Knowledge flow BTL-3
interface, Experimenter, command-line interface and navigate the options of select
attributes panel, reprocess panel, classify panel, cluster panel, associate panel and
visualize)
2.Load a data set (ex. Weather dataset, Iris dataset, etc.) and Perform data pre-
processing tasks and demonstrate pre-processing operations on data sets.
TEXT BOOKS
Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. Sudarshan- ―Database System Concepts‖, Sixth
1.
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2011.
Puntambekar, A. A., and Dr. M. Muthukumaran. Database Management Systems. First Edition:
2.
May 2023, Technical Publications.
REFERENCE BOOKS
Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, ―Fundamental Database Systems‖, Seventh
1.
Edition, Pearson Education,2016.
Raghu Ramakrishnan, ―Database Management System, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
2.
Company, Third Edition, 2014.
Data base Management Systems, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, TATA McGrawHill
3.
3rd Edition.2022
Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pei -Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Morgan
4.
Kaufmann, Third Edition, 2012.
E BOOKS
1. https://inspirit.net.in/books/database/Database%20System%20Concepts.pdf
MOOC
1. https://www.udemy.com/database-management-system/
2. https://www.edx.org/course/database-systems-concepts-design-gtx-cs6400x-1

COURSE
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND CREDITS 2
TITLE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
COURSE
EGE51003 COURSE CATEGORY ES L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CODE

36th LEARNIN
Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL-3
ACM G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Surprise Test /
Quiz etc., as
First Second Seminar/ approved by the
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ Department Attendance ESE
Assessment Assessment Project Examination
Committee
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course To expose the students to the basics of environmental science and sustainable
Description development.

1. To make the students aware of the natural resources and to educate them to
understand the need for preserving the resources.
Course 2. To provide knowledge on the various aspects of environmental pollution and issues.
Objective 3. To provide basic knowledge and concepts of sustainability.
4. To educate the students about the concepts of sustainable habitat.
5. To give a broad knowledge on environmental management system.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Recognize the effects of over exploitation of natural resources and their impact on day-
to-day life on earth.
Course 2. Apply the sustainable solutions for environmental pollution and issues.
Outcome 3. Implement the concepts of sustainability in the product development.
4. Use appropriate methods for designing green house and maintaining sustainable cities,
transport system, industries, etc.
5. Manage the environment for sustainable product development.
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of science and environment.
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PS PS
PO PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO PO- PO- PS
CO O- O-
-1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 -10 11 12 O-3
1 2

CO-1 2 2 2 - - 1 3 - - - - 2 - - -

CO-2 2 2 2 - - 1 3 - - - - 2 - - -

CO-3 2 2 2 - - 1 3 - - - - 2 - - -

CO-4 2 2 2 - - 1 3 - - - - 2 - - -

CO-5 2 2 2 - - 1 3 - - - - 2 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: NATURAL RESOURCES (6L)

Introduction - Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation – Water resources: Use and
over-utilization – Mineral resources: Use and exploitation – Food resources: World food
problems, effects of modern agriculture – Energy resources: conventional and
nonconventional, solar energy, fuel cells, wind energy, hydro plants, bio-fuels, Energy CO-1
derived from oceans, geothermal energy – Land resources: Use and over-exploitation –
Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources – Equitable use of resources BTL-3
for sustainable lifestyles.

Field study – Documentation of nearby environmental assets – river / forest / grassland /


hill / mountain.

MODULE 2: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND ISSUES (6L)

Air pollution, effects of air pollutions; Water pollution – sources, sustainable waste
water treatment; Solid waste – sources, impacts, zero waste concept, 3R concept,
Global environmental issues – Resource degradation, climate change, global warming,
ozone layer depletion – Regional and local environmental issues – Carbon credits and CO-2
carbon trading, carbon foot print.
BTL-3
Field Study - Observe a pond nearby and analyze the different measures that can be
adopted for its conservation.

MODULE 3: SUSTAINABILITY (6L)

CO-3
Introduction, need of sustainability – Social, environmental and economic sustainability
concepts – sustainable development, Nexus between technology and sustainable BTL-3
development, challenges for sustainable development – multilateral environmental
agreements and protocols – clean development mechanism (CDM) – Environmental
legislations in India – water act, air act.

Field Study - Assessment of sustainability in your neighborhood in education /


housing / water resources / energy resources / food supplies/ land use / environmental
protection, etc.

MODULE 4: CONCEPTS OF SUSTAINABLE HABITAT (6L)

Green buildings: material for sustainable design, green building certification, methods
for increasing energy efficiency of buildings – sustainable urbanization - sustainable
transport – Industrialization and poverty reduction – Industrial processes: material CO-4
selection, pollution prevention, industrial ecology, industrial symbiosis. BTL-3
Assignment – Explore the different methods that can be adopted for maintaining a
sustainable transport system in your city.

MODULE 5: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT (6L)

Environmental management: Principles and strategies, Indicators of environmental


quality – economic valuation - environmental cost-benefit analysis – Fiscal incentives in
pollution control and management – Environmental management system: ISO 14000, CO-5
Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) – scope and goal, bio-mimicking – Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) – Procedures of EIA in India. BTL-3

Assignment – Conducting an EIA study of a small project (example, construction of


house, road, bridge, etc.) in your local area.

TEXT BOOKS

Basu, M., Savarimuthu, X. (2017). Fundamentals of Environmental Studies, Cambridge University


1. Press, 1st Edition.

2. Bhavik R. Bakshi (2019). Sustainable Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cambridge University
Press, 1st Edition.
3. Mulligan, C. (2020). Sustainable Engineering: Principles and Implementation, CRC Press, 1st Edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Wasewar, K. L., Rao, S. N. (2022). Sustainable Engineering, Energy, and the Environment
Challenges and Opportunities, CRC Press, 1st Edition.

Singh, J.S., Singh, S.P., Gupta, S. R. (2017). Ecology, Environmental Science and Conservation. S.
2.
Chand Publishing Company, New Delhi,

E BOOKS
1. https://www.hzu.edu.in/bed/E%20V%20S.pdf

2. https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33379

MOOC
1. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/environmental-science

2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/sustainable-cities
COURSE DESIGN PROJECT-I CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51800 EEC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-6
CODE CATEGORY

37 th ACM dated LEARNIN


Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL-3
20.01.2023 G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

First Review Second Review Third Review Project Report & Viva Voce

20% 20% 10% 50%

This course provides the student significant design experience with the knowledge and skills
Course required to analyse the basic real time problem statement. This course provides an exposure
Description to teamwork to emulate a typical professional design environment. Simulations are to be
used both in the execution of the design methodology and the management of the design
project.
The course will enable the students to understand:
Course 1. To develop literature survey and report preparation skills
Objective 2. To identify a project and execution of preliminary solution to address the problem
statement
3. To enrich the communication and team management skills
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Course 1. Identify a real time problem by intensive literature survey
Outcome 2. Selection of appropriate methodology with the required modern tools
3. Design & Analyse the solution through appropriate Measurement and scientific
calculations
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge in Measurements, Data Analysis, Interpretation.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO- PO - PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO - PO- PO- PS PS PS


-1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1 O-2 O-3

CO-1 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 -

CO-2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3

CO-3 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

Weightage of Assessment:

Review / Examination Scheme Weightage

First Review 20%

Second Review 20%


Third Review 10%

End Semester Viva Voce 50%

A committee will be constituted by the HoD for Review process

Assessment Rubrics

Parameter Weightage (%)

Title & Objectives 5.0

Review of Literature (RL) 10.0

Design / Implementation 10.0

Methodology 5.0

Planning of Project Work 5.0

Testing Environment / Test Cases 5.0

Analytical thinking* 5.0

Technical Knowledge* 5.0

Presentation* 10.0

Demonstration* 5.0

Individual Roles Distribution* (Individual


5.0
Objectives in the project work)

Individual Contributions* (Towards the


5.0
individual objectives in the project work)

Deliverables 5.0

Team- work 10.0

Report / Thesis 5.0

Peer Assessment* 5.0

* - Attributes for individual contribution.


RUBRICS FOR ASSESSMENT

Parameter Weightage Excellent (100%) Good (80%) Average (60%) Below Average (40%)

Detailed and extensive Good explanation of Average explanation of Moderate explanation of


explanation of the the purpose and need the purpose and need of the purpose and need of
purpose and need of of the project. the project. the project.
the project.
Title, Objective
All objectives of the Good justification to Incomplete justification Only Some objectives of
5
(TO) proposed work are the objectives; to the objectives the proposed work are
well defined; Steps to Methodology to be proposed; Steps are well defined; Steps to
be followed to solve followed is specified mentioned but unclear; be followed to solve the
the defined problem but detailing is not without justification to defined problem are not
are clearly specified. done. objectives. specified properly.

Review of Literature 10 Detailed extensive Collects a great deal Moderate study of the Explanation of the
explanation of the of information and existing systems; specifications and the
(RL) specification, good study of the collects some basic limitations of the
Limitations of the existing systems; information existing systems, not
existing systems. very satisfactory; limited
information

Information is Information is Information is gathered Information is gathered


gathered from gathered from multiple from a limited number of from a single source.
multiple, research- sources. sources.
based sources.

Well organized, Well organized, but Weakly organized with No organization,


demonstrates logical demonstrates illogical no logical sequencing or sequencing, or
sequencing & sequencing or structure. structure.
structure structure

Detailed conclusions Conclusions are There is some indication No conclusions are


are reached from the reached from the of conclusions from the made from the evidence
evidence offered evidence offered. evidence offered. offered.

Research gaps are Research gaps are Research gaps were not Research gaps were not
formed through the formed through the formed but could be formed and are not
literature review and literature review. formed through the apparent from the
clearly stated. literature review. literature review.

The proposed system


The proposed system The proposed system
has been partially
has been Designed / has been partially
designed / The proposed system
implemented using designed / implemented
Design / implemented using has not been Designed /
10 appropriate developing using developing
Implementation developing implemented and plan
environment in a environment and highly
environment and of design is not evident.
systematic plan as deviated from the plan
deviated from the plan
planned. of design.
of design.

Division of problem Division of problem Division of problem into Partial division of


into modules and good into modules and good modules but problem into modules
selection of computing selection of computing inappropriate selection and inappropriate
framework. framework. of computing selection of computing
framework. framework.

Appropriate design Design methodology Design methodology not Design methodology not
methodology and not properly justified. defined properly. defined properly
Methodology 5
properly justification.

Complete explanation Complete explanation Incomplete explanation Inappropriate


of the key concepts of the key concepts, of the key concepts and explanation of the key
and strong description but in-sufficient in-sufficient description concepts and poor
of the technical description of the of the technical description of the
requirements of the technical requirements requirements of the technical requirements
project. of the project. project. of the project

Time frame properly Time frame properly Time frame properly Time frame not properly
Planning of Project
5 specified and has specified but has been specified, but not being specified
Work
been followed followed partly followed

Testing 5 Testing Environment is Testing Environment is Testing Environment is Testing Environment is


Environment / Test formulated formulated, lack of formulated. not formulated.
Cases appropriately as a Justification / Justification / Coverage
state of the art. Coverage.
All the possible Test Maximum no. of Test Minimum no. of Test No Test cases are
cases are identified cases are identified. cases are identified. identified.

Data or design Little evidence that a No evidence that a


Students analyze data
alternatives are systematic process was systematic process was
or design alternatives
analyzed mostly used to analyze data or used to analyze data or
Analytical thinking 5 systematically, in-
systematically. Critical design alternatives. design alternatives.
depth, and with critical
thinking is usually Critical thinking is often Critical thinking is not
thinking.
evident. weak visible.

Extensive knowledge Fair knowledge related Lack of sufficient Poor knowledge related
Technical related to the project to the project knowledge related to to project
5
Knowledge the project

Presentation 10 Contents of Contents of Contents of Contents of


presentations are presentations are presentations are presentations are not
appropriate and well mostly appropriate and appropriate but not well appropriate and not well
delivered. delivered better delivered delivered

Demonstrates full Answered all the Is uncomfortable with Does not have grasp of
knowledge by questions without information and is able information and cannot
answering all elaboration. to answer only answer questions about
questions with rudimentary questions subject
explanations and
elaboration

Provides clear Has somewhat clear Attempts to define Does not clearly define
purpose and subject; purpose and subject; purpose subject and purpose;
pertinent examples, some provides weak or no
facts, and/or statistics; and subject; provides support of subject; gives
supports examples, facts, weak examples, facts,
conclusions/ideas with and/or statistics that and/or statistics, which insufficient support for
evidence. support the do not adequately ideas or conclusions
support the subject;
subject; includes some includes very thin data
data or evidence that or evidence
supports conclusions
Demonstrates strong Shows some Shows little or mixed Shows no interest in
enthusiasm about enthusiastic feelings about the topic topic Presented.
topic during entire being presented.
presentation. feelings about topic.

Significantly increases Raises audience Raises audience Fails to increase


audience understanding and understanding and audience understanding
understanding and awareness of most knowledge of some of knowledge of topic
knowledge of topic; points points
convinces an audience
to recognize the
validity and
importance of the
subject.

Proper eye contact Clear voice with good Eye contact with only Poor eye contact with
with audience and spoken language but few people and unclear audience and unclear
clear voice with good less eye contact with voice. voice.
spoken language. audience

Project demonstrated Project demonstrated All modules are only few modules are
with output and proved with output but lack in demonstrated but did demonstrated
Demonstration 5
the efficiency proving the efficiency. not get the expected
output

The team establishes The group establishes The group establishes The group does not
Individual Roles and documents clear clear and formal informal roles/objetive establish roles/objective
Distribution and formal roles/objective for for each member. The for each member and/or
(Individual 5 roles/objective for each member and workload could be the workload is
Objectives in the each member and distributes the distributed more unequally distributed.
project work) distributes the workload equally. equally.
workload equally.
The individual The individual The individual objective The individual objective
objective of a team objective of a team of a team member is of a team member is not
member is meets. member is meets partially meets. met.
halfway through.
The individual The individual did not
contributed in a The individual did not contribute as even
valuable way to the contribute as heavily marginally as others but
project. as others but did meet did meet all
Individual all responsibilities. responsibilities
Contributions marginally.
(Towards the 5
individual objectives The individual is also The individual is also The individual is also The individual did not
in the project work) able to articulate the able to identify some able to identify some contribute to the project
key performance key performance key performance criteria and failed to meet
criteria of successful criteria of successful of successful teams responsibilities. The
teams and evaluate teams and/or draw and/or draw related individual does not
the group performance related connections connections the team identify key
accordingly. the team performance performance for some performance criteria of
extends. successful teams or
draw inference to own
experience.

Delivers clear, Delivers useful Recommendations may Recommendations is


comprehensive recommendations to not be useful to stake not be useful to stake
recommendations to the stake holders that holders or are weakly holders or not supported
Deliverables 5
stake holders that are are supported by supported by project by project findings.
well supported by project findings findings.
project findings.

Team Work 10 The team worked well The team worked well The team did not The team did not
together to achieve together most of the collaborate or collaborate and no
objectives. time, with only a few communication well. communication.
occurrences of Some members would
communication work independently,
breakdown or failure to without regard to
collaborate when objectives or priorities.
necessary.

Each member Members were mostly A lack of respect and No members would
contributed in a respectful of each regard was frequently work independently,
valuable way to the other. noted. without regard to
project. All data objectives or priorities.
sources indicated a No respect and regard
high level of mutual was frequently noted.
respect and
collaboration.

A clear procedure for A clear procedure for A procedure for making There is no decision
making decisions is making decisions is decisions is established making process,
formally established by informally established by the group, but it is decisions are made by
the group. by the group. not clear and/or it individuals.
focuses on individuals.

Everyone is fully Everyone is engaged The group is engaged The group is only
engaged with effective most of the time. The but can be distracted. engaged with
exchange of ideas. exchange of ideas is Ideas are exchanged encouragement or not
effective most of the with encouragement. all members are
time. engaged. Ideas are not
exchanged effectively.

Report / Thesis 5 Exceptional Proficient introduction Adequate introduction Weak introduction of


introduction that grabs that states background that states topic, thesis topic and subtopics is
interest of reader and information, and some of the weak and lacks an
states background provocative question, subtopics; thesis is arguable position.
information, topic, thesis, and all somewhat clear and
provocative question, subtopics in proper arguable.
topic and all subtopics order; thesis is a clear
in proper order; thesis and arguable
exceptionally clear, statement of position.
arguable, well
developed, and a
definitive statement.
Exceptionally Well researched in Some aspects of paper Limited information on
researched with detail with accurate & is researched with some topic with lack of
extreme detail, critical evidence from accurate evidence from research, details or
historically accurate a variety of sources. limited sources. historically accurate
with critical evidence evidence.
from a wide variety of
sources.

Exceptionally critical, Consistent Some connections Limited connections


relevant, consistent connections made made among analysis of made among analysis of
connections among among analysis of evidence, subtopics, evidence, subtopics,
arguments, analysis, evidence, subtopics, arguments & thesis / counterarguments &
subtopics, & arguments & thesis / topic; limited or thesis / topic; complete
thesis/topic; excellent, topic; good and somewhat inappropriate lack of or inappropriate
appropriate generally appropriate conclusions conclusions
conclusions conclusions

Exceptionally clear, Clear and logical Somewhat clear and Lacks clear and logical
logical, mature, presentation and logical presentation and presentation and
thorough presentation development of ideas development of ideas; development of ideas;
and development of that support thesis; adequate transitions weak transition b/w
ideas that support good transitions between paragraphs. ideas and paragraphs.
thesis; excellent between paragraphs.
transition between
paragraphs.

Very concise, clear, Clear, with minimal Periodic errors in Inconsistent grammar,
with consistently errors in grammar, grammar, spelling and spelling and
proper grammar, spelling and paragraphing. paragraphing
spelling and paragraphing. throughout paper.
paragraphing.

Proper detailed format Consistent and correct Sometimes inconsistent Very inconsistent or
always used format in both text and or incorrect use of incorrect use of citations
consistently and works Cited section citations in both text and in both text and Works
correctly in both text Works Cited Cited section
and Works Cited
Well organized, very Well thought out slides Acceptable – slides Poorly organized;
professional; all and/or handouts; and/or handouts clear; rambled; dwelt too long
questions addressed professional good presentation skills; on less important
in a knowledgeable presentation; almost able to answer most aspects; unable to
and respectable all questions questions. answer all questions;
manner; slides and/or addressed in a some slides difficult to
handouts outstanding professional manner. read; typos/errors in
slides.

Report / Thesis is very Report / Thesis is A part of Report / Thesis Report / Thesis is poorly
well organized by organized by using is organized, using organized Appropriate
using appropriate appropriate formatting, standard formatting formatting such as
advanced formatting, including shading, tools. Some labels or appropriate labels &
including shading, alignment tools, other important column/row widths &
alignment tools, borders, special fonts, formatting tools are heights are not used.
borders, special fonts, appropriate labels, missing.
appropriate labels, appropriate
appropriate column/row height &
column/row height & width
width.

Peer Assessment 5 The team members are assessing the other members in the scale of 20%, 50%,80% and 100%
INTERNSHIP – 1
COURSE (To be carried out in summer after 2nd semester CREDITS 1
TITLE and evaluated in 3rd semester)

COURSE COURSE
ECS51801 EEC L-T-P-S 0-0-0-2
CODE CATEGORY

Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-3
Details G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Visit Report, Feedback of the employer , Presentation & Viva Voce, MCQ Assessment
100 %

Course This course aims to inculcate the application of knowledge & skill learned through
Description classroom practices. It demands the academic component consisting of research,
reflection, written and oral skills of the learner.
The course will enable the students to
Course 1. Explore career alternatives prior to graduation.
Objective 2. Integrate theory and practice.
3. Assess interests and abilities in their field of study.
4. Build a record of work experience.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Choose appropriate modern tools used in the field of Electronics and
Course
Communication engineering to manage the resources effectively by
Outcome
applying innovative ideas
2. Demonstrate ethical conduct and professional accountability while
working in a team for the benefit of society.
3. Communicate effectively and to write the scientific report of the learnings.
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge in Measurements, Data Analysis, Interpretation.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
CO O- O- O- O- O- O- O- O- O- O- O- O- O- O- O-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3

CO-1 3 3 - - 3 2 - - - - 2 - - 3 -
CO-2 - - - - 3 - - 3 2 2 - - 2 - 2
CO-3 - - - - - - - 3 3 3 2 -- - -
Weightage of Assessment:

Assessment Scheme Weightage

Presentation & Viva voce 50 %


Report 20 %
Feedback of the Employer 30%

A committee will be constituted by the HoD with Internship coordinator as head for learning
assessment process.

Assessment Rubrics

Performance Excellent(5) Good(4) Fair(3) Poor(2)


Indicators
Requirement analysis Requirement well Requirement well Understood the Not properly
and clarity on understood and understood but requirement and understood the
problem statement(5) problem statement problem statement not defined requirements
well defined not well defined properly and problem
statement not
defined properly
Relevance with Relevant Relevant to Partially relevant Irrelevant
Industry /Societal industry with small
problem(5) modifications
Project timeline Scheduled and Scheduled and Scheduled but not Not Scheduled
scheduled(5) followed strictly but not followed followed and not
strictly followed
Usage of latest latest applications Moderate usage of Slightly outdated No latest
application and and software’s are new technology applications and
software(5) used software’s used
Design and code Excellent design of Effective design Satisfactory Irrelevant
efficiency(5) experiment and all but all possible Design design
possible outcomes outcomes are not
are handled handled
Report Excellent Good Average Poor
Preparation(10) documentation documentation documentation documentation
Presentation Excellent Good confidence , Less confidence, Poor skills
skills ,Fluency and communication lack of vocabulary need to
comprehensibility(5) skills and good communication be improved and
comprehensibility skills and average poor
comprehensibility comprehensibility
Slide organization Content is Content is Content is not Poor
and contents time organized properly organized properly organized properly organization and
conscious(5) and effective time but not effective least time
management time management management
Feedback from Regular /novel Regular /Novel Regular /existing Irregular
Industry mentor(5) idea/Excellent idea/Good idea/Good /existing
execution of project execution of project execution of project idea/Poor
execution of
project
SEMESTER – IV

COURSE
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS CREDITS 4
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EMA51007 BS L-T-P-S 3-1-0-2
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNI
APPROVAL
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM NG BTL-3
DETAILS
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Surprise
Test / Quiz
etc., as
Seminar/ approved
First Second
Assignme by the Attenda End Semester
Periodical Periodical
nts/ Department nce Examination
Assessment Assessment
Project Examinatio
n
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course To make the student understand the foundations of probabilistic and statistical
Description analysis mostly used in varied applications in engineering and science

1. To learn the concept of probability and random variable


2. To identify the standard distribution variables.
Course 3. To learn the discrete and continuous random variables
Objectives 4. To learn the types of hypothesis testing
5. To establish optimal process performance

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Formulate theorems about the concept of probability and Calculate
probabilities using Conditional probability.
2. Identify the standard distributions and apply them appropriately in real time
Course problems.
Outcomes 3. Compute the covariance and correlation.
4. Classify the test of hypothesis and interpret statistical and practical
significance.
5. Compute and interpret proportion of variance for ANOVA classification

Prerequisites: NIL

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO- 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
1
CO- 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
2
CO- 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
3
CO- 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 1 2 - -
4
CO- 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 1 2 - -
5
1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated
MODULE 1: PROBABILITY AND RANDOM VARIABLES (9L+3T=12)
Axioms of Probability- Bayes’ Theorem -Random variables – Moments –
Moment generating functions. CO-1
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Basic Probability

MODULE 2: STANDARD DISTRIBUTIONS (9L+3T=12)


Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Gamma and Normal
distributions CO-2
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Discrete and Continuous Functions
MODULE 3: TWO-DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLES (9L+3T=12)
Joint distribution – Marginal and conditional distribution – Co-variance –
Correlation and Regression CO-3
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Random Variables

MODULE 4: TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS (9L+3T=12)


Sampling distributions – Testing of Hypothesis –Small samples– t Test, F
Test and Chi-square Test – Large samples– Single mean– Difference in
means– single proportion and difference in proportions. CO-4
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: Sampling Problems

MODULE 5: DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS (9L+3T=12)


Analysis of variance– One Way Classification–Completely Randomized
block design– Two Way Classification – Randomized block design – Latin CO-5
Square design BTL-4
Suggested Reading: Analysis of variance
TEXT BOOKS
1 J. S. Milton, J. C. Arnold (2007) Introduction to Probability and Statistics,
. Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, New Delhi.

2 R.A. Johnson, C. B. Gupta (2015) Miller and Freund’s Probability and Statistics for Engineer,
. 7th Edition, Pearson Education, Asia.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 M. R. Spiegel, J. Schiller, R. A. Srinivasan (2004) Schaum’s Outline of Theory
and Problems of Probability and Statistics, Tata McGraw Hill Edition.

2 J. L. Devore (2012) Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences,
Cengage Learning, 8th Edition, New Delhi

D. G. Duffy (2013) Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB, Third Edition, CRC
3
Press, Florida.
A. Chandrasekaran, G. Kavitha (2014) Probability, Statistics ,Random Processes and
4
Queuing Theory, Dhanam Publications, Chennai.
R. K. Bansal, A.K. Goel, M. K. Sharma (2016) MATLAB and its Applications in Engineering,
5
Second Edition, Pearson Publication.
E BOOKS
1
https://www.utstat.toronto.edu/mikevans/jeffrosenthal/book.pdf
.
https://archive.mu.ac.in/myweb_test/MCA%20study%20material/M.C.A.%20(Sem%20-%20II)
2
%20Probability%20and%20Statistics.pdf
MOOC
1 https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-probability-science-mitx-6-041x-2
.
COURSE
IT DATA SECURITY CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51010 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL- 5
Details LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Seminar/ ESE
First Second
Assignments/ Surprise
Periodical Periodical Attendance Theor Practi
Project / Test / Quiz
Assessment Assessment y cal
Practical
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
This course provides the students with the knowledge of protecting digital data,
such as those in a database, from destructive forces and from the unwanted
Course
actions of unauthorized users, such as a cyberattack or a data breach. It enables
Description
the students to have hands on to work with various security tools and thus to gain
practical knowledge in the area of Data Security.
1. To have a background knowledge on the various Data Security Threats.
2. To Comprehend the many techniques of Data Security.
Course
3. To learn the importance of protecting the data.
Objective
4. To elaborate on Cloud Security for IT Data.
5. To implement protection and management of Cloud data.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Elaborate the most important key security requirements and to present
the threat models generally and specifically.
Course 2. Utilizing the techniques of Data Security for enabling protection of IT Data.
Outcome 3. Testing appropriate database systems, networks and browsers for
mitigation and protection of Data.
4. Interpret and describe various cloud security methods for IT Data.
5. Explain mobility management and data protection of Data.
Prerequisites: IT System Security
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P
PS
CO - PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO S PS
O-
PO -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 11 -12 O- O-2
3
1
CO- 2 3
3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
1
CO- 2 3
3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
2
CO- 2 3
3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
3

CO- 2 3
3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
4
CO- 2 3
3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: DATA SECURITY THREATS
(6L+3P)
Background, Case Study, Need of Data Security, Importance of Data Security,
Critical Data for Organizations, Elements to consider for a better security
mechanism, Process, Types of Data Security Threats, Malware Threat, Network
Based Threats, Cryptographic Threats, Database Security Threats, Banking
Fraud Threats, Web-application Threats, Physical Security Threats, Wireless
Network Security Threat, Bluetooth Devices Threats, Data Threats in Modern
Era, Benefits of Data Security. CO-1
Lab Experiment: BTL-3
Exercise 1: Scanning with Nmap
Exercise 2: Data Security Monitoring with Network Tools
Exercise 3: Data Security Monitoring with Making Firewall Changes
Exercise 4: Scanning with OpenVAS
Exercise 5: Scanning with ZenMap
Software Required: Nmap, OpenVas, ZenMap
MODULE 2: DATA UNDERSTANDING AND PREPARATION (6L+
3P=9)
Introduction, Threat Techniques, Network Based Threat Techniques,
Cryptographic Threat Techniques, Banking Fraud Techniques, Web-application
Threat Techniques, Wireless Network Threat Techniques.
Lab Experiment:
Exercise 6: Database Scanning with Scuba
CO-2
Exercise 7: BSQL Hacker Tool
BTL-3
Exercise 8: Threat of Malware
Exercise 9: NetBios Utilizing Superscan Tool
Exercise 10: SQL Injection with SQLMap

Software Required: Scuba, BSQL Hacker Tool, NetBios


MODULE 3: COUNTERMEASURES
(6L+3P)
Introduction, The Importance of Data Protection, Evolution of Mitigation
Technique, Countermeasures, Database Security Countermeasures.

Lab Experiment:

Exercise 11: Network Security with Automated Testing


CO-3
Exercise 12: Safe3 SQL Injector
BTL-3
Exercise 13: SQL Injection With MOLE
Exercise 14: Vertical Privilege Escalation
Exercise 15: Mozilla Browser Security

Software Required: SQLMap

MODULE 4: A-DATA –CENTRIC VIEW OF CLOUD SECURITY FOR IT DATA


(6L+3P)
Definitions and terminology, Need for new methods, Cryptography, Data CO-4
provenance, Privacy and security laws and regulations, Classification of data BTL-2
security issues in cloud computing, Cross-cutting issues, Nomad framework
overview, Client management service, Cloud storage service, Operational
overview, Homomorphic encryption background, BGV scheme, HElib, GPU-
based acceleration of BGV FHE, Application: Call For Fire, Call For Fire
operational workflow, Data security in cloud computing, Performance of the
GPU-based parallelisation, Call For Fire performance

Lab Experiment:

Exercise 16: Creating Cryptographic Key Pair


Exercise 17: Storage with IBM Cloud
Exercise 18: ServiceNow Client Management
Exercise 19: Homomorphic Encryption Implementation
Exercise 20: CUDA Installation
Software Required: CUDA, Cloud Environment

MODULE 5: DATA PROTECTION AND MOBILITY MANAGEMENT FOR CLOUD


(6L+3P)
Data mobility, Components of a data mobility model, Data mobility scenarios,
Security mechanisms for data-in-transit, Geographic location-based
mechanisms, Data-mobility-based policy and encryption mechanisms, Binding
user and data location, Protecting cloud data using trusted third party
technologies, Data mobility based on location register database, A trust-oriented
data protection framework, Mobility management model, Trust-oriented data
protection framework, Implementation, Evaluation and results. CO-5
BTL- 3
Lab Experiment:

Exercise 21: GPU Parallel Programming


Exercise 22: Google Cloud Object Storage
Exercise 23: Setting Cloud Pub/Sub Topic
Exercise 24: Creating Cloud Storage Bucket
Software Required: Google Cloud Environment
TEXTBOOKS
1 IT Data Security (IBM ICE Publications).

COURSE
PROFESSIONAL EDITING AND PROJECT WRITING CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
GGGG1004 HS L-T-P-S 1–0–1-1
CODE CATEGORY
35th ACM - LEARNI
APPROVAL
VERSION 1.0 6th Aug. NG BTL-4
DETAILS
2022 LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Surprise
Test / Quiz
etc., as
First Seminar/ approved
Second
Periodical Assignme by the Attenda End Semester
Periodical
Assessme nts/ Department nce Examination
Assessment
nt Project Examinatio
n
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
Professional Editing and Project Writing is a course to help students develop their
editing and writing skills for professional purposes. Topics include document
Course structure, editing for clarity and accuracy, content types and project management.
Descriptio Students will edit documents, prepare presentations and develop writing projects.
n The course aims to help students understand the writing process and become more
proficient in editing and writing for professional purposes.

Course 1. To Copyedit written texts professionally and appropriately


Objectives 2. Understand and respect the role of the author in the editing process
3. Carry out a constructive and appropriate structural edit of written texts
4. Understand the editorial and production processes for producing books and other
texts
5. Identify the market and readership of a text

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1.Develop a comprehensive understanding of professional editing and project
writing.
Course 2.Effectively edit and revise documents for clarity, accuracy and consistency.
Outcomes 3.Demonstrate an understanding of the different types of content used in
professional writing.
4. Construct coherent and well-structured documents for various audiences.
5.Gain experience in developing and delivering effective presentations.

Prerequisites: Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PS PS
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 O2 O3
CO-1 - - - 2 - - - - 1 3 - 2 - - -

CO-2 - - - 2 - - - - 1 3 - 2 - - -

CO-3 - - - 2 - - -- - 1 3 - 2 - - -

CO-4 - - - 2 - - - - 1 3 - 2 - - -

CO-5 - - - 2 - - - - 1 3 - 2 - - -

1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated


MODULE 1– INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL EDITING AND PROJECT WRITING
(3Hrs.)
Writing: Academic writing and kinds, Non-academic writing and kinds, Ways
to an Effective Writing, Review/Research/Project Writing.
CO-1
1. Editing: Basics of Editing and Steps Involved in Editing. Traits of an BTL-2
Editor and Copy Editor. Basics of Proof-reading

MODULE 2 – MECHANICS OF WRITING- GRAMMAR, PUNCTUATION AND STYLE


(3Hrs.)
Reviewing the fundamentals of grammar, Understanding common
grammatical errors, Spelling, Punctuation, Capitalization, Italics, Names of
Persons, Number, Vocabulary, Appropriate use of Abbreviations, Established
CO-2
Symbols.
BTL-3
Dos & Don’ts of writing, Common Errors/Words often Confused.
Exploring different writing styles, their appropriate usage and applying
consistent style throughout a document
MODULE 3 – RESEARCH AND WRITING
(3Hrs.)
Elements of Writing: Selecting a Topic, Conducting Research, Using Sources,
Evaluating and Incorporating Sources, Developing Ideas, Gather data,
Incorporate it into a project, Writing Clear and Effective Sentences and CO-3
Paragraphs, Developing Unity, Coherence, Revisions; Format of Manuscripts, BTL-3
Academic Honesty and Plagiarism.

MODULE 4 – DOCUMENTATION
(3Hrs.)
Documenting Sources, APA Style, Parenthetical documentation, List of works
Cited, Figures, Charts and Tables, Endnotes, Footnotes, Citations CO-4
components, Bibliography, and Appendices. BTL-3
MODULE 5 – EDITING
(3Hrs.)
Types and Stages, Roles, Duty and Responsibility of an Editor, Principles and
Components of Editing, Functions of Editing, Copy Editing, Editing and CO-5
BTL-4
Review, Developing Editorial Skills and Editorial Functions

TEXT BOOKS
1 Dade, P. (2020). The Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking. Reference Reviews,
. OUP. London.
2 Montagnes, I. (2018). Editing and publication: A training manual. Int. Rice Res. Inst..
.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Strunk Jr, W., & White, E. B. (2007). The Elements of Style Illustrated. Penguin.

2 Blumenstock, N. A. (1984). The Chicago Manual of Style. By the University of Chicago Press.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1982. ix, 740 pp.

Lester, J. D., & Lester, J. D. (2005). Writing research papers: A complete guide. New York:
3
Pearson/Longman.
Saller, C. F. (2016). The subversive copy editor. In The Subversive Copy Editor, Second
4
Edition. University of Chicago Press.
E BOOKS
1 https://edisciplinas.usp.br/pluginfile.php/3928474/mod_resource/content/1/Introduction%20to
. %20Academic%20Writing.pdf
https://www.routledge.com/rsc/downloads/
2 A_Practical_Guide_to_Academic_Writing_for_International_Students-A_Routledge_FreeBook-
_FINAL_VERSION_.pdf
MOOC
1 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/academic-english
.
2 https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-to-academic-writing

COURSE
OPERATING SYSTEMS CREDITS 4
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51007 PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNI
APPROVAL
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM NG BTL-4
DETAILS
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Surprise
Test / Quiz
End Semester
etc., as
Examination
First Seminar/ approved
Second
Periodical Assignme by the Attenda
Periodical
Assessme nts/ Department nce
Assessment
nt Project Examinatio
PRACTIC
n THEORY
AL
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
Course This is a core course of Computer Science and Engineering and focuses on
Descriptio Operating System concepts.
n
1. To learn the basic functions and structure of operating systems
2. To implement process scheduling and synchronization
Course 3. To gain knowledge of deadlock related issues in OS
Objectives 4. To analyse various memory management techniques
5. To comprehend the File system and disk I/O techniques

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Explain the basic functions and structure of operating systems.
2. Implement the process scheduling algorithms and process synchronization
Course techniques.
Outcomes 3. Detect and solve Deadlock problems.
4. Implement Memory Management Techniques.
Illustrate File system and disk I/O techniques.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PS PS
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 O2 O3
CO-1 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - - 2 3 1

CO-2 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - -- 2 3 1

CO-3 3 3 3 1 2 1 -- 2 2 2 - - 2 3 1

CO-4 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - - 2 3 1

CO-5 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - - 2 3 1

1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated


MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION (9L+3P)
Introduction – Computer System Organization - Computer System Architecture
- Computer System Structure - Operating System Operations - Process
Management – Memory Management - Storage Management – Protection
Security - Operating System Services – User Operating System Interface –
System Calls – Types of System calls – System Programs - Process Concept
– Process Scheduling – Operations on Processes - Inter-process
Communication
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106144/ CO-1
Practical Component BTL-2
Software: C Language

1. Program to report the behaviour of the OS to get the CPU type and
model, kernel version.
2. Shell programming- command syntax, write simple functions, basic
tests, loops, patterns, expansions, substitution

MODULE 2: PROCESS SCHEDULING (9L+3P)


Threads – Overview – Multithreading Models - CPU Scheduling – Basic CO-2
Concepts – Scheduling Criteria – Scheduling Algorithms – The Critical-Section BTL-3
Problem - Peterson’s Solution – Synchronization Hardware – Semaphores –
Classic problems of Synchronization – Monitors.
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106144/19
Practical Component
Software: C Language
1. Program to get the amount of memory configured into the computer,
amount of memory currently available.
2. Implement the various process scheduling mechanisms such as
FCFS, SJF, Priority, round – robin.
3. Implement the solution for reader – writer’s problem
Write a program to create processes and threads.
MODULE 3: DEADLOCKS (9L+3P)
System Model – Deadlock Characterization – Methods for handling Deadlocks
-Deadlock Prevention – Deadlock avoidance – Deadlock detection – Recovery
from Deadlocks - Storage Management – Swapping – Contiguous Memory
allocation – Paging – Structure of Page table - Segmentation.
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106144/32
CO-3
Practical Component BTL-3

Software: C Language
1. Implement the solution for dining philosopher’s problem.
Implement banker’s algorithm.

MODULE 4: PAGING AND FILE SYSTEM


(9L+3P)
Virtual Memory – Demand Paging – Copy-on Write – Page Replacement –
Allocation of frames – Thrashing - File Concept – Access Methods – Directory
and Disk Structure – Directory Implementation – Allocation Methods – Free-
space Management - Disk Structure – Disk Attachment - Disk Scheduling -
RAID Structure.
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106144/6 CO-4
Practical Component BTL-3

Software: C Language
1. Implement the first fit; best fit and worst fit file allocation strategy.
Simulate all page replacement algorithms.

MODULE 5: VIRTUAL MACHINES AND DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS


(9L+3P)
Virtual machines- Building Blocks- Virtualization and OS Concepts-Advantages
of Distributed Systems - Types of Networks based Operating Systems -
Network Structure - Communication Structure -Communication Protocols –
TCP/IP - Robustness - Design Issues - Distributed File Systems
Suggested reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs42/
Practical Component
Software: C Language
CO-5
Implement file organization strategies a) single level b) Two level c) BTL-3
Hierarchical

TEXT BOOKS
1 Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”,
. Ninth Edition, 2013.

2 William Stallings, “Operating Systems Internals and Design Principles”, Seventh Edition, 2012,
. Prentice Hall

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Harvey M. Deitel, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.

2 William Stallings, “Operating System”, Ninth Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.

3 Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.
E BOOKS
1
https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/83833.Operating_System_Concepts
.
MOOC
1 https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105214/
.
2 https://in.udacity.com/course/introduction-to-operating-systems--ud923

COURSE
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS CREDITS 4
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51008 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNI
APPROVAL
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM NG BTL-4
DETAILS
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Surprise
Test / Quiz
End Semester
etc., as
Examination
Seminar/ approved
First Second
Assignme by the Attenda
Periodical Periodical
nts/ Department nce
Assessment Assessment
Project Examinatio
PRACTIC
n THEORY
AL
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
Algorithms are the soul of computing. This course introduces basic methods for
Course the design and analysis of efficient algorithms emphasizing methods useful in
Description practice. Different algorithms for a given computational task are presented and
their relative merits evaluated based on performance measures.

1. To analyse worst case and average case running times using asymptotic
notation.
2. To identify limitation of algorithm.
Course
3. To get awareness about various algorithmic techniques and real time
Objectives
applications.
4. To solve real world problems.
5. To identify efficient algorithm for NP hard problems.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Use the asymptotic notations to analyze worst-case and average case


Course running times of algorithms.
Outcomes 2. Identify the limitations of algorithms in problem solving.
3. Describe the various algorithmic techniques and its real time applications.
4. Solve the real-time problem using graphs.
5. Determine an efficient algorithms NP hard problem.

Prerequisites: C Programming and Data Structures


CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PS PS
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 O2 O3
CO-1 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - 3 2 3 1

CO-2 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - 3 2 3 1

CO-3 3 3 3 1 2 1 -- 2 2 2 - 3 2 3 1

CO-4 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - 3 2 3 1

CO-5 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 2 - 3 2 3 1

1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated


MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION (9L+6P)

Introduction and motivation-Input size, worst case, average case. Quantitative


efficiency Big O, Big omega and Big theta-Basic Efficiency classes.
Recurrences-The substitution method -The recursion-tree method, and Master
method.
CO-1
Practical Component:
3. Calculate complexity of algorithms using step count method. BTL-2
4. Solve the recurrences using three different methods a) substitution
method, b) recursion tree, c) master method

5. Suggested reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs20


MODULE 2: BRUTE FORCE AND DIVIDE-AND-CONQUER
( 9L+6P)

Brute Force: - Travelling Salesman Problem - Knapsack Problem -


Assignment Problem - Divide and Conquer Approach:- Binary Search - Quick
Sort - Merge Sort.

Practical Component: CO-2


BTL-3
1. Write a Program to solve the Traveling Salesmen Problem and
Knapsack Problem
2. Implement the Binary Search and quick Sort using divide and conquer
approach and analyse its complexity
Suggested reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs20
MODULE 3: GREEDY APPROACH AND DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING (9L+6P)

Greedy Approach- An activity-selection problem, Huffman codes. Dynamic


Programming– Matrix-chain multiplication-- Optimal Binary Search Algorithms-
Amortized Analysis-Dynamic tables.

Suggested Activities: CO-3


1. Write a source code for activity-selection problem using Greedy BTL-3
approach
2. Implement Matrix-chain multiplication using dynamic programming
approach
Suggested reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs20

MODULE 4: GRAPH ALGORITHMS


(9L+6P)
CO-4
Representing Graphs-Breadth First Search (BFS)-Depth First Search (DFS)- BTL-3
Single source shortest-path-Dijkstra’s algorithm-All pair shortest-path
algorithm- Floyds and Warshalls algorithm -Minimum cost spanning tree-
Prim’s algorithm-and Kruskal’s algorithm.

Practical Component:
1. Write a Program to solve the Single source shortest path algorithm
and Analyse its complexity
2. Build a source code for solving the All source shortest path algorithm
3. Implement Minimum spanning tree algorithm and analyze its
complexity
Suggested reading :https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs20

MODULE 5: BACK TRACKING AND APPROXIMATION ALGORITHM (9L+6P)

Back tracking:- 8 Queens - Hamiltonian Circuit Problem - Branch and Bound -


Assignment Problem - Knapsack Problem: Intractability: NP completeness-
Approximation algorithms for NP-hard problems – Travelling salesman
problem -Randomization and linear programming

Practical Component:

1. Write a Program to solve 8 Queens problem


2. Implement Approximation algorithms for solving Knapsack problem CO-5
and analyze its complexity BTL-3
Suggested reading:
https://www.edutechlearners.com/design-analysis-algorithms.

TEXT BOOKS
1 Thomas H.Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, “Introduction to
. Algorithms”, Third Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2012.

2 Rajesh K. Shukla ,”Analysis and Design of Algorithms: A Beginner's Approach” ,Wiley


. Publisher,2015

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Third Edition, Pearson
Education, 2017.

2 Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”,
Pearson Education, Reprint 2006.

Donald E. Knuth, “The Art of Computer Programming”, Volumes 1&3 Pearson Education,
3
2009. Steven S. Skiena, “The Algorithm Design Manual”, Second Edition, Springer, 2008.
E BOOKS
1
https://www.edutechlearners.com/design-analysis-algorithms
.
https://dl.ebooksworld.ir/books/
2 Introduction.to.Algorithms.4th.Leiserson.Stein.Rivest.Cormen.MIT.Press.9780262046305
.EBooksWorld.ir.pdf
MOOC
1 https://www.edutechlearners.com/design-analysis-algorithms.
.

COURSE
COMPUTER NETWORKS CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE ECS5101 COURSE
PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE 1 CATEGORY
LEARNI
APPROVAL
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM NG BTL-3
DETAILS
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Surprise
Test / Quiz
End Semester
etc., as
Examination
Seminar/ approved
First Second
Assignme by the Attenda
Periodical Periodical
nts/ Department nce
Assessment Assessment
Project Examinatio
PRACTIC
n THEORY
AL
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
This course focuses on interconnecting computers to share data and resources.
Course The theoretical models, concepts and real-time implementations behind
Description networking were included.

1. To learn the functions of computer networks and various layered


architectures
2. To comprehend physical and data link layer protocols and functionalities.
Course
Objectives
3. To elaborate Network Layer functionalities.
4. To learn the transport layer protocols and functionalities.
5. To learn the application layer protocols and functionalities.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Identify the protocols running on various OSI layers.


2. Illustrate the various flow and error control techniques and identify the
Course
best method for efficient data transmission.
Outcomes
3. Analyse various routing algorithms and apply subnetting for a network.
4. Implement simple client-server applications using TCP and UDP
5. Identify the various application layer protocols and the appropriate
application.

Prerequisites: NIL

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PS PS
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 O2 O3
CO-1 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1

CO-2 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1

CO-3 3 3 2 2 2 2 -- 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO-4 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO-5 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated


MODULE 1: DATA COMMUNICATIONS (9L +6P)
omponents – Direction of Data flow – networks – Components and Categories CO-1
– types of Connections – Topologies –Protocols and Standards – ISO / OSI
model – Transmission Media – Coaxial Cable – Fiber Optics – Line Coding – BTL-3
Modems.
Suggested Reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105080/
Lab Experiment:
1. Make use of commands such as tcpdump, netstat, ifconfig, nslookup
and traceroute. Capture ping and trace route PDUs using a network
protocol analyzer and examine the output.
2. Develop a client – Server application for chat.
Software Required: Telnet GCC, Packet Tracer

MODULE 2: PHYSICAL LAYER AND DATA LINK LAYER (9L+6P)


Error – detection and correction – Parity – LRC – CRC – Hamming code –
Flow Control and Error control - stop and wait – ARQ – selective repeat ARQ-
sliding window – HDLC. Ethernet IEEE 802.3 - IEEE 802.11
Suggested Reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106091/
Lab Experiment:
1. Simulation of ARP / RARP. CO-2
2. Write a program that takes a binary file as input and performs bit BTL-3
stuffing and CRC Computation
3. Create a LAN with 5 nodes an interconnect with a switch. Assign the
nodes and the router with appropriate IP addresses of your choice.
Also, Check the connectivity with ping.
Software Required: Telnet GCC, Packet Tracer
MODULE 3: NETWORK LAYER
(9L+6P)
Internetworks – Packet Switching and Datagram approach – IP addressing
methods – Subnetting – Routing – Distance Vector Routing – Link State
Routing – Broadcast and Multicast routing
Suggested Reading: nptel.ac.in/courses/106105084/6
Lab Experiment:
CO-3
1. Simulation of Sliding-Window protocol BTL-3
2. Simulation of BGP / OSPF routing protocol
3. Create two LAN and interconnect LAN using routers. Assign the nodes
and the router with appropriate IP addresses of your choice.
Software Required: Telnet GCC

MODULE 4:TRANSPORT LAYER (9L+6P)


Duties of transport layer – Multiplexing – Demultiplexing – Sockets – User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) – Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) –
Congestion Control – Quality of services (QOS)

Suggested Reading: nptel.ac.in/courses/106105082/35


CO-4
Lab Experiment:
BTL-3
1. Develop a client that contacts a given DNS Server to resolve a given
host name
2. Write a client to download a file from a HTTP Server.
Software Required: Telnet GCC

MODULE 5: APPLICATION LAYER (9L+6P)


Introduction to Sockets - Application Layer protocols: HTTP – FTP – Email
protocols (SMTP - POP3 - IMAP - MIME) – DNS – SNMP –DHCP-RIP

Suggested Reading: nptel.ac.in/courses/106105080/32


Lab Experiment:
1. Study of Network Simulators like NS2/Glomosim / OPNET
2. Use a tool like Wireshark to capture packets and examine the packets CO-5
Software Required: Telnet GCC, Wireshark BTL-3
TEXT BOOKS
1 Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking with TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Sixth
. Edition TMH, 2022

2 James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach Featuring the
. Internet, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education, 2021.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring
the Internet”, 5th Ed., Pearson Education, 2013.

2 L.Peterson and Peter S. Davie, “Computer Networks”, 5th Ed., Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.

3 Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall, 2011.


4 William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, 8th Ed., Pearson, 2007.
5 William Stallings, “Cryptography And Network Security – Principles and Practices”, Prentice
Hall of India, Fourth Edition, 2005
E BOOKS
1 https://ia800400.us.archive.org/31/items/Data.Communications.and.Networking.5th.Edition/
. Data.Communications.and.Networking.5th.Edition.pdf
MOOC
1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/fundamentals-network-communications/
.
2 https://www.udemy.com/computer-networks-course-networking-basics/

COURSE
DESIGN PROJECT-2 CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51802 EEC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-6
CODE CATEGORY
37 th ACM LEARNIN
Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL-4
20.1.2023 G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

First Review Second Review Third Review Project Report & Viva Voce

20% 20% 10% 50%


This course provides the student significant design experience with the knowledge and skills
Course
required to analyse the real time problem statement. This course provides an exposure to
Description
emulate a typical professional development of solution as a team. Appropriate Simulation
tools to be used in the execution of the design methodology. The resources and team
management skills are utilised to develop an innovative, economic solution to the selected
problem
The course will enable the students to:
Explore the literature study and report preparation skills
Course
Demonstrate project identification and execution of feasible solution to address the problem
Objective
statement
Elucidate the communication and team management skills
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Course Identify a real-time problem by intensive literature survey
Outcome Selection of appropriate methodology by using modern tools
Design & analyse the solution through appropriate Measurements and calculations
Prerequisites: Design Project-1

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO- PO PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO - PO- PO- PSO PSO PSO
-1 2 -3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 -1 -2 -3
CO-
3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1
1
CO-
3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1
2
CO-
3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1
3

Weightage of Assessment:

Review / Examination Scheme Weightage

First Review 20%

Second Review 20%

Third Review 10%

End Semester Viva Voce 50%

A committee will be constituted by the HoD for Review process

Assessment Rubrics
Parameter Weightage (%)

Title & Objectives 5.0


Review of Literature (RL) 10.0
Design / Implementation 10.0
Methodology 5.0
Planning of Project Work 5.0
Testing Environment / Test Cases 5.0

Analytical thinking* 5.0


Technical Knowledge* 5.0
Presentation* 10.0

Demonstration* 5.0

Individual Roles Distribution* (Individual


5.0
Objectives in the project work)

Individual Contributions* (Towards the


5.0
individual objectives in the project work)

Deliverables 5.0
Team- work 10.0

Report / Thesis 5.0


Peer Assessment* 5.0

* - Attributes for individual contribution.

EVALUATION PARAMETERS FOR ASSESSMENT


To be followed same as approved for Design project 1

SEMESTER V

COURSE
THEORY OF COMPUTATION CREDITS 4
TITLE
COURSE COURSE L-T-P-
ECS51012 PC 3-1-0-2
CODE CATEGORY S
LEAR
APPROVAL
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM NING BTL-3
DETAILS
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Observation /
First Second Practical
lab records Attend End Semester
Periodical Periodical Assessm
as approved ance Examination
Assessment Assessment ents
by the
Department
Examination PRACTI
THEORY
Committee CAL
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
This course introduces the theory of computation through a set of abstract
Course machines that serve as models for computation - finite automata, pushdown
Description automata, and Turing machines and examines the relationship between these
automata and formal languages.

1. To introduce different types of automata.


2. To design a Regular expression.
Course
3. To write context free grammars.
Objectives
4. To design a Turing machine.
To determine the undecidability of a problem.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Apply formal proof techniques and design finite automata.

2. Build Regular Languages and Construct Minimized Automata for Regular


Course Languages.
Outcomes 3. Write Context Free Grammar and Design PDA for the Grammar

4. Design Turing machine and identify recursively enumerable language.

5. Determine the undecidability of a problem and identify class P and NP


problems.
Prerequisites: NIL

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
PO P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Cos O1
1 O2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 O1 O2 O3
0
CO-1 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - -

CO-2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - -

CO-3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - -

CO-4 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 1

CO-5 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 1
1 – WeaklyCorrelated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated
MODULE 1: AUTOMATA INTRODUCTION (12)

Introduction to Formal Proof, Additional Forms of Proof, Inductive Proofs, Finite


Automata (FA), Deterministic Finite Automata (DFA), Non-Deterministic Finite CO-1
Automata (NFA), Finite Automata with Epsilon Transitions.
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs34/unit?
unit=7&lesson=10

MODULE 2: REGULAR EXPRESSIONS AND LANGUAGES (12)


Regular Expression - FA and Regular Expressions- RE To NFA, NFA To RE-, CO-2
RE To DFA, DFA To RE, Proving Languages Not to Be Regular, Closure
Properties Of RL, Equivalence and Minimization of Automata.
BTL-3
Suggested Reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs34/unit?
unit=15&lesson=21
MODULE 3: CONTEXT FREE GRAMMAR AND LANGUAGES (12)
Introduction to Context Free Grammar- Parse Trees- Ambiguity in Grammars
and Languages- Definition of the Pushdown Automata- Languages of A
Pushdown Automata- Equivalence Of Pushdown Automata and CFG- CO-3
Determinisic Pushdown Automata BTL-3
Suggested Reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs34/unit?
unit=32&lesson=38
MODULE 4: NORMAL FORMS AND TURING MACHINE (12)
Normal Forms for CFG - Pumping Lemma for CFL- Closure Properties of CFL-
Introduction of Turing Machine- Programming Techniques for Turing Machine. CO-4
Suggested Reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs34/unit? BTL-3
unit=50&lesson=53
MODULE 5: COMPUTATIONAL COMPLEXITY (12)
Recursively Enumerable and Non-Recursively Enumerable Languages -
Diagonalization Language- Undecidable Problem that is RE- Undecidable
Problem About Turing Machine- Rice Theorem- Post’s Correspondence
Problem- Church Turing Thesis- The Classes Of P And NP, NP Complete and
NP Hard Problems.

Suggested Reading: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs34/unit?


unit=58&lesson=61
CO-5
MINI PROJECT/FIELD WORK
BTL-3
Model A Turing Machine with Memory.

TEXT BOOKS
1 J.E. Hopcroft, R.Motwani and J.D.Ullman, “Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and
. Computations”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
Michael Sipser ,”Introduction to the Theory of Computation”, Cengage India Private Limited,
2 2014

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 H.R. Lewis and C.H. Papadimitriou, “Elements of the theory of Computation”, Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

2 J.Martin, “Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation”, Third Edition, TMH,2003.

3 Micheal Sipser, “Introduction of the Theory and Computation”, Thomson Brokecole, 2013.

K.Krithivasan and R.Rama, Introduction to Formal Languages, Automata and Computation,


4 Pearson Education, 2009.

E- BOOKS
1 https://cglab.ca/~michiel/TheoryOfComputation/TheoryOfComputation.pdf /
MOOC
1 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_cs14
.

COURSE
PUBLIC SPEAKING CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE
COURSE
GGGG1005 CATEGOR HS L-T-P-S 1–0–1–1
CODE
Y
LEARNI
APPROVA 35th ACM - 6th
VERSION 1.0 NG BTL-3
L DETAILS Aug. 2022
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Observation /
End Semester
lab records
Examination
First as approved
Second Practical
Periodical by the Attenda
Periodical Assessm
Assessme Department nce
Assessment ents
nt Examination
THEOR PRACTI
Committee
Y CAL
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%


This course is an introduction to speech communication that emphasises the
practical skill of public speaking, including techniques to lessen speaker anxiety and
Course the use of visual aids to enhance speaker presentations. Civility and ethical speech-
Descriptio making are the foundations of this course. Its goal is to prepare students for success
n in typical public speaking situations and to provide them with the basic principles of
organisation and research needed for effective speeches.

By the end of this course, students will be able to:


1. Develop the ability to critically evaluate speeches by assessing both verbal and
non-verbal elements to effectively analyse their overall effectiveness.
2. Enhance audience analysis skills to understand the preferences, needs, and
characteristics of the target audience and design speeches that align with their
expectations and interests.
3. Acquire the capability to organise speeches in a manner that achieves specific
Course
objectives, such as providing informative content, persuasive arguments, or fulfilling
Objectives
the unique requirements of special occasions.
4. Master the application of presentation aids to complement and amplify the impact
of speeches, utilising visual, auditory, or other supportive tools to enhance
engagement and comprehension.
5. Develop proficient research skills by critically analysing and interpreting diverse
and relevant sources of information on a wide range of topics to bolster the credibility
and depth of the speeches.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Evaluate speeches based on a variety of verbal and non-verbal criteria.
2. Analyse the audience and design speeches to reflect the analysis.
Course
3. Organise the speech that informs, persuades, or fulfils the needs of a special
Outcomes
occasion.
4. Apply the presentation aids to enhance the speech.
5. Analyse meaningful research on a variety of topics.

Prerequisites: Plus Two English-Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3

CO-1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -

CO-2 - - - - - - - -- 3 - 2 - - -
CO-3 - - - - - - - -- 2 3 -- 2 - - -

CO-4 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - 2 - - -

CO-5 - - - - - - - -- 2 3 -- 2 - - -

1 – WeaklyCorrelated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated


MODULE 1 : Introduction to Public Speaking and Speech Evaluation (3 Hrs.)
Introduction – What is public speaking? – Different kinds of speeches –
Mastery of language – Criteria for Evaluating Speeches-Awareness to CO-1
strategies – Evaluating Verbal Criteria– Adapting Speech to Audience and BTL-2
Context
Speaking Skills (Activities): Self-Introduction- Speak for 60 seconds
MODULE 2 : Analyzing the Audience and Designing Speeches (3 Hrs.)
Public Speaking and Audience Analysis- Acquire knowledge – Skill in real life
presentation – Techniques for Conducting Audience Analysis– Adapting
Speech Content- Visual aids – Ethical Considerations in Audience Analysis CO-2
and Speech Design BTL-3
Speaking Skills (Activities): Group Discussions and Team Presentation-Role
Plays -Monologues- Recitations
MODULE 3 : Art Of Speaking (3 hrs.)
Organizing Speeches for Information, Persuasion, and Special Occasions- Art
of speech – Organizational Structures for Informative Speeches– Adapting
Speech Organization to Special Occasions - Visual and Verbal Techniques for CO-3
Speech Organization- To have self-confidence – Humour – Anecdotes – BTL-3
Personal experiences – knowledge on current events
Speaking Skills (Activities): Group Debates - Impromptu Speaking
MODULE 4 : Applying Presentation Aids to Enhance Speeches (3 hrs.)
Public Speaking and Presentation Aids- Types of Presentation Aids- Designing
and Creating Effective Visual Aids- Incorporating Audio and Physical Aids-
Delivering method – Involvement – Organization – Planning and designing CO-4
meticulously- Presenting with Presentation Aids BTL-3
Speaking Skills (Activities): Master of Ceremony-Group Activities and Open
Discussion
MODULE 5 : Delivery And Execution (3
hrs.)
Preparation – Purpose of the Speech - Selecting the subject – Making an
outline – Research Analysis Methods for Informative Speeches -Gathering
materials – Critical Thinking and Research Ethics– Time Management – CO-5
Rehearsing BTL-4
Speaking Skills (Activities): On the spot topic speech for 5 minutes-Mock
Interviews – Panel sessions

TEXT BOOKS
Carnegie, Dale and Esenwein, J. Berg. The Art Of Public Speaking. Rupa Publications
1. India, 2018

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Peale, Norman Vincent. The Power of Positive Thinking, Fingerprint Publishing, 2017

2 Carnegie, Dale. The Art of Public Speaking, Mittal Books Publishing House, 2015

E- BOOKS
1 https://www.managementhelp.org/public-speaking
2 https://gtu.ge/Agro-Lib/successful-public-speaking.pdf
MOOC
1 https://www.coursera.org/learn/public-speaking
.
2 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_hs134/preview

COURSE
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51013 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNI
APPROVAL
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM NG BTL-3
DETAILS
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Observation /
End Semester
lab records
Examination
as approved
First Second Practical
by the Attenda
Periodical Periodical Assessm
Department nce
Assessment Assessment ents
Examination
THEOR PRACTI
Committee
Y CAL
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course This course introduces the principles of computer organization and the basic
Description architecture concepts.

1. Recall the basic structure and operation of a computer system.


2. Familiarize with arithmetic and logic unit and implementation of
different arithmetic operations.
Course 3. Explain the concept of pipelining and parallelism.
Objectives 4. Know the difference between Cache and Virtual memory and related
performance issues.
5. Demonstrate different ways of communicating with I/O devices and standard
I/O interfaces.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Recall the basic structure and operation of a computer


system.
2. Familiarize with arithmetic and logic unit and implementation of
Course different arithmetic operations.
Outcomes 3. Explain the concept of pipelining and parallelism.
4. Know the difference between Cache and Virtual memory and related
performance issues.
5. Demonstrate different ways of communicating with I/O devices and
standard I/O interfaces.
Prerequisites: NIL

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Cos O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 O1 O2 O3
12

CO-1 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - 2 2 1 1 3

CO-2 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - 2 2 1 1 3

CO-3 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - 2 2 1 1 3
CO-4 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - 2 2 1 1 3

CO-5 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - 2 2 1 1 3

1 – WeaklyCorrelated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated


MODULE 1: COMPUTER TECHNOLOGIES (6L+3P)
Eight ideas – Components of a computer system – Technology – Performance
– Power wall –Uniprocessors to multiprocessors; Instructions – operations and
operands – representing instructions – Addressing and addressing modes.

Practical Component: CO-1

1. Practise onGNU Simulator 8085 BTL-3


2. Study the complete instruction set of 8085 and write the instructions in
the instruction set of 8085 along with examples.

Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102062/1


MODULE 2: ARITHMETIC FOR COMPUTERS (6L+3P)
ALU - Integer Addition, Integer Subtraction, Dealing/Detecting with Overflow -
Designing ALU for MIPS, Multiplication- Multiply Algorithm-Optimized Multiplier-
Faster Multiplier, Division-Divide Algorithm-Optimized Divider – Floating Point
operations-Standard- IEEE Floating-Point Format.

Practical Component:
CO-2
1. Write an assembly language code in GNUsim8085 to implement data BTL-3
transfer instruction.
2. Write an assembly language code in GNUsim8085 to store numbers in
reverse order in memory location.

Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102062/4


MODULE 3: MIPS & PIPELINING (6L+3P)
Basic MIPS implementation – Building data path – Control Implementation
scheme – Pipelining – Pipelined data path and control – Handling Data hazards
& Control hazards – Exceptions.

Practical Component: CO-3


1. Write an assembly language code in GNUsim8085 to implement BTL-3
arithmetic instruction.
2. Write an assembly language code in GNUsim8085 to add two numbers
using lxi instruction
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102062/22
MODULE 4 - INSTRUCTION-LEVEL PARALLELISM (6L+3P)
Instruction-level-parallelism – Parallel processing challenges – Flynn's
classification – Hardware multithreading – Multicore processors.

Practical Component:
CO-4
1. Write an assembly language code in GNUsim8085 to add two 8 bit BTL-3
numbers stored in memory and also storing the carry.
2. Write an assembly language code in GNUsim8085 to find the factorial
of a number.
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102062/24
MODULE 5 – MEMORY AND I/O (6L+3P)
Memory hierarchy - Cache Memory - Virtual memory, TLBs - Input/output
system, programmed I/O, DMA and interrupts, I/O processors.
Practical Component:

1. Write an assembly language code in GNUsim8085 to implement logical


instructions.
2. Write an assembly language code in GNUsim8085 to implement stack
and branch instructions. CO-5
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102062/29 BTL-3

TEXT BOOKS
David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, “Computer organization and design’, Morgan
1. Kaufmann / Elsevier, Fifth edition, 2013.

William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture”, Tenth Edition, Pearson


2 Education, 2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS
V.Carl Hamacher, Zvonko G. Varanesic and Safat G. Zaky, “Computer Organisation”, VI th
1. edition, Mc Graw-Hill Inc, 2012.

Vincent P. Heuring, Harry F. Jordan, “Computer System Architecture”, Second Edition,


2 Pearson Education, 2005.

E- BOOKS
https://theswissbay.ch/pdf/Books/Computer%20science/Computer%20Organization%20and
1 %20Design-%20The%20HW_SW%20Inteface%205th%20edition%20-%20David%20A.
%20Patterson%20%26%20John%20L.%20Hennessy.pdf
https://inspirit.net.in/books/academic/Computer%20Organisation%20and%20Architecture
2
%208e%20by%20William%20Stallings.pdf
MOOC
1 https://www.mooc-list.com/course/computer-architecture-coursera
.
2 https://www.mooc-list.com/course/fundamentals-computer-architecture-coursera

COURSE
MACHINE LEARNING CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
CODE
EAL51006 CATEGORY
PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2

Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL- 3
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
ESE
Seminar/
First Second Pr
Assignments/ Surprise Attendanc
Periodical Periodical act
Project / Test / Quiz e Theory
Assessment Assessment ica
Practical
l
25
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25%
%
Machine learning is an area of artificial intelligence and computer science that
Course comprises supervised and unsupervised learning and includes the development
Description of software and algorithms that can make predictions based on data. Machine
learning is utilized across various industries.
Course The course should enable the students
Objective 1. To learn the basic theory underlying machine learning.
2. To be able to formulate machine learning problems corresponding to
different applications.
3. To elaborate a range of machine learning algorithms along with their
strengths and weaknesses.
4. To be able to apply machine learning algorithms to solve problems of
moderate complexity.
To apply the algorithms to a real-world problem, optimize the models
learned and report on the expected accuracy that can be achieved by
applying the models.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Analyze different ML algorithms for as regression models and best fits.
2. Apply multiple linear regression with and without random data.
Course 3. Apprise Classification and neural networks using the various machine
Outcome learning algorithms.
4. Learn algorithmic topics of machine learning clustering techniques
mathematically enough to gain the required knowledge.
5.Implement and analyse PCA, Bagging, Boosting and DBSCAN.
Prerequisites: C and C++ Programming Language
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P
PS PS
CO - PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO - PO PO- S
O- O-
PO -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 10 -11 12 O
1 3
-2
CO- 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
1
CO- 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
2
CO- 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
3

CO- 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
4
CO- 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: SIMPLE LINEAR REGRESSION (6L+
3P=9)
Introduction, Supervised learning, Regression, Regression examples, Regression
models, Steps in regression analysis, Linear regression, Simple linear regression,
Least squares estimation, Least squares regression-Line of best fit, Illustration,
Direct regression method, Maximum likelihood estimation, Matrix approach,
Regression assumptions and model properties, Coefficient of determination (R-
squared), Example, Testing for significance, Testing hypothesis in simple linear
regression, Illustration, Checking model adequacy, Over-fitting, Detecting over-fit
models: Cross validation, Cross validation: The ideal procedure, Logistic CO-1
regression. BTL-3
Lab Experiment:
Exercise 1: Linear Regression
Exercise 2: Best Fit for LR
Exercise 3: Logistic Regression
Software Required: Python, scikit-learn
MODULE 2: MULTIPLE REGRESSION AND MODEL BUILDING (6L+ 3P=9)
Introduction, Ordinary least squares estimation for multiple linear regression,
Multiple linear regression model building, Partial correlation and regression model
building, Multiple linear regression model, Interpretation of multiple linear
regression coefficients-Partial regression coefficients, Standardized regression
coefficients, Missing data, Validation of multiple regression model, Coefficient of
multiple determination (R-Squared), Adjusted R-squared, Statistical significance of
individual variables in multiple linear regression: t-Test. CO-2
Lab Experiment: BTL-3
Exercise 4: Logistic Regression - New Product Purchase Dataset
Exercise 5: Multiple Linear Regression
Exercise 6: Multiple Linear Regression Using Random Data
Software Required: Python, scikit-learn

INTRODUCTION TO CLASSIFICATION & CLASSIFICATION


MODULE 3:
ALGORITHMS (6L+ 3P=9)
Preamble: Machine learning, To classify faces and expressions, Introduction, ML
classifier, Classification and general approach, Classification algorithms, Instance
based learning, K-Nearest neighbour, Decision trees, Attribute selection measure:
Information gain, ID3 algorithm, Decision tree: weekend example, Converting a
tree to rules, Bayesian algorithms, Ensemble, Stories of success, Why ensemble
works? Ensemble of classifiers, Bagging, Boosting, Random forests, Neural
networks, Activation functions, Feedforward neural network, multi-layer
perceptron, Backprop algorithm, Recurrent or feedback architecture, Perceptron
rule, Gradient-descent (training examples, η), Multilayer networks and back CO-3
propagation algorithm, Support vector machine, Classification model evaluation BTL-3
and selection, ROC curves, Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA).
Lab Experiment:
Exercise 7: KNN Accuracy Prediction
Exercise 8: KNN algorithm implementation on Breast Cancer Data
Exercise 9: KNN algorithm implementation with random value and its power
calculation
Software Required: Python, scikit-learn

MODULE 4: CLUSTERING TECHNIQUES (6L+ 3P=9)


Clustering, Clustering algorithms, More common clustering situation, Statistics CO-4
associated with cluster analysis, General applications of clustering, Clustering as BTL-3
a pre-processing tool, Hard vs. soft clustering, Similarity and dissimilarity between
objects, Type of data in clustering analysis, Binary variables, Nominal variables,
Ordinal variables, Major clustering approaches, Types of clusters, Cluster centroid
and distances, Hierarchical clustering, Hierarchical Agglomerative Clustering
(HAC), Hierarchical Agglomerative Clustering: Linkage method, Hierarchical
Agglomerative Clustering: Variance and Centroid method, Cluster distance
measures, Single link agglomerative clustering, Complete-link clustering, Average-
link clustering, Other agglomerative clustering methods, Distance between two
clusters, Hierarchical clustering: Time and Space requirements, K - means
clustering, Importance of choosing initial centroids, The K-medoids clustering
method, PAM (Partitioning Around Medoids), CLARA (Clustering Large
Applications), CLARANS (Randomized CLARA), Density based clustering
methods, DBSCAN: Density Based Spatial Clustering of Applications with Noise,
When DBSCAN Does NOT Work Well, External criteria for clustering quality,
Different aspects of cluster validation, Measures of cluster validity, Measuring
cluster validity via correlation, Using similarity matrix for cluster validation, Internal
measures: SSE, Framework for cluster validity, Internal measures: Cohesion and
Separation, Internal measures: Silhouette coefficient.
Lab Experiment:
Exercise 10: Implement a Decision Tree using Balance Scale Dataset
Exercise 11: Implement Naïve Bayes Classification Using iris data
Exercise 12: Implement Support vector machine using random dataset
Software Required: Python, scikit-learn

MODULE 5: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL (6L+ 3P=9)


Information retrieval: introduction, Information retrieval process, Information
retrieval architecture, how do we represent document? Information retrieval
models, Similarity metric, Term weighting, Retrieval in vector space model,
constructing inverted index (word counting), Stop words removal, Stemming, Text
document clustering, Agglomerative vs. divisive, Impact of cluster distance
measure, Buckshot clustering, Issues related to cosine similarity, Validity of
document clusters, Text datasets, Experimental evaluation.
Lab Experiment: CO-5
Exercise 13: Implement Principal component analysis with Wine dataset BTL- 3
Exercise 14: Implement Bagging using Sonar Dataset
Exercise 15: Implement Boosting using Mushroom Dataset and AdaBoost
Classifier
Exercise 16: DBSCAN with credit card Dataset
Software Required: Python, scikit-learn
TEXTBOOKS
1 Machine Learning (IBM ICE Publications).

COURSE
JAVA PROGRAMMING CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51014 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNI
APPROVAL
VERSION 1.0 36th ACM NG BTL-3
DETAILS
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Observation /
End Semester
lab records
Examination
First as approved
Second Practical
Periodical by the Attenda
Periodical Assessm
Assessme Department nce
Assessment ents
nt Examination
THEOR PRACTI
Committee
Y CAL
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%


This course introduces computer programming using the JAVA programming
Course language with object-oriented programming principles. Emphasis is placed on event-
Descriptio driven programming methods, including creating and manipulating objects, classes,
n and using object-oriented tools such as the class debugger.
1. To solve low complexity problems using Java code.
2. To solve medium complexity problems using OO Features in Java.
Course 3. Awareness about Exception Handling in Java.
Objectives 4. To develop Multi-Threaded Java Applications.
5. To solve IO Related Problems using Java Stream Classes.
6. To learn about GUI based applications using Applets and AWT.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Apply Java based code for solving low complexity problems


Course 2. Utilize Object Oriented Features in Java for solving medium complexity
Outcome problems.
3. Exploit Exception Handling Feature in Java.
4. Develop Multi-Threaded Java Applications.
5. Develop GUI based applications using Applet and AWT
Prerequisites: C and C++ Programming Language

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PS S
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 O2 O
3
CO-1 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO-2 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO-3 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO-4 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

CO-5 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

1 – WeaklyCorrelated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO JAVA and OOP (6L+3P)


Object-Oriented Languages: Introduction to Java - Importance of Java for the
Internet - Byte-code and its Features, Object-Oriented Programming in Java,
Java Program Structure and Java Class Library - Data Types - Variables and
Operators - Operator Precedence - Selection Statements - Iterative Statement,
Defining Classes & Methods – Constructors - Creating Objects of a Class -
Assigning object Reference Variables - ‘this’ Keyword - Automatic Garbage
Collection. Arrays: Declaration and usage of Arrays - Arrays of Characters,
String: String as a class - String Handling Using String Class - Operations on
String. CO-1

Practical Component: BTL-3

Software: Java

1. Write a program to read N numbers and find the largest and smallest
numbers.
2. Write a program to read an email as input and verify whether the email
is in the correct format (***@***.**) using String functions
Write a program to display total marks of 5 students using student class. Given
the following attributes: Regno(int), Name(string), Marks in subjects(Integer
Array), Total (int).
MODULE 2: INHERITANCE, PACKAGES AND INTERFACE(3L+3P)
Inheritance - Inheriting Classes- Type of Inheritance, Polymorphism - CO-2
Overloading – Over riding, Abstract Classes - Access Modifier: Final. BTL-3
Package - Understanding Packages - Defining a package - Packaging up
multiple classes - Importing and Using Packages - Understanding
CLASSPATH - Standard Packages - Access Protection in Packages, Scope of
Variable - Access specifiers - Using Inbuilt packages.

Interfaces - Declaring Interfaces - Implementing Interfaces - Using inbuilt


interfaces.

Practical Component:

Software: Java

1. Write a program to create a player class. Inherit the classes


Cricket_player, Football_player and Hockey_player form player class.
2. Write a program to show how a class implements two interfaces.
Write a program to create a package for Book details giving Book Name,
Author Name, Price, year of publishing
MODULE 3: EXCEPTION HANDLING AND MULTITHREADING
(6L+3P)
Exception Handling - The concept of Exceptions in Java - Types of Exceptions -
Exception Objects - Try - Catch and Finally blocks - Multiple Catch blocks -
Understanding ‘Throws’ and ‘Throw‘ - Defining Your Own Exceptions.

Multithreading Programming - The Java Thread Model, Understanding Threads


- The Main Thread - Creating a Thread - Creating Multiple Threads - Thread
Priorities – Synchronization - Inter thread communication - Deadlocks.
CO-3
Practical Component: BTL-3

Software: Java

1. Write a Java program to catch more than one exception.


2. Write a Java program for generating two threads, one for printing even
umbers and other for printing odd numbers.
Write a Java program for producer and consumer problem using Thread.
MODULE 4: INPUT/OUTPUT STREAMS (6L+3P=6)
Input/Output in Java - I/O Basic - Byte Streams - Character Streams- Stream
Chaining – Reading and writing to Console - Reading and Writing on Files -
Special Streams – Input Stream Reader and Output Stream Writer – Pushback
Input Streams.

Practical Component: CO-4


BTL-3
Software: Java

1.Write a java program to copy the contents of one file to another file.

2.Write a Java program to read input from the standard input and write to a
byte array
MODULE5: WORKING WITH AWT CLASSES SWING, APPLET AND GRAPHICS
(6L+3P)
AWT Classes- AWT Controls - Applet Basics - Applet Architecture - Applet Life
Cycle - Paint and Repaint methods - Swing – Swing Components, Working with
Graphics and Texts - Working with Colours and Font – Event Handling –
Adapter Classes.

Practical Component:

Software: Java CO-5


BTL-3
1.Create an Applet to read the RGB components as input and create an
appropriate colour using the RGB values. Fill a rectangle using the obtained
colour.

2.Create an applet for simple calculator to perform Addition, Subtraction,


Multiplication and Division using Button, label and Text field classes

TEXT BOOKS
Herbert Schildt, “JAVA The Complete Reference”, 10th Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
1. 2017.

Cay S. Horstman and Gary Cornell,“Core Java Volume I—Fundamentals”, 11th Edition,
2 Prentice Hall, 2018.

REFERENCE BOOKS
th
1. Cay Horstman, “Big Java: Early Objects”, 6 Edition, Wiley Publications, 2016
Ken Arnold, James Gosling, and David Holmes, “The Java Programming Language”, 4th
2 edition, Addison-Wesley, 2005.

E- BOOKS
https://zimslifeintcs.files.wordpress.com/2011/12/java-2-the-complete-reference-5th-ed-
1
herbert-schildt.pdf
MOOC
1 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs07/
.
2 https://www.coursera.org/specializations/object-oriented-programming

COURSE
TITLE
IT NETWORK SECURITY CREDITS 3

COURSE COURSE
ECY51005 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL- 3
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
ESE
Seminar/
First Second Pr
Assignments/ Surprise Attendanc
Periodical Periodical Theor act
Project / Test / Quiz e
Assessment Assessment y ica
Practical
l
25
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25%
%
This course will cover some key topics in network and host level security.
The course will begin with an introduction to networking. Students will
get hands on experience with enterprise level networking equipment. It
will be followed by an introduction to network-level attacks and various
Course Défense mechanisms. Students will learn to mount attacks and defend
Description against them using a variety of software tools. The class will then focus on
wireless networking security. Students will learn how to configure, attack,
and defend wireless networks. After that, the class will concentrate on
host-level security. Students will learn to attack and defend common
network services such as DNS, HTTP, SQL, and FTP.
Course The course objective is to in part a fundamental understanding of every
Objective
fact of information security, from the basics to advanced cryptography,
authentication, secure web, email services, and emerging best practices
with security standards.
After completing this course, students should be able to understand the
following:
1. Learn the vulnerabilities of computer networks to attacks by
adversaries and hackers.
2. Evaluate the methods and techniques to defend against these
Course attacks and to minimize their damage.
Outcome 3. Gain knowledge of digital signatures and authentication protocols to
find practical solutions to security issues.
4. Understand and explain the risks faced by computer systems and
networks.
5. Identify and analyze security problems in computer systems and
networks.
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge in Matrices and Linear Algebra
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
PS
CO - PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
O-
PO -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1 O-2
3
CO- 1 1
3 3 - - - - - - 2 - - 3 3
1
CO- 3
3 3 3 - 3 - - - 2 - - 3 3 2
2
CO- 3
3 3 3 - 3 - - - 2 - - 3 3 2
3

CO- 3
3 3 3 - 3 - - - 2 - - 3 3 2
4
CO- 3
3 3 3 - 3 - - - 2 - - 3 3 2
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: NETWORK FUNDAMENTALS & COMMUNICATIONS,LAN/WAN NETWORKS &
NETWORK SECURITY THREATS,VULNERABILITIES AND ATTACKS
Network Fundamentals, Types of Networks, Network Components, CO-1
Standard Network Models, TCP/IP Protocol Stack, IP Addressing Network BTL-3
Fundamentals & Types of Networks, Essential Terminologies, Network
Security Concerns, Why Network Security Concerns Arise, Types of Network
Security Threats, Different Types of network security threats, How does a
Network Security Breach Affect Business Continuity, Types of Network
Security Vulnerabilities: Technological, Types of Network Security
Vulnerabilities : Security Policy, Types of Network Security Attacks,
Reconnaissance Attacks, Reconnaissance Attacks :ICMP Scanning,
Reconnaissance Attacks :DNS Foot printing, Reconnaissance attacks:
Network Information Extraction using Nmap, Reconnaissance Attacks: Port
Scanning, Reconnaissance Attacks: Social Engineering, Access Attacks :
Password Attacks, Password Attack Techniques, Access Attacks : Network
Sniffing, Access Attacks: Man in the Middle Attack, Access Attacks : Replay
Attack, Access Attacks : Privilege Escalation, Access Attacks: DNS Poisoning,
Access Attacks: DNS Cache Poisoning, Access Attacks: ARP Poisoning, Access
Attacks : DHCP Starvation Attacks, Access Attacks : DHCP Spoofing Attack,
Access Attacks : Switch Port Stealing, Access Attacks : MAC
Spoofing/Duplicating, Denial of Service Attack (DOS), Distributed Denial of
Service Attack:(DDoS), Malware Attacks
Lab Experiments:
Exercise 1: Eavesdropping Attacks and its prevention using SSH
Exercise 2: Isolating WLAN traffic using separate firewall for VPN connection
Exercise 3: Virtual private network over WAN
Exercise 4: Managing security in small business network
Software Required: Wireshark is a free and open-source packet analyzer. It
is used for network troubleshooting, analysis, software and
communications protocol development, and education.
Suggested Reading:
https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/introduction-to-networking/

MODULE 2: NETWORK SECURITY CONTROLS, PROTOCOLS, DEVICES & SECURITY POLICY


DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION
Fundamental Elements of Network Security, Network Security Controls, CO-2
Access Control, Access Control Terminology, Access Control Principles, BTL-3
Access Control System: Administrative Access Control, Access Control
System :Physical Access Controls, Access Control System :Technical Access
Controls, Types of Access Control,, User Identification, Authentication,
Authorisation and Accounting,, Types of Authentication :Password
Authentication, Types of Authentication :Two Factor Authentication, Types
of Authentication :Biometrics, Types of Authentication :Smart Card
Authentication, Types of Authentication :Single Sign On (SSO), Types of
Authorisation Systems, Authorisation Principles, Encryption, Symmetric
Encryption, Asymmetric Encryption, Hashing : Data Integrity, Digital
Signatures, Digital Certificates, Public Key Infrastructure (PKI), Public Key
Infrastructure, Network Security Policy, Network Security
Devices :Firewalls, Network Security Devices :Proxy Server, Advantages of
using Proxy Servers, Proxy Tool :Proxy Workbench, Proxy Tools, Network
Security Devices :Honeypot, Advantage of using Honeypots, Honeypot
Tools, Network Security Devices :Intrusion Detection System (IDS), Network
Security Devices :Intrusion Prevention System (IPS), IDS/IPS Solutions,
Network Security Devices :Network Protocol Analyser, Advantages of using
a Network Protocol Analyser, Network Protocol Analyser Tools, Network
Security Devices :Internet Content Filter, Advantages of using Internet
Content Filters, How it works?, Internet Content Filters, Network Security
Devices :Unified Threat Management (UTM), UTM Appliances, Network
Security Devices :Network Access Control (NAC), NAC Solutions,
Demilitarized Zone (DMZ), Virtual Private Network (VPN), Network Security
protocols, RADIUS, TACACS+ ,Difference between RADIUS and TACACS+,
Kerberos, Pretty Good Privacy (PGP), S/MIME, How it Works, Secure HTTP,
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS), Transport Layer Security
(TLS), Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Internet Protocol Security (IP Sec) Security
Policy, Characteristics of a Good Security Policy, Contents of a Security ,Top
5 Human Errors, What is a Security Policy, Hierarchy of a Policy, Typical
Policy Content, Policy Statements, Steps to Create and Implement Security
Policies, Considerations Before Designing a Security Policy, Design of a
Security Policy, Policy Implementation Checklist, Types of Information
Security Policies, Internet Access Policies, Acceptable Use Policy, User
Account Policy, Remote Access Policy, Information Protection Policy,
Firewall Management Policy, Special Access Policy, Network Connection
Policy, Business Partner Policy, Email Security Policy, Password Policy,
Physical Security Policy, Information System Security Policy, Bring Your Own
Devices (BYOD) policy, Software/Application Security Policy, Data Backup
Policy, Confidential Data Policy, Data Classification Policy, Internet Usage
Policy, Server Policy, Wireless Network Policy, Incidence Response
Plan(IRP), User Access Control Policy, Switch Security Policy, Intrusion
Detection and Prevention(IDS/IPS) Policy, Encryption Policy, Router Policy,
Security Policy Training and Awareness, ISO Information Security Standards
-1, ISO Information Security Standards -2,ISO Information Security
Standards -3, ISO/IEC 27001:2013: Information Technology-Security
Techniques-Information Security Management Systems -Requirements,
ISO/IEC 27033: Information technology-Security techniques-Network
security, Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS), Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), Information Security
Acts: Sarbanes Oxley Act (SOX), Information Security Acts :Gramm-Leach-
Bliley Act (GLBA), Information Security Acts : The Digital Millennium
Copyright Act (DMCA) and Federal Information Security Management Act
(FISMA), Indian Information Technology Act.
Lab Experiments:
Exercise 5: Security group policies management
Exercise 6: ICMP Ping for network security
Exercise 7: Wireshark and Tcpdump to analyze malicious network traffic-
Basic
Exercise 8: Wireshark and Tcpdump to analyze malicious network traffic-
Advanced
Suggested Reading:
https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/introduction-to-networking/

MODULE 3: SECURE FIREWALL CONFIGURATION AND MANAGEMENT, IDS


CONFIGURATION AND MANAGEMENT & VPN CONFIGURATION AND MANAGEMENT
Fire walls and concerns, What a Firewalls Does, What Should not be ignored CO-3
:Firewall Limitation, What Should not be ignored :Firewall Limitation, BTL-3
Firewall Rules, Types of firewalls, Firewall Technologies, Firewall
Technologies at OSI Layer, Packet Filtering Firewall, Circuit Level Gateway,
Application Level Firewall, Stateful Multilayer Inspection Firewall, Multilayer
inspection firewall, Application Proxy, Network Address Translation (NAT),
Virtual privates Network, Firewall Topologies, Choosing the correct Firewall
Topology, Building an Appropriate Firewall Ruleset, Blacklist Vs whitelist,
Example : The packet Filter Firewall Ruleset, Implement Firewall Policy,
Periodic Review of Firewall policies, Before Deploying and Implementing a
Firewall, Firewall implementation and Deployment, Planning Firewall
Implementation, Factors to Consider Before Purchasing any firewall
Solution, Configuring firewall Implementation, Testing Firewall
implementation, Deploying and Implementing a Firewall, Managing and
maintaining a Firewall Implementation, Firewall Administration, Firewall
Administration : Deny Unauthorized Public Network Access, Firewall
Administration : Deny Unauthorized Public Network Access, Fire wall
Administrations: Restricting a client’s Access to an External Host, Firewall
Logging, Firewall Logs, Why Firewalls are Bypassed ?, Full Data Traffic
Normalization, Data Stream-based Inspection, Vulnerability-based
Detection and Blocking, Secure Firewall Implementations : Best Practices,
Secure Firewall Implementation : Recommendations, Secure Firewall
Implementation : Do’s and Don’ts, Firewall Analyzer, Firewall Tester: Fire
walk, Wingate, Hard ware Based Firewalls, Software Based Firewalls
Intrusions, General Indications of Intrusions, Intrusion Detection and
Prevention Systems (IDPS), Why do we Need an IDPS?, Role of an IDS in
Network Defense, IDS Functions, What Events does an IDS Examine?, What
an IDS is NOT?, IDS Activities, How does an IDS Work? ,IDS Components, IDS
Components : Network Sensors, IDS Components : Alert Systems, IDS
Components : Command Console, IDS Components : Response System, IDS
Components Attack Signature Database, Intrusion Detection Steps, Types of
IDS Implementations, Approach-based IDS, Anomaly and Misuse Detection
Systems, Behavior-based IDS, Protection-based IDS, Structure-based IDS,
Analysis Timing based IDS, Source Data Analysis based IDS, Staged IDS
Deployment, Deploying Network-based IDS, Deploying Network-based IDS,
Deploying a Host-based IDS, Types of IDS Alerts, Dealing with a False
Positive, What Should Be the Acceptable Level of False Alarms, Calculating
False Positive and False Negative Rates, Dealing with a False Negative,
Excluding False Positive Alerts using Cisco Secure IPS, Characteristics of a
Good IDS,IDS Mistakes to Avoid, IPS Technologies, IPS Placement, IPS
Functions, What Does an IPS do?, IDS VSIPS, Types of an IPS, Network-
Based IPS, Network-Based IPS: Security Capabilities ,Placement of IPS
Sensors, Host –Based IPS, Host –Based IPS Architecture, Wireless IPS,
Wireless IPS : Network Architecture, Wireless IPS : Security Capabilities,
Wireless IPS : Security Capabilities, Wireless IPS : Management, Network
Behavior Analysis (NBA) System, NBA Components and Sensor Locations,
NBA Security Capabilities, IDPS Product Selection, IDPS Product Selection
General Requirements, IDPS Product Selection : Security Capability
Requirements, IDPS Product Selection: Performance Requirements, IDPS
Product Selection : Management Requirements, IDPS Product Selection :
Life Cycle Costs, Complementing an IDS, Vulnerability Analysis or
Assessment Systems, Advantages & Disadvantages of a Vulnerability
Analysis, File Integrity Checkers, Honey Pot & Padded Cell Systems, File
Integrity Checkers, Honey Pot and Padded Cell System Tools, IDS
Evaluation : Snort, IDS/IPS Solutions Understanding a Virtual Private
Network (VPN), How VPN Works?, Why Establish VPN?, VPN Components,
VPN Concentrators, Functions of a VPN Concentrator, Client-to-Site
(Remote-access) VPNs, Site-to-Site VPNs, Hardware VPNs, Hardware VPN
Products, Software VPNs, Software VPN Products, Selecting an Appropriate
VPN, VPN Core Functionality: Encapsulation, VPN Core Functionality
Encryption, VPN Core Functionality: Authentication, VPN Technologies,
Hub-and-Spoke VPN Topology, Point-to-Point VPN Topology, Full Mesh VPN
Topology, Star Topology, VPN Concerns: VPN Fingerprinting, VPN Concerns:
Insecure Storage of Authentication Credentials, VPN Concerns: Username
Enumeration Vulnerabilities, VPN Concerns: Offline Password Cracking, VPN
Concerns: Man-in-the-Middle Attacks, VPN Concerns: Lack of Account
Lockout, VPN Concerns: Poor Default Configurations, VPN Concerns: Poor
Guidance and Documentation, VPN Security: Firewalls, VPN Security: IP sec
Server, VPN Security: AAA Server, VPN Security: Radius, Improving VPN
Speed, Quality of Service (QoS) in VPNs, SLAs for a VPN, VPN Service
Providers, Auditing and Testing the VPN, Auditing and Testing the VPN, Best
Security Practices for VPN Configuration, Recommendations for VPN
Connections
Lab Experiments:
Exercise 9: Wireshark and Tcpdump to analyze malicious network traffic-
Pro operations Exercise 10: Network scanning with the help of NMAP
Exercise 11: Configure firewalls on Linux
Exercise 12: Configure firewalls on Windows
Suggested Reading:
https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/introduction-to-networking/

MODULE 4: WIRELESS NETWORK DEFENDER & NETWORK TRAFFIC MONITORING AND


ANALYSIS
Wireless Terminologies, Wireless Networks, Wireless Standard, Wireless CO-4
BTL-3
Topologies, Typical Uses of a Wireless Networks, Components of a Wireless
Network, Components of a Wireless Network: Antenna, WEP (Wired
Equivalent Privacy) Encryption, WPA2 Encryption, WEP vs. WPA vs. WPA2,
Wi-Fi Authentication Methods: Wi-Fi Authentication Methods: Shared Key
Authentication Wi-Fi Authentication Process Using a Centralized
Authentication Server Open System Authentication, Wireless Network
Threats, Bluetooth Threats, Wireless Network Security, Creating an
Inventory of the Wireless Devices, Placement of a Wireless AP, Placement
of a Wireless Antenna, Disable SSID Broadcasting, Selecting a Stronger
Wireless, Implementing MAC Address Filtering, Monitoring Wireless
Network Traffic, Defending Against WPA Cracking, Detecting Rogue Access
Points, Wi-Fi Discovery Tools: inSSIDer and Net Surveyor, Wi-Fi Discovery
Tools : Vistumbler and Net Stumbler, WiFi Discovery Tools, Locating Rogue
Access Points, Protection from Denial of Service Attacks: Interference,
Assessing the Security of a Wireless Network, Wi-Fi Security Auditing Tool:
Air Magnet WiFi Analyzer, WPA Security Assessment Tool : Elcom soft
Wireless Security Auditor, WPA Security Assessment Tools, Wi-Fi
Vulnerability Scanning Tools, Deploying a Wireless IDS (WIDS) and a
Wireless IPS (WIPS), Typing Wireless IDS / IPS Deployment, WIPS Tool:
Adaptive Wireless IPS, WIPS Tools : Air Defense, Wi-Fi Intrusion Prevention
System, Configuring Security on Wireless Routers, Additional Wireless
Network Security Guidelines Network Traffic Monitoring and Analysis,
Advantages of Network Traffic Monitoring and Analysis, Router Based
Monitoring techniques: SNWMP Monitoring, Router Based Monitoring
Techniques: Net flow Monitoring, Non-Router Based Monitoring
Techniques, Networking Monitoring, Network Traffic signatures, Baselining
Normal Traffic Signatures, Suspicious Traffic Signature categories, Attack
Signatures Analysis Techniques, Packet Sniffer: Wireshark, Understanding
the components of Wireshark, Wireshark capture and Display filters,
Monitoring and Analyzing FTP Traffic, Monitoring and Analyzing TELNET
Traffic, Monitoring and Analyzing HTTP Traffic, OS Fingerprinting Detection,
Detecting passive OS Fingerprinting Attempts, Detecting Active OS
Fingerprinting Attempts, Detecting ICMP Based OS Fingerprinting, Detecting
TCP Based OS Fingerprinting, Exam the Nmap process for OS Fingerprinting,
Detecting a PING Sweep Attempt, Detecting an ARP Sweep/ARP Scan
Attempt, Detecting TCP Half Open/ Stealth Scan Attempts, Detecting a TCP
full Connect scan Attempt, Detecting a TCP Null Scan Attempt, Detecting a
TCP Xmas Scan Attempt, Detecting a UDP scan Attempt, Detecting
password cracking Attempts, Detecting FTP Password Cracking Attempts,
Detecting Sniffing (MiTM) Attempts, Detecting a Mac flooding attempt,
Detecting an ARP Poisoning Attempt, Additional Packet Sniffing Tools,
Network Monitoring and Analysis using the PRTG Network Monitor,
Additional Network Monitoring and Analysis Tools, Bandwidth Monitoring,
Bandwidth Monitoring –Best Practices, Bandwidth Monitoring Tools
Lab Experiments :
Exercise 13: Configuring RIP on a Windows server network
Exercise 14: Configuring Bitlocker encryption
Exercise 15: DiskEncryption with Veracrypt
Exercise 16: 802.11analysis
Suggested Reading:
https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/introduction-to-networking/

MODULE 5: NETWORK RISK, VULNERABILITY MANAGEMENT, INCIDENT RESPONSE AND


MANAGEMENT
What is Risk ?, Risk Levels, Risk Matrix, Risk Management, Key Roles and CO-5
Responsibilities in Risk Management, Key Risk Indicators (KRI), Risk BTL- 3
Management Phase : Risk Identification, Risk Management Phase: Risk
Treatment, Risk Management Phase: Risk Treatment Steps, Risk
Management Phase :Risk Tracking & Review, Enterprise Network Risk
Management, Enterprise Risk Management Framework(ERM), Goals of the
ERM Framework, NIST Risk Management Framework, COSO ERM
Framework, COBIT Framework, Risk Management Information System
(RMIS), Tools for RMIS, Enterprise Network Risk Management Policy, Best
Practices for Effective Implementation of Risk Management, Vulnerability
Management, Discovery -Identify the Components of a Network, Asset
Prioritization -Evaluate the Importance of each component, Vulnerability
Assessment/Scanning, Advantages of a Vulnerability Assessment,
Requirements for an Effective Network Vulnerability Assessment, Types of
Vulnerability Assessments, Example : Internal and External Vulnerability
Assessments, Steps for an Effective External Vulnerability Assessment,
Vulnerability Assessment Phases, Network Vulnerability Assessment Tools,
Additional Vulnerability Assessment Tools, Choosing a Vulnerability
Assessment Tool, Choosing a Vulnerability Assessment Tool: Deployment
Practices and Precautions, Reporting, Mitigation, Remediation, Verification
Incident Handling and Response, Incident Response Team Members : Roles
and Responsibilities, First Responder, Network Administrators as First
Responder, What Should you Know?, First Response steps by Network
Administrator, Avoid Fear Uncertainty and Doubt (FUD), Make an initial
Incident Assessment, Determining Severity Levels, Communicate the
incident, Contains the Damage : Avoid further Harm, Control Access to
Suspected Devices, Collect and prepare the information about suspected
device, Record Your Actions, Restricting yourself from doing investigation,
Do not change the state of suspected device, Disable virus protection,
Incident Handling and Response Process, Overview of IH & R Process flow,
Preparing for incident Handling and Response, Detection and Analysis,
Classification and Prioritization, Incident Prioritization, Notification and
planning, Containment, Guide lies for Incident Containment, Forensic
investigation, Network Forensic Investigation, People Involved in Forensic
Investigation, Typical Forensics Investigation Methodology, Forensic
Investigation, Eradication and Recovery, Eradication and system recovery –
System recovery, Post incident activities, Post incident Activities Incident
Documentation, Post Incident Activities – Incident Damage and Cost
Assessment, Post Incident Activities and update the response policies,
Training and Awareness.
Lab Experiments :
Exercise 17: Install and configure AlienVault SIEM(OSSIM)
Exercise 18: AlienVault SIEM(OSSIM) log management
Exercise 19: AlienVault SIEM(OSSIM) - Timezone and host address
configuration
Exercise 20: AlienVaultSIEM(OSSIM)- Host availability monitoring
Suggested Reading:
https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/introduction-to-networking/
TEXTBOOKS
1 IT Network Security (IBM ICE Publications)
COURSE
IT APPLICATION SECURITY CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECY51004 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL- 3
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
ESE
Seminar/
First Second Pr
Assignments/ Surprise Attendanc
Periodical Periodical Theor act
Project / Test / Quiz e
Assessment Assessment y ica
Practical
l
25
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25%
%
Course Application security describes security measures at the application level that aim
Description to prevent data or code within the app from being stolen or hijacked.
1. Learn the concepts of software development & application security.
2. Evaluate the methods and techniques for validation, authentication
and authorization.
Course
3. Gain knowledge on configuration management, session management
Objective and exception management.
4. Understand and explain the Web Application Security.
5.Identify and analyze big data systems, operate and secure virtual
environments & auditing & logging, countermeasures.

After completing this course, students should be able to understand the


following:
1. Learn the concepts of software development & application
security.
2. Evaluate the methods and techniques for validation,
Course
Outcome authentication and authorization.
3. Gain knowledge on configuration management, session
management and exception management.
4. Understand and explain the Web Application Security.
5. Identify and analyze big data systems, operate and secure virtual
environments & auditing & logging, countermeasures.
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge in Matrices and Linear Algebra
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
PS
CO - PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
O-
PO -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 O-1 O-2
3
CO- 1 1
3 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 3
1
CO- 3
3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
2
CO- 3
3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
3

CO- 3
3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
4
CO- 3
3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT & APPLICATION SECURITY
Introduction to software development & application security, Basics of programming
languages Compiled versus interpreted, Program utilities, Programming concepts,
Distributed programming, Threats and malware, Importance of software
development life cycle, Software development methods, Adherence to secure
software development principles, Web application security principles, Application
design & development security, Environment and controls, Essence of secure
software development, Auditing and assurance mechanisms. CO-1
PRACTICAL COMPONENTS: BTL-3
Exercise 1: Installing Web Application Pen Testing for IT Application Security Lab
Basedon OSS
Exercise 2: Creating Viruses
Exercise 3: Locating the Malware
Exercise 4: Analysing the Viruses and Impact
Exercise 5: SQL Injection Attack

MODULE 2: INPUT VALIDATION, SENSITIVE DATA & AUTHENTICATION & AUTHORIZATION


Introduction to input validation & sensitive data, Implementation of input validation,
Practical solutions, Input validation vulnerability, Buffer overflow, Cross-site
scripting, SQL injection, Canonicalization, Sensitive data, Sensitive data access,
Sensitive data in storage, Information disclosure, Data tampering. Introduction to
authentication & authorization, Network eavesdropping, Brute force attack,
Dictionary attack, Cookie replay attack, Credential theft, Elevation of privilege,
CO-2
Basics of authorisation, Data tampering, Luring attack, Phishing attack.
BTL-3
PRACTICAL COMPONENTS:
Exercise 6: Unvalidated Inputs
Exercise 7: Scanning of Network Using the Nessus Tool
Exercise 8: Testing for Cross Site Scripting
Exercise 9: Social Engineering Pen Testing – Attack & Methodology
Exercise 10: Web Application Hacking
MODULE 3: CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT, SESSION MANAGEMENT, CRYPTOGRAPHY,
PARAMETER MANIPULATION & EXCEPTION MANAGEMENT
Introduction to configuration management & session management, Unauthorized
access to administration interfaces, Unauthorized access to configuration stores,
Retrieval of clear text configuration data, Lack of individual accountability, Over-
privileged process and service accounts, Basics of Session Management, Hijacking
attack, Session replay attack, Man in the middle attack. Introduction, Poor key
generation, or key management, Weak or custom encryption, Basics of parameter CO-3
manipulation, Cookie manipulation, HTTP header manipulation, Basics of exception
BTL-3
management, Denial of Service.
PRACTICAL COMPONENTS:
Exercise 11: Validating HTML
Exercise 12: HTTPS for Website
Exercise 13: Cross Site Scripting Attack
Exercise 14: Enumerating Target Network
MODULE 4: WEB APPLICATION SECURITY
Mitigating risk when connecting to the Internet, mitigating website risks, threats and CO-4
vulnerabilities, Prevention techniques for vulnerabilities, securing web applications, BTL-3
Mitigating web application vulnerabilities, Maintaining PCI DSS compliance for E-
commerce websites, Performing a website, vulnerability and security assessment.
Web Application vs Cloud Application, how does Web Application security work?
Web Application lifecycle management, Importance of Web Application security,
Web Application security vs network security, what makes Web Application
vulnerable? Web Application vulnerabilities, Broken access control, Broken
authentication and session management, Buffer overflows, Cross site scripting
flaws, Denial of Service, Improper error handling, Insecure configuration
management, Insecure storage, SQL injection flaws, Unvalidated input, Defensive
measures, Definition of Web Application security scanner, Tool types, Functional
requirements, Issues with Web Application security scanner, Strengths and
weaknesses, Definition of Web Application security testing, Importance of Web
Application security testing, Is Web Application security testing a waste of time?
Guide for Web Application security testing (Process and reporting), Tracking
results, Test environment, Usability testing, Unit testing, Verifying the HTML, Load
testing, User acceptance testing, testing security, protecting against attack and
misuse, Basic guidelines for providing security, Improving security, Web Application
security plan introduction, Tips on securing Web Applications, Security flaws, Myth
and reality, Best practices for creating secure Web Applications.

PRACTICAL COMPONENTS :

Exercise 15: Network Security with Automated Testing

Exercise 16: Policy Planning for Web Applications

Exercise 17: Scanning of Devices in a Network

Exercise 18: Kali Linux on Windows 10

MODULE 5: SECURE BIG DATA SYSTEMS,OPERATE AND SECURE VIRTUAL


ENVIRONMENTS & AUDITING & LOGGING,COUNTERMEASURES
Application vulnerabilities and architecture or design environments, Operate and
secure virtual environments. Introduction to auditing & logging, countermeasures,
Basic countermeasures, Installation, AppScan run procedure (Web services
explorer).
CO-5
PRACTICAL COMPONENTS :
BTL- 3
Exercise 19: Detecting of the Phishing Attack
Exercise 20: Detecting of Intrusion in Network
Exercise 21: Intruder Detection
Exercise 22: Hacking User Identity with Brute Force
TEXTBOOKS
1 IT application security (IBM ICE publications)

COURSE ENTREPRENEURSHIP
CREDITS 2
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51004 ES L-T-P-S 2-0-0-6
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-3
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA

Surprise Test /
Quiz etc., as ESE
First Second Seminar/ approved by
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ the Department Attendance*
Assessment Assessment Project Examination
Committee
“DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

The students shall develop a detailed insight about various aspects of Entrepreneurship.
Knowledge and Skill levels of Entrepreneur will be discussed in the Module I , whereas
Course
stakeholders policies were briefed in the Module II. Detailed procedure of preparing a business
Description
plan will be taught in the Module III , mobilization of various resources will be discussed in the
Module IV . Finally, Module V will provide insights about monitoring and evaluation of business.

1. The course aims to utilize the basic concepts of Entrepreneurship


2. The course also equips the students to Identify the internal and external environments of
Course new business venture
Objective 3. The course aims to prepare organizational goals of new business
4. The course also trains the students to build strategic approaches to succeed in the start-up

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Utilize the basic concepts of Entrepreneurship
2. Identify the internal and external environments of new business venture
Course
3. Prepare organizational goals of new business
Outcome
4. Build strategic approaches to succeed in the start-up
5. Assess the progress of a new business venture and promote sustainability

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
P P
PO- PO- PO- PO PO- PO PO- PSO- PSO- S
CO O O- PO-4 PO-6 PO-7
3 5 8 -9 10 -11 12 1 2 O-
-1 2
3
CO
3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 1
-1
CO
3 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
-2
CO
2 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 1
-3
CO
3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 1
-4
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: ENTREPRENEURAL COMPETENCE (6L)
Entrepreneurship concept – Entrepreneurship as a Career – Entrepreneurial Personality -
Characteristics of Successful, Entrepreneur – Knowledge and Skills of Entrepreneur. CO-1
Suggested Readings: BTL-3
1. Knowledge and Skills of Entrepreneur

MODULE2:ENTREPRENEURAL ENVIRONMENT (6L)


Business Environment - Role of Family and Society - Entrepreneurship Development
Training and Other Support Organizational Services - Central and State Government
CO-2
Industrial Policies and Regulations - International Business.
BTL-3
Suggested Readings:
1. Central and State Government Industrial Policies
MODULE 3: BUSINESS PLAN PREPARATION (6L)
Sources of Product for Business - Prefeasibility Study - Criteria for Selection of Product -
Ownership - Capital - Budgeting Project Profile Preparation - Matching Entrepreneur with
CO-3
the Project - Feasibility Report Preparation and Evaluation Criteria.
BTL-3
Suggested Readings:
1. Criteria for Selection of Product
MODULE 4: LAUNCHING OF NEWVENTURE (6L)
Finance and Human Resource Mobilization Operations Planning - Market and Channel
CO-4
Selection - Growth Strategies - Product Launching – Incubation, Venture capital, IT startups.
BTL-3

MODULE 5: MANAGEMENT OF NEW VENTURE (6L)


Monitoring and Evaluation of Business - Preventing Sickness and Rehabilitation of
Business Units- Effective Management of small Business. CO-5
Suggested Readings: BTL-3
1. Monitoring and Evaluation of Business
TEXT BOOKS
1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001.
2. S.S.Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S.Chand and Company Limited, New Delhi, 2001

REFEREFERENCE BOOKS
1 Mathew Manimala, Entrepreneurship Theory at the Crossroads, Paradigms & Praxis, Biztrantra ,2nd Edition
,2005
2 Prasanna Chandra, Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Reviews,
Tata McGraw-Hill, 1996.

3 P.Saravanavel, Entrepreneurial Development, Ess Pee kay Publishing House, Chennai -1997.

4 Donald F Kuratko, T.V Rao. Entrepreneurship: A South Asian perspective. Cengage Learning. 2012
E Resources for Reference
1. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=23 (Management P-01, M-02)
2. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=23 (Management P-01, M-13)
3. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=23 (Management P-01, M-14)
4 https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=23 (Management P-01, M-21)
5 https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=23 (Management P-01, M-30)
MOOC
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg70/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ge03/preview

COURSE
INTERNSHIP- II CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51804 EEC L-T-P-S 0-0-0-0
CODE CATEGORY

LEARNIN
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-3
G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA

Presentation and ESE


Technical report/ Certificate
Viva- voce

30% 70% —

This course is mainly focused on providing links to classroom learning with industry. To apply the
Course
concepts, principles and algorithms learnt in the field of computer science and build
Description
products/tools/applications addressing the needs of real-world societal issues.

1. To analyse, design and develop products/tools/applications to solve the issues related to real
world problems.
Course 2. To learn critical thinking and problem-solving knowledge in an applied work setting
Objective 3. To get professional behaviour and knowledge.
4. To develop the skills of technical document writing and presentation.
5. To develop communication skills and technical knowledge.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Analyse, design and develop products/tools/applications to address the societal needs.
2. Design, develop and test program segments that constitute a software/hardware
Course product
Outcome 3. Demonstrate the software engineering principles and improve the project management
skills
4. Appraise the hardware/software product developed in the form of technical
presentations, demonstrations and report generation through team work.
5. Display his communication skills and elaborate on his skillset achieved.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO- PSO- PSO-


CO PSO-1
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 10 11 12 2 3

CO-
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
1

CO-
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
2

CO-
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
3

CO- 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
4

CO-
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
5

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

Note

● A student has to compulsorily attend Summer / Winter internship during 3rd year
for a minimum period of one month.
● In lieu of Summer / Winter internship, the student is permitted to register for
undertaking case study / project work under an engineering faculty of the Institute
and carry out the project for minimum period of one month. CO1, CO2, CO3,
● In both the cases, the internship report in the prescribed format duly certified by the CO4, CO5 /BTL3
faculty in-charge shall be submitted to the HoD.
● Assessment is based on creativity, applicability to the society, project development
skills, team work.
● Technical communication, presentation and report writing skills form an essential
component in assessment.

COURSE
DESIGN PROJECT-3 CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51803 EEC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-6
CODE CATEGORY
37 th ACM LEARNIN
Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL-4
20.1.2023 G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

First Review Second Review Third Review Project Report & Viva Voce

20% 20% 10% 50%


This course provides the student significant design experience with the knowledge and skills
required to analyse the real time problem statement. This course provides an exposure to
Course emulate a typical professional development of solution as a team. Appropriate Simulation
Description tools to be used in the execution of the design methodology. The resources and team
management skills are utilised to develop an innovative, economic solution to the selected
problem
The course will enable the students to:
1. Explore the literature study and report preparation skills
Course
2. Demonstrate project identification and execution of feasible solution to address the
Objective
problem statement
3. Elucidate the communication and team management skills
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Course 1. Identify a real-time problem by intensive literature survey
Outcome 2. Selection of appropriate methodology by using modern tools
3. Design & analyse the solution through appropriate Measurements and calculations
Prerequisites: Design Project-1

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO- PO PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO - PO- PO- PSO PSO PSO
-1 2 -3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 -1 -2 -3
CO-
3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
1
CO-
3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
2
CO-
3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
3

Weightage of Assessment:

Review / Examination Scheme Weightage

First Review 20%

Second Review 20%

Third Review 10%

End Semester Viva Voce 50%

A committee will be constituted by the HoD for Review process

Assessment Rubrics

Parameter Weightage (%)

Title & Objectives 5.0

Review of Literature (RL) 10.0

Design / Implementation 10.0

Methodology 5.0

Planning of Project Work 5.0

Testing Environment / Test Cases 5.0

Analytical thinking* 5.0

Technical Knowledge* 5.0

Presentation* 10.0

Demonstration* 5.0
Individual Roles Distribution* (Individual
5.0
Objectives in the project work)

Individual Contributions* (Towards the


5.0
individual objectives in the project work)

Deliverables 5.0

Team- work 10.0

Report / Thesis 5.0

Peer Assessment* 5.0

* Attributes for individual contribution.

EVALUATION PARAMETERS FOR ASSESSMENT


To be followed same as approved for Design project 1

SEMESTER-VI

COURSE
PRINCIPLES OF COMPILER DESIGN CREDITS 4
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51015 PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL-4
Details G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

First Second Practical Observati Theory Practica


Periodical Periodical Assessments on / lab l
Assessme Assessment records Attendan
nt (Theory) (Theory) as ce*
approved
by the
Departme
nt
Examinati
on
Committe
e “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course This course studies the concepts of different phases of compiler and introduces the
Descriptio design concepts of lexical analyzer, syntax analyzer, sematic analyzer and code
n generation and optimization

1. To design a lexical analyzer.


2. To perform syntax analysis.
Course
3. To check for semantic errors.
Objective
4. To perform code optimization.
5. To generate the code from intermediate code.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Describe the basics of Compiler and Design Simple Lexical Analyzers.
2. Solve Parsing Problems Using Various Syntax Analysis Techniques.
Course 3. Illustrate Various Semantic Models.
Outcome 4. Employ Various Intermediate Code Generation Techniques and Identify
Principle Source of Code Optimization.
5. Describe Code Generation in Compilers.

Prerequisites: Nil

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P P PS PS
C PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O- O- O- O- O- PSO-3
O -2 -3 -5 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
1 4 6 1 2
C 2 2 2 2 2 2
O- 3 2 1 - - - - - -
1
C 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
O- 1 - - - - - -
2
C 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 3
O- 2 1 - - - - -
3
C 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2
O- 2 - - - - - -
4
C 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2
O- 1 - - - - - -
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION & LEXICAL ANALYSIS (12)
Introduction to Compilers- Compiler Vs Interpreter –Cross Compiler – CO-1
Boot strapping –– Cousins of the Compiler- Compiler construction tools- BTL-3
Phases of a compiler –– Grouping of Phases –– Symbol table
management - Lexical Analysis – Role of Lexical Analyzer – Input
Buffering – Specification of Tokens: Regular Expressions, Recognition of
Tokens: Construction of NFA-DFA-Minimization of DFA.
Suggested Reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108052/1
Lab Experiment
1. Implement a lexical analyzer in “C”
2. Use LEX tool to implement a lexical analyzer.
Software Required: C Programming, LEX Tool
MODULE 2: SYNTAX ANALYSIS (12)
Role of the parser –Writing Grammars –Context-Free Grammars – Error
Recovery Strategies-Top Down parsing: Recursive Descent Parsing –
Left recursion- Left Factoring-Predictive Parsing – Bottom-Up Parsing:
Shift Reduce Parsing – Operator Precedent Parsing – LR Parsers – SLR
Parser – Canonical LR Parser – LALR Parser.
Suggested Reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108113/11 CO-2
Lab Experiment BTL-3
1. Implement a recursive descent parser for an expression grammar
that generates arithmetic expressions with digits, + and *.
2. Use YACC and LEX to implement a parser for the same grammar
as given in the above problem.
Software Required: C Programming, LEX Tool with YACC
MODULE 3: SEMANTIC ANALYSIS (12)
Syntax Directed Translations: Syntax-directed definitions, Translation
Schemes- construction of syntax trees - DAG’S- bottom-up evaluation of
s-attributed definitions - l-attributed definitions- Data type as set of values
with set of operations- data types; type checking models; semantic
models of user -defined types; parametric polymorphism; subtype
polymorphism; type-checking algorithms. CO-3
Suggested Reading:http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108113/12 BTL-3
Lab Experiment
1. Write semantic rules to the YACC program in problem 4 and
implement a calculator that takes an expression with digits, +
and * and computes and prints its value.
Software Required: C Programming, LEX Tool with YACC
MODULE 4: INTERMEDIATE CODE GENERATION (12)
Intermediate languages – Declarations – Assignment Statements – Array
Elements - Boolean Expressions – Case Statements – Back patching –
Procedure calls- Principal Sources of Optimization – Optimization of
basic Blocks- loop optimization.
Suggested Reading:http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108113/17
CO-4
Lab Experiment
BTL-4
1. Use Lex and YACC to implement a HTML generator so that the
program generates a HTML file which can be viewed in browser.
Sample Input: Red Hello, 12 welcome should render the HTML
code for displaying ‘Hello’ in red and ‘Welcome’ with the size 12
Software Required: C Programming, LEX Tool with YACC
MODULE 5: CODE GENERATION (12)

Issues in the design of code generator – The target machine – Runtime


Storage management – Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs – Next-use
Information – A simple Code generator – DAG representation of Basic
Blocks – Peephole Optimization.
Suggested Reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108113/27
Lab Experiment
1. Implement the front end of a compiler that generates the three-
address code for a simple language with: one data type integer,
arithmetic operators, relational operators, variable declaration CO-5
statement, one conditional construct, one iterative construct and BTL-3
assignment statement.
2. Implement the back end of the compiler which takes the three-
address code generated in problem 6, and produces the 8086
assembly language instructions that can be assembled and run
using an 8086 assembler. The target assembly instructions can
be simple move, add, sub, jump. Also, simple addressing modes
are used.
Software Required: C Programming, LEX Tool with YACC
TEXT BOOKS

1. Alfred Aho, Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D Ullman, ―Compilers Principles, Techniques and
Tools, Pearson Education , New International edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Steven S.Muchnick “Advanced Compiler design implementation” Morgan Kaufmann/


Elsevier Science India, 2003
2. Allen I. Holub ―Compiler Design in C, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

E BOOKS
http://ce.sharif.edu/courses/94-95/1/ce414-/resources/root/Text%20Books/Compiler
%20Design/Alfred%20V. %20Aho,%20Monica%20S.%20Lam,%20Ravi%20Sethi,
1. %20Jeffrey%20D.%20Ullman-Compilers%20-%20Principles,%20Techniques,%20and
%20Tools-Pearson_Addison%20Wesley%20(2006).pdf

MOOC
1. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/cs1-compilers-stanford-online

COURSE
WEB PROGRAMMING CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE ECS51016 COURSE
PC L-T-P-S 2- 0- 2- 2
CODE CATEGORY
APPROVAL 36th ACM LEARNIN
Version 1.0 BTL-3
DETAILS G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observati
on / lab
records
as
First Second approved
Periodical Periodical Practical by the Practica
Theory
Assessme Assessment Assessments Departme Attendan l
nt (Theory) (Theory) nt ce*
Examinati
on
Committe
e “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course The course aims to impart a full stack knowledge of web development to the
Descriptio students. The course covers concepts, technologies and tools that are needed for
n developing a complete web based solution.

Course 1. To elaborate the basics of Internet based communications.


Objective 2. To learn concepts of HTML pages with CSS.
3. To explain Client-Side validation using Java Script.
4. To know Bootstrapping pages using HTML5 and AJAX.
5. To learn Web Server-side programming using Java Servlets.
6. To have knowledge on various web standards and its applications.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Design Dynamic HTML pages with CSS.
Course 2. Incorporate Client-Side validation in HTML pages using Java Script.
Outcome 3. Construct Bootstrap pages using HTML5 and AJAX.
4. Develop Web Server Programs using Java Servlets.
5. Explain various web standards and its applications.

Prerequisites: Nil

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PS PS
C PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O- O- PSO-3
O -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
1 2
C
O- 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 1 1 1
1
C
O- 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 1 1 1
2
C
O- 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
3
C
O- 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
4
C
O- 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: WEB CONCEPTS
(6L+3P)
Network concepts – Web concepts – Internet addresses - Common
Gateway Interface: Programming CGI Scripts – HTML - basic HTML tags –
Cascading Style Sheets HTML Forms– Server Side Includes – Custom
Database- Query Scripts - Server security issues.
Lab Experiment:
1. Create a web page with the following CSS.
1. Inline style sheets. CO-1
2. Internal style sheets. BTL-2
3. External style sheets.
2. Create a HTML form for reading Name, Age, Gender, Address,
Payment Options, Phone number, Email address, preferred user name,
various Area of Interest etc. from the user.
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105084/13
Software Required: Online HTML Editor with IDE preferably Notepad++
MODULE 2: SCRIPTING & CLIENT SIDE (9L+3P=12)
Introduction to XML, XHTML– DHTML -Cascading Style Sheets - Scripting CO-2
language- Java Script: variables - Control statements, Functions, Arrays, BTL-2
Objects – Events. Writing Client-side validation scripts, JSON – Syntax –
Function Files.
Lab Experiment:
1. Write a Java Script program to validate the data including the email id
entered by the user in the above form are in correct format. Display
error message if input is not in correct format. Call the script when the
page is submitted.
2. Write a simple XML program for Book store.
Suggested reading: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105084/26
Software Required: Web Browsers/ IDE preferably Notepad++/
AngularJS/ React.js
MODULE 3: RICH INTERNET APPLICATION & HTML5 (9L+3P=12)
AJAX enabled rich internet applications, The HTML5 new Elements,
Canvas, Video and audio, Web storage, Geolocation, Offline Webpages,
Microdata and HTML5 APLS, Migrating from HTML4 to HTML5, CSS3 and
Bootstrap-Angular JS- MVC Architecture.
Lab Experiment:
1. Create a HTML form with the following HTML5 controls – (Color–Date-
Email-Month –Range- Number (with inputs from 1 to 100) –URL). CO-3
2. Using Canvas & SVG in HTML5 write a program to draw line, arc, BTL-3
rectangle and circle. Fill colors using gradient style.
Suggested reading:
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/bootstrap/bootstrap_tutorial.pdf
Software Required: Web Browsers/ IDE preferably Notepad++/
AngularJS/ React.js
MODULE 4: SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING (9L+3P=12)
Server side Programming – Java Servlets: Servlet lifecycle- Generic
servlet- Http servlet, JSP: Introduction- Lifecycle – JSP scripting elements
– Implicit Objects – JSP Directive elements – Action Elements.
Lab Experiment:
1. Write a simple Java Servlet Program to read the values entered using
HTML form controls and display the same.
2. Create a Java Servlet program for finding the biggest of three CO-4
numbers. BTL-3
Suggested reading:
1. https://www.btechguru.com/training--programming--j2ee--
servelets--1what- is-a-servlet-video-lecture--12106--24--154.html
2. https://www.w3schools.com/xml/ajax_intro.asp
Software Required: Web Browsers/ IDE preferably Notepad++/ Node.js/
React.js
MODULE 5: DATABASE CONNECTIVITY AND WEB APPLICATIONS FRAMEWORKS
(9L+3P=12)

DATABASE CONNECTIVITY: Java Data Base Connectivity- Introduction


- Drivers-Establishing connection – Types of Statements-Result Sets.
WEB APPLICATIONS FRAMEWORKS AND STANDARDS – Firebase-
Docker- Node JS- React- DjangoUI & UX. Web standards - web 2.0-
characteristics, technologies, concepts, usage, Web 3.0 – Theory and
history understanding basic web artifacts and applications, implementation.
Lab Experiment:
1. Create a three-tier application using servlets for displaying student mark
CO-5
list. Fetch the results from the database using the entered register
BTL-3
number.
2.Create a three-tier application using servlets for conducting on-line
examination. Create a login page and verify the user’s name and password
before allowing for examination. Use Session key management for the
same.
Suggested reading: https://beginnersbook.com/2013/05/servlet-tutorial/
Software Required: Web Browsers/ IDE preferably Notepad++/ ODBC
with MSQL or MS Access, Node. js
TEXT BOOKS
1. Deitel, Deitel and Neito, “Internet and World Wide Web – How to program”, Pearson
Education Asia, 5th Edition, 2011.
2 Jeffrey C and Jackson, Web Technologies A Computer Science Perspective, Pearson
Education, 2011.
3 Angular: Up and Running: Learning Angular, Step by Step, Shyam Seshadri, 1st edition,
O′Reilly, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Elliotte Rusty Herold, “Java Network Programming”, O’Reilly Publications, 3rd Edition,
2004.
2. Eric Ladd and Jim O’Donnell, et al, “USING HTML 4, XML, and JAVA1.2”, Prentice Hall,
2003
E BOOKS
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/web_developers_guide/web_pdf_version.htm
1.
http://www.intuc.net/office_meeting_report/Ajax_SampleChapter.pdf
2.
http://repository.mdp.ac.id/ebook/oreilly-books/OReilly.Java.Servlet%20Programming.pdf
3.
MOOC
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/web_developers_guide/web_pdf_version.htm

COURSE ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT


CREDITS 3
TITLE SYSTEMS
COURSE COURSE
ECS51017 PC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval 36th ACM LEARNIN
Version 1.0 BTL-3
Details G LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observati
on / lab
records
as
First Second approved
Periodical Periodical Practical by the Practica
Theory
Assessme Assessment Assessments Departme Attendan l
nt (Theory) (Theory) nt ce*
Examinati
on
Committe
e “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

Course This course introduces the different search strategies, types of knowledge
Description representation, different type of learning techniques and various expert systems.
1. To solve problems using informed and uninformed search strategies.
2. To Compare various Knowledge Representation Logic using scripts and frames.
Course 3. To Comprehend and analyze the different types of learning.
Objective 4. To identify the need of Production system and Planning states.
5. To Use expert system tools to realize the concepts and components of expert
system.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Solve problems using informed and uninformed search strategies.
2. Compare various Knowledge Representation Logic using scripts and frames.
Course 3. Comprehend and analyze the different types of learning.
Outcome 4. Identify the need of Production system and planning states.
5. Use expert system tools to realize the concepts and components of expert
system.

Prerequisites: Nil

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PS PS
C PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O- O- PSO-3
O -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
1 2
C
O- 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
1
C
O- 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 2 2 2 3 3 - 3
2
C
O- 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 1 3 3 - 3
3
C
O- 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 3 3 - 3
4
C
O- 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 3 3 - 3
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: PROBLEM SOLVING
(9)
Introduction to AI- Agents and Environments – Uninformed Search
CO-1
Strategies- Informed Search Strategies- Local Search Algorithm- Problem
BTL-3
Formulation-Constraint Satisfaction Problem.
MODULE 2: KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION
(9)
Introduction to Game Playing-Alpha Beta Pruning-Knowledge
Representation using First order logic-Knowledge Engineering in First
Order Logic-Proportional vs First Order Logic-Resolution-Structured CO-2
representation of Knowledge Using Scripts and Frames. BTL-2

MODULE 3: INFERENCE AND LEARNING


(9)
Inference- Forward and Backward Chaining-Unification-Uncertainty-
Inference in Bayesian Network –Learning from Observations-Forms of
CO-3
Learning-Inductive Learning-Neural Network-Learning Decision trees-
BTL-3
Reinforcement Learning-Case Study-Learning examples with python.

MODULE 4: COMMUNICATING, PERCEIVING AND ACTING


(9)

Language Models-Text Classification-Information Retrieval and Extraction-


CO-4
Phrase Structure Grammars-Machine Translation-Object Recognition-
BTL-2
Robotics-Robot Hardware-Robotic Software Architectures.

MODULE 5: EXPERT SYSTEMS


(9)

Expert Systems- Architecture and Roles of Expert System-Typical Expert


System-MYCIN-EMYCIN-DART-Conversational AI- Case Study- CO-5
Construction of simple reflex agent with sensor and actuator using Arduino. BTL-3

TEXT BOOKS

1. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach”, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education / Prentice Hall of India, 2010.
2 Joseph C. Giarratano,Gary D. Riley ,”Expert Systems: Principles and Programming”, 4th
Edition, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Nils J. Nilsson, “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis”, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2000.
2 Janakiraman, K. Sarukesi, ‘Foundations of Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems’,
Macmillan Series in Computer Science, 2000.
3 W. Patterson, ‘Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems’, Prentice Hall of
India, 2003.
4 Artificial Intelligence with python, Prateek Joshi,2017.
E BOOKS
1. https://web.cs.ucla.edu/~srinath/static/pdfs/AIMA.pdf

2. https://www.manning.com/books/conversational-ai
MOOC
1. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=artificial%20intelligence
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/cyber-security

COURSE ETHICAL HACKING AND PENETRATION


CREDITS 3
TITLE TESTING
COURSE COURSE
ECY51007 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-0
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36TH ACM BTL- 3
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Observation
ESE
/ lab
records as
First Second approved
Periodical Periodical Practical by the Attendanc
Assessment Assessment Assessments Department e Prac
(Theory) (Theory) Examinatio Theory
tical
n
Committee
“DEC”
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
Ethical Hacking and Penetration testing course provides the skills required for a
student to become a Security Professional. The skills acquired through this course
can make one understand the essential concepts to perform penetration testing,
Course uncover the vulnerability and solutions mitigate the risk of attack. In this course we
Description will also discuss the scenarios with few advanced tools to identify, detect, and
exploit any vulnerability uncovered in the target network environment. The
interesting part of this course is that we will have more practical demos to
understand the theoretical concepts.
1.This course teaches students the underlying principles and many of the
techniques associated with the cybersecurity practice known as penetration
testing or ethical hacking. 2. Students will learn about the entire penetration
testing process including planning, reconnaissance, scanning, exploitation, post-
exploitation, and result reporting.
Course
3. The course will provide the fundamental information associated with each of the
Objective
methods employed and insecurities identified. In all cases, remedial techniques
will be explored.
4. Students will develop an excellent understanding of current cybersecurity
issues and ways that user, administrator, and programmer errors can lead to
exploitable insecurities.
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to do the
following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of all aspects of ethical hacking.
2. Identify the emerging 18 Attack Vectors including the OWASP Top 10, IoT
hacking, Vulnerability Analysis, APT, Fileless Malware, Web API Threats,
Webhooks, Web Shell, OT Attacks, Cloud Attacks, AI, ML, and much.
Course 3. Improve exploit development skills by learning about existing and new
Outcome vulnerabilities from the elementary level.
4. Gain exposure to the latest technologies, such as OT Technology,
Container Technology.
5. Explain the hacking techniques on Cloud and IoT incorporating CSP’s
Container Technologies (like Docker, Kubernetes), Cloud Computing
threats, and various IoT hacking tools
Prerequisites: C Programming Language
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P P P P P
CO - PO - PO PO PO PO PO PS PSO PSO
O- O- O- O- O- O-
PO 1 -4 -6 -7 -10 -11 O-1 -2 -3
2 3 5 8 9 12
CO-1 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 1 2 1
CO-2 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 1 2 3
CO-3 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 3 2
CO-4 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 3 3
CO-5 1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 3 2
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO HACKING
(12L)
Introduction, Software vulnerabilities, Understanding input validation process,
HTTP request header and response headers, Motives of hacking, Terminology
used in ethical hacking, Types of hackers, Nmap, TCPDump,
Wireshark/Tshark, Metasploit framework, Metasploit modules, Metasploit:
Example: Scanning ports, Metasploit: Example: Using Nmap tool, Ettercap,
Ettercap: Plugins, Nikto, Burp suite, Wapiti tool, Introduction to SQL basics and
SQL injection, Example of SQL injection, Sources of interest, Types of online
crimes, Information technology act 2000.
LAB EXPERIMENT :
Exercise 1: Use of Nmap tool
CO-1
Exercise 2: Usage of TCPdump tool
BTL-2
Exercise 3: Usage of tshark tool
Exercise 4: Usage of Nikto tool
Exercise 5: Understanding SQL basics using MariaDB
Exercise 6: Using Nmap tool
Exercise 7: Using Rootkit hunter software
Exercise 8: Using ClamAV software to detect computer virus, trojans
Exercise 9: Developing decision tree for form data validation
Exercise 10: Vulnerability Assessment using Arachni Security analyzer tool
Software Required:
Nmap tool, TCPdump tool, Nikto tool, tshark tool
MODULE 2: UNDERSTANDING SECURITY AND RISK MANAGEMENT(12L)
Introduction to security and risk management, ITIL security management, ITIL
V4 processes, identify threats: Worms, virus, trojans, Web applications and
database threats, Web application security risks, Database system threats,
Network security threats, understanding environment information gathering,
Computer virus detection methods, Installing and setting up your system and
tools.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 11: Vulnerability Assessment using OWASP ZAP tool
Exercise 12: Develop tool to check file permissions CO-2
Exercise 13: Vulnerability Assessment using Nmap tool BTL-5
Exercise 14: Host based Intrusion detection System - OSSEC
Exercise 15: Network Intrusion detection System using Snort tool
Exercise 16: Network Intrusion detection System using Zeek tool
Exercise 17: Network Intrusion detection System using Suricata tool
Exercise 18: Analyzing web application attack surface
Exercise 19: Analyzing SQL database exploit testing
Exercise 20: Analyzing web application using Metasploit framework,
wmap module
MODULE 3: VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT AND PENETRATION TESTING(VAPT)(12L)
Understanding vulnerability, Vulnerability in detail, Consequences of CO-3
vulnerabilities, Steps in vulnerability analysis, Vulnerability scanners, BTL-3
Strategies used by virus scanners, rootkit scanners, malware detecting tools,
Introduction to penetration testing, Penetration testing methodologies,
Penetration testing steps, vulnerability assessment vs penetration tests, Web
application attack and audit frameworks, Web application audit frameworks,
Executing tools to attack the defence: Arachni tool, Executing tools to attack
the defence OWASP ZAP tool, Executing tools to attack the defence wapiti
tool, Executing tools to attack the defence burpsuite tool, Manual attacks and
automated attacks, Automated attacks related to IT security, System security
audits using lynis tool, CERT resources.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 21: Using system logs to identify attacks
Exercise 22: Comparing tools used in this course
Exercise 23. Scanning of Devices in a Network
Exercise 24. Scanning of network using the packet builder
Exercise 25. Vulnerability Assessment with Nessus
Exercise 26. Scanning of Network Using the Nessus Tool
Exercise 27. Vulnerability Scanning
Exercise 28. Creating Viruses
Exercise 29. Virus Analysis
Exercise 30. Vulnerability Identification Being Done with Nessus
(Windows)
MODULE 4: OPENSOURCE RESOURCES FOR ATTACKS: PENETRATION TESTING
TOOLS(12L)
Network discovery, Command line tools used for network discovery, Network
enumeration, Basic exploitation, Wi-fi testing, Vulnerabilities in wireless
networks, Sniffing and spoofing, Sniffing, Spoofing, Stress testing, Host based
intrusion detection system, Network intrusion detection systems, Network
intrusion prevention systems, NIDS/NIPS system: Snort, NIDS/NIPS system:
Zeek, NIDS/NIPS system: Suricata, Package management on VM instance for
penetration testing, Tools alone cannot make an attacker a hacker.
CO-4
LAB EXPERIMENT:
BTL-5
Exercise 9. Detecting Phishing
Exercise 10. Social Engineering Penetration
Exercise 11. Wi-Fi Packet Sniffing
Exercise 12. Cracking WEP Network (Aircrack-Ng)
Exercise 13. Sniffing of Network (OmniPeek)
Exercise 14. SQL Injection Attack
Exercise 15. Hacking of Web App
MODULE 5: SETTING UP A WEB APPLICATION WITH EXPLOITS(12L)
Introduction to software development life cycle, Introduction to web application
with security issues, Web application architecture, MVC architecture view,
Structure of HTML document, Method to read user input in web applications,
Form data validation methods, Accessing database systems, Identifying attack
surface, OWASP Top 10 vulnerabilities, Ability to identify vulnerability, planning
the tools and attacking the site, Microsoft attack surface analyzer, What is
endpoint, Information gathering about web server, Identifying SQL
vulnerabilities, Identifying the logical vulnerability, Hacking demonstration and
reporting attacks and vulnerability, Using OWASP ZAP find vulnerabilities, CO-5
Reporting the vulnerability and recommendation for fixing. BTL- 3
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 15. Hacking of Web App
Exercise 16. Detection of Intrusion
Exercise 17. Intruder Detection
Exercise 18. Enumerating Target Network
Exercise 19. NetBios Using Superscan Tool
Exercise 20. Hacking of Google
Exercise 21. Enumerating NetBIOS Using Enumerator Tool
TEXTBOOKS
1 Ethical Hacking & Penetration Testing (IM ICE Publications)

COURSE TITLE DIGITAL FORENSICS CREDITS 3


COURSE COURSE
ECY51006 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 36th ACM BTL- 3
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Seminar/ ESE
Second
First Periodical Assignments/ Surprise Attendan
Periodical Theo
Assessment Project / Test / Quiz ce Practical
Assessment ry
Practical
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
This course provides the necessary knowledge to understand the Digital
Course Forensics and Incident Response disciplines, how to be an effective and
Description efficient Digital Forensics practitioner or Incident Responder, and how to
effectively use digital evidence.
The course should enable the students

1. To introduce with Digital forensics as part of computer forensics and


investigation.
Course
2. It will give you an overview of forensic science in general, including how
Objective
it works in practice.
3. Applying forensic science to the digital artefacts that we create every
day through our interactions with computers, mobile phones and the
unseen objects.
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
1. Distinguish and elaborate the basic terminology of cybercrimes
2. Apply a number of different computer forensic tools to a given scenario
Course 3. Apprise the forensic investigation, evidence presentation and legal
aspects of digital forensics.
Outcome
4. Generate and validate digital evidence data.
5. Analyze acquisition methods for digital evidence related to system
security·

Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Digital Security Concepts


CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P P PS
CO - PO - PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
O- O- O- O- PSO-3
PO 1 -2 -3 -4 -6 -7 -9 -10 -12 O-1
5 8 11 2
CO-
1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 1 2 2
1
CO-
1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 1 2 2
2
CO-
1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 3 3
3

CO-
1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 3 3
4
CO-
1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 3 3
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: COMPUTER FORENSICS(12L)
When and how is computer forensics used, Guidelines for successful
computer forensics, the stages of a computer forensics examination, what
issues do computer forensics examiners face? Risks in Computer Forensics,
Standard Procedure, Incident Verification, System identification, Recovery of
Erased and damaged data, Disk imaging and preservation, Data encryption
and compression, Forensic software.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
CO-1
Exercise 1: Forensics Investigation Using Autopsy
BTL-2
Exercise 2: Packet Capturing with Wireshark
Exercise 3: TCP, HTTP, DHCP Analysis with WireshaINFORMATION
SECURITY rk with Filters
Exercise 4: Configuring Filters with Wireshark
Exercise 5: Using wire shark to analyzessl configurations and certificates
Software Required:
Nmap tool, TCPdump tool, Nikto tool, tshark tool
MODULE 2: NETWORK & INTERNET FORENSICS(12L)
Overview of OSI Model, Introduction to NAT, Network Information-Gathering
Tools, Monitoring User Activity, Investigating Routers, Hacking Routers,
SNORT, Analysis using Wireshark, tcpdump, Tracking Network Traffic,
Reviewing Network Logs, Network Tracking Tools, Live Acquisition of Network
Traffic, Order of Volatility, Standard Procedure. Internet & World wide web
threats, Domain Name Ownership Investigation, Reconstructing Past Internet
Activities and Events, Email Forensics: E-mail Analysis, Email Forensics:
Email Headers and Spoofing, Messenger Forensics: AOL, Yahoo, MSN, and
CO-2
Chats, Browser Forensics: Analysing Cache and Temporary Internet Files,
BTL-5
Browser Forensics: Cookie Storage and Analysis, Browser Forensics :Web
Browsing Activity Reconstruction.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 6: Capturing e-mails and google image searches from your network
Exercise 7: Network Forensics using Tshark Command Line
Exercise 8: Packet Analysis with TCPDUMP
Exercise 9: Network based file carving
Exercise 10: Collecting network traffic using tcpdump
MODULE 3: FORENSIC INVESTIGATION,EVIDENCE PRESENTATION AND LEGAL ASPECTS
OF DIGITAL FORENSICS(12L)
Authorization to collect the evidence, Authentication of the evidence, CO-3
Performing RAID Acquisition, Remote Network Data Acquisition Tools, BTL-3
Validating Forensic Data, Analysis of the evidence, Reporting on the findings,
Testimony, Writing Investing Reports. Definition of Cyber Crime in IT Act,
Structure of IT Act, Adjudications and Criminal Provisions, Tampering with
computer source documents and Hacking, Online Obscenity & Pornography,
Cyber Stalking, Theft of Identity, Cyber Defamation, Admissibility of Digital
Evidence.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 11: Reviewing Network logs
Exercise 12: Analysis using Sysinternals Analysis using Knoppix
Exercise 13: Live Acquisition Forensics with Autopsy
Exercise 14: Data Recovery with Runtime Software (www.runtime.org) and
R-Tools Technologies
Exercise 15: Investigating the Reverse DNS
MODULE 4: MOBILE & MEMORY FORENSICS, STEGANOGRAPHY(12L)
Collecting and Analysing Evidence, analysing other Storage Devices, Digital
Camera Forensics, Recovering and Reconstructing Deleted Data, Introduction
to Steganography, Steganography Background, Steganography Functions,
Robustness and Cryptography, Steganalysis, Image Steganalysis, Digital
Image and Audio- Audio Steganalysis, Video Steganalysis, Tools for
Steganography, Data Hiding, Data Hiding -Generic, Data Hiding and
Steganography, Alternate Data Stream (ADS), Data Recovery, Reasons for
Data Recovery, Data recovery Chances, Data Recovery Technique, Data
CO-4
Loss prevention, Specific Do’s and Don’ts in extracting data from Memory
BTL-5
Knowledge and usage of special and general purpose tools for Memory
Forensics
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 16: Investigating the Webserver Owner
Exercise 17: Finding Information in Cookies
Exercise 18: Network forensic analysis with Network Miner
Exercise 19: Examining Artifacts with E-mail Examiner
Exercise 20: Examining Artifacts with EnCase
MODULE 5: MALWARE ANALYSIS(12L)
Different types of malware, Analysing Live Windows System for Malware,
Analysing Live Linux System for Malware, Analysing Physical and Process
Memory Dumps for Malware, Discovering and Extracting Malware from
Windows Systems, Technical Analysis of malware from Digital Forensics
perspective, Discovering and Extracting Malware from Linux Systems,
CO-5
Rootkits and Rootkit Detection and Recovery, Reverse Engineering Tools and
BTL- 3
Techniques, Reversing and Fuzzing of malware from Digital Forensics
perspective.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 21: Examine E-mail Headers
Exercise 22: Web browsing analysis using Pasco
TEXTBOOKS
1 Digital Forensics (IBM ICE Publications).

COURSE
DESIGN PROJECT-4 CREDITS 1
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51805 EEC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-6
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNIN
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36 th ACM BTL-5
G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME

First Review Second Review Third Review Project Report & Viva Voce

20% 20% 10% 50%


This course provides the student significant design experience with the knowledge and skills
required to analyse the real time problem statement and gives a strong Engineering and
Practical foundation for understanding the different types of social problems and its solution
Course based on engineering knowledge. This course suitable for general engineering students to
Description understand the importance of engineering concepts and its relevant applications. Different
Simulation tools to be used in the execution of the design methodology. The resources and
team management skills are utilised to develop an innovative, economic solution to the
selected problem.

The course will enable the students to:

1. Demonstrate a wide range of the skills learned during their course of study by delivering a
product that has passed through the design, analysis, testing and evaluation.
Course 2. Encourage multidisciplinary research by integrating the concepts learned in a various
Objective
Courses.
Develop problem solving, analysis, synthesis and evaluation skills and communication skills
by emphasizing them to prepare project report, poster and oral presentation.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Identify a real-time problem by intensive literature survey
Course
Outcome 2. Selection of appropriate methodology by using modern tools
3. Design & analyse the solution through appropriate Measurements and calculations
Prerequisites: Design Project-1

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO- PO - PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO - PO- PO- PS PS PS


-1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O-1 O-2 O-3
CO-1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1

CO-2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1

CO-3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1

Weightage of Assessment:

Review / Examination Weightage


Scheme

First Review 20%

Second Review 20%

Third Review 10%

End Semester Viva Voce 50%

A committee shall be constituted by the HoD for the Review.


Assessment Rubrics
Parameter Weightage (%)

Title & Objectives 5.0

Review of Literature (RL) 10.0

Design / Implementation 10.0

Methodology 5.0

Planning of Project Work 5.0

Testing Environment / Test Cases 5.0

Analytical thinking* 5.0

Technical Knowledge* 5.0

Presentation* 10.0

Demonstration* 5.0

Individual Roles Distribution* (Individual Objectives in 5.0


the project work)

Individual Contributions* (Towards the individual 5.0


objectives in the project work)

Deliverables 5.0

Team- work 10.0

Report / Thesis 5.0

Peer Assessment* 5.0

* Attributes for individual contribution.

EVALUATION PARAMETERS FOR ASSESSMENT

To be followed same as approved for Design project 1

ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE


COURSE EXAMINATIONS CREDITS 1
TITLE

COURSE COURSE L-T-P-S 1-0-1-1


GGGG1006 PC
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNING
Version 1.0 35th ACM BTL-4
Details LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE
Observati
on / lab
records as
Second approved
First
Periodical by the
Periodical Practical Theor Pract
Assessment Departme Attendance*
Assessme Assessments y ical
nt
nt (Theory) (Theory) Examinati
on
Committe
e “DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

This course provides students with the skills and strategies needed to succeed in
Course competitive exams, such as English grammar, vocabulary, reading and writing
Descriptio skills, listening comprehension, and critical thinking. It also helps them to
n understand the English language and exam structure better.

1. To provide an environment where people may compete on both a formal and


casual level and employ those abilities in regular conversation, presentations,
group discussions, and debates.
Course 2. To prepare the students to read literary materials, comprehend them, and
Objective respond to questions based on them.
3. Assisting students in developing social awareness and positive responses to
societal demands.
4. To give students a setting in which to take competitive exams.
Upon completion of this course,thestudentswill beable to;
1. Acquire knowledge of the structure and format of competitive examinations.
2. Improve vocabulary and grammar to increase success in
competitive examinations.
3. Develop critical thinking and problem-solving skills to answer complex
Course
questions.
Outcome
4. Analyse their vocabulary and communication ability to build the knowledge of
idioms, phrasal verbs and commonly used expressions for better productivity,
job performance and to develop self-confidence.
5. Learn how to approach and solve comprehension and essay questions
with confidence.
Prerequisites: Intermediate Level

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
C PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO- PSO-
O- PSO-2
O -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 1 3
1
C - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
O-
1
C - - - - - - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
O-
2
C - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
O-
3
C - - - - - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - -
O-
4
C - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 - - -
O-
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1
(3L+3P)
Introduction to Competitive Exams - IELTS, TOEFL etc.,
Precis writing – Types of Letter writing – Business Letters – Letters for CO-1
employability BTL-2

MODULE 2:
(3L+3P)
Reading Comprehension- Cloze Test- Passage Completion-Practice Test – CO-2
Listening Comprehension Exercise (Lab)
BTL-3
MODULE 3:
(3L+3P)

Spotting Errors- Sentence Improvement-Practice Test CO-3

BTL-4
MODULE 4:
(3L+3P)
Para Jumbles- Tracing Odd Sentences- Synonyms and Antonyms-Practice CO-4
Test
BTL-3
MODULE 5:
(3L+3P)

Idioms and Phrases, One Word Substitution, Active and Passive Voice, CO-5
Direct-Indirect Speech-Practice Tests
BTL-3
TEXT BOOKS

1. General English for Competitive Exams, by Dr. Rashmi Singh, 2nd Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. TOEFL

2. Sebastian Raschka, “Python Machine Learning”, Packt Publishing, 2015.

3. Hastie, Tibshirani, Friedman, “The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining,


Inference, and Prediction”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2017.
4. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, 2nd Revised edition, MIT Press,
2010.

E BOOKS
https://www.careers360.com/all-ebooks
1.
https://www.dishapublication.com/ebooks
2.
https://www.visionias.net/p/free-e-books-for-all-competitive.html
3.
https://www.fdaytalk.com/ebooks/
4.
MOOC
1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/english
SEMESTER VII

COURSE INFORMATION SECURITY INTELLIGENCE


CREDITS 4
TITLE AND MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
COURSE COURSE
ECY51008 PC L-T-P-S 3- 0- 2- 2
CODE CATEGORY
Approval LEARNIN
Version 1.0 XX BTL- 3
Details G LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Seminar/ ESE
Second
First Periodical Assignments/ Surprise Attendan
Periodical Theor
Assessment Project / Test / Quiz ce Practical
Assessment y
Practical
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%
The course introduces tools and tactics to manage cybersecurity risks, identify
Course
various types of common threats, evaluate the organization's security, collect
Description
and analyze cybersecurity intelligence, and handle incidents as they occur.
The course should enable the students
1. To identify, analyze and remediate computer security breaches by learning
and
Course 2. To implement the real-world scenarios in Cyber Investigations Laboratory,
Objective Network Security Laboratory and in Security and Penetration Testing
Laboratory.
3. Exhibit knowledge to secure corrupted systems, protect personal data, and
secure computer networks in an organization.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Analyze and evaluate the cyber security needs of an organization.
2. Determine and analyze software vulnerabilities and security solutions to
Course reduce the risk of exploitation.
3. Measure the performance and troubleshoot cyber security systems.
Outcome 4. Implement cyber security solutions and use of cyber security, information
assurance, and cyber/computer forensics software/tools.
5. Comprehend and execute risk management processes, risk treatment
methods, and key risk and performance indicators
Prerequisites: C Programming Language
CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING
P P P P PS
CO - PO - PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
O- O- O- O- O- PSO-3
PO 1 -3 -4 -6 -7 -9 -10 -12 O-1
2 5 8 11 2
CO-
2 3 1 - 3 1 - - - - - 3 2 3 2
1
CO-
2 3 1 - 3 1 - - - - - 3 3 3 3
2
CO-
3 2 1 - 3 1 - - - - - 3 2 2 2
3

CO-
3 3 1 - 3 1 2 - 2 - 1 3 2 2 2
4
CO-
3 2 1 - 3 1 2 - 2 - 1 3 2 2 3
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: COMPLIANCE FRAMEWORKS AND INDUSTY STANDARDS (12L)
Overview of US cybersecurity federal law, National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST), General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), International
Organization for Standardization (ISO), SOC reports, SOC reports: Auditor
process overview, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
(HIPAA), Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS), Centre
for Internet Security (CIS), National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST), Examples of GDPR, American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) Website
CO-1
research, HIPAA Cybersecurity guidance, Compliance and industry
BTL-2
standards, Centre for Internet Security (CIS) critical security controls.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 1: AlienVault Web interface
Exercise 2: Risk Metrics
Exercise 3: Incidents Operations
Exercise 4: Knowledge DB
Exercise 5: SIEM Analysis
MODULE 2: CLIENT SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION, ENDPOINT PROTECTION AND
PATCHING(12L)
Client system administration, endpoint protection and patching, Client system
administration, Endpoint protection, Endpoint detection and response, Unified
endpoint management, Overview of patching, Windows patching, Endpoint
protection: Additional vendor solutions, Unified endpoint for dummies, Patch
management best practice, Server and user administration, User and kernel
modes, Files systems, Directory structure, Role-based access control and
permissions, Local user accounts, Windows 10 security app, Features of
active directory, Active directory accounts and security considerations,
Overview of server management with windows admin center, Kerberos
authentication and logs, Windows auditing overview, Introduction to Linux,
CO-2
Linux file systems and directory structure, Linux run levels, Exploring the shell,
BTL-2
Linux internal and external commands, Linux basic commands,
Demonstration of samba installation and configuration, Securing privileged
access against threats, Beginning your General Data Protection Regulation
(GDPR), CIS controls Microsoft windows 10 cyber hygiene guide.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 6: Wireless Operations
Exercise 7: Anomalies Operations
Exercise 8: Logger Operations
Exercise 9: Vulnerabilities Operations
Exercise 10: Reports
MODULE 3: CRYPTOGRAPHY AND COMPLIANCE PITFALLS(12L)
Cryptography: An introduction, Cryptography: The basics, Common CO-3
cryptography pitfalls, encrypting data at rest, encrypting data in use, BTL-3
encrypting data in transit, Hashing, Digital signatures, Safeguarding
encryption keys, Impact of quantum computing, Additional review of
cryptographic exposures, Digital signature reading: National institute of
standards and technology, Additional quantum computing research,
Cryptographic weaknesses, Additional cryptography and encryption
examples.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 11: Scan Jobs
Exercise 12: Threats Database
Exercise 13: AlienVault Reporting system – 1.
Exercise 14: AlienVault Reporting system – 2
Exercise 15: Modules
MODULE 4: COMPLIANCE ANALYTICS WITH BIG DATA(12L)
Introduction to big data, 4Vs of Big Data, Introduction to big data analytics,
where is the value? More to big data, Big data nuances, Big data open source
tools, Big data caution & matter, Big data obstacles and continuous evolution
of data, Data and data analysis are getting more getting more complex, Future
of big data, Big data case & rise options, Hadoop, Building the big data team,
Big data scientist work, Big data adoption process, The team challenge,
Goals, Data challenge, Importance of culture in big data, Big data analytics
team, Introduction to big data evaluation, Growing sources of big data, Big
CO-4
data sources, Public information importance, Big data acquisition, Big data
BTL-5
environment, Big data storage dilemma, Building a platform, Structure to
unstructured, Structure to unstructured.
LAB Experiment:
Exercise 16: Layouts
Exercise 17: Scheduler
Exercise 18: Assets Operations
Exercise 19: Hosts
Exercise 20: Apache Syncope system requirements
MODULE 5: SECURITY, COMPLIANCE, AUDITING, PROTECTION, AND THE EVOLUTION OF
BIG DATA INFORMATION SECURITY INTELLIGENCE AND COMPLIANCE ANALYTICS(12L)
Pragmatic steps to securing big data, classifying data, protecting
big data analytics, Intellectual property challenge, changing
algorithms, starting small with big data, Thinking big, Steps to big
data analytics, Expediency vs accuracy, In-memory processing,
Big Data pipeline in depth, big data visualization, big data privacy,
Encryption techniques in big data.
Introduction of SIEM tool (Splunk Enterprise), Lab Specifications for Splunk
enterprise, Installation steps, Splunk enterprise configuration, Changing the
folder security policy, use case, Event Log Corelation with Splunk, Local CO-5
Windows host monitoring, how to setup the alerts? Managing Apps, how to BTL- 3
create a user, how to create roles, how to create user interface: Time range,
Lookups – Lookup Table files.
LAB EXPERIMENT:
Exercise 21: Obtain Apache Syncope
Exercise 22: GUI Installation
Exercise 23: Command-line interface (CLI)
Exercise 24: Eclipse IDE Plugin
Exercise 25: Net beans IDE Plugin
TEXTBOOKS
1 Information Security Intelligence And Management Practices (IBM ICE Publications)

COURSE
IT SECURITY AUDIT & MONITORING CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE 2- 0- 2-
ECY51009 PC L-T-P-S
CODE CATEGORY 2
Approval
Version 1.0 36th ACM LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3
Details

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observati
on / lab
records as
Second approved
First
Periodical by the
Periodical Practical
Assessment Departme Attendance* Theory
Assessme Assessments
nt
nt (Theory) (Theory) Examinati
on
Committee
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

The purpose of this course is to expose students to concepts, strategies, and best
practices in Information Systems governance, audit and control. Students will
Course
acquire the knowledge and skills to evaluate IS governance, and plan and execute
Descriptio
audit strategies and controls, based on proven IS audit standards, frameworks, and
n
guidelines. The course also exposes students to the underlying legal, ethical and
security issues.
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts and techniques in computer and
network security, giving students an overview of information security and
auditing, and to expose students to the latest trend of computer attack and
Course
defence.
Objective
2. Other advanced topics on information security such as mobile computing
security, security and privacy of cloud computing, as well as secure information
system development will also be discussed.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Develop, implement and execute an IS audit strategy in accordance with IS


audit standards, guidelines and best practices.
2. Effectively communicate emerging issues, potential risks, and audit results to
Course key stakeholders.
Outcome 3. Critically appraise the effectiveness of IS governance structure to ensure that IT
supports the organization’s strategies and objectives.
4. Elaborate the organization’s IT strategies, policies, standards, procedures, and
practices to ensure that IT supports the organization’s strategies and objectives.
5. Evaluate the design, implementation and monitoring of various security controls
to ensure that information assets are adequately safeguarded.

Prerequisites: Basics of Networks

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO- PSO
CO O- O- PSO-3
-2 -3 -4 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 1 -2
1 5
CO- 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 3 3
1
CO- 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 3 3
2
CO- 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 3 3 3
3
CO- 2 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 3 3
4
CO- 2 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 3 3 3
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE,RISK,AND COMPLIANCE
STANDARDS/FRAMEWORK (6L+3P)
Introduction to governance, risk, and compliance standards/framework, Business -
Information Security Alignment (BISA), Requirement of business: information security
alignment, Methodology of business – information security alignment, Industry best
practices in business – information security alignment, Information security as a
business enabler, Organizational structure of information security professionals, Roles
& responsibilities in the information security functions, Introduction to global standards,
Information security framework, Case Study. CO-1
LAB EXPERIMENT :
Exercise 1: Eramba Install & Configuration BTL-2
Exercise 2: Eramba Access Management
Exercise 3: Eramba Access Management configuration
Exercise 4: Authenticator Connector
Exercise 5: Filter Operations
Software Required:
Eramba
MODULE 2: IMPLEMENTATION LIFECYCLE OF ISO 27001 STANDARD,PCI-DSS
STANDARD&SECURITY REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS(6L+3P)

Implementation lifecycle of ISO 27001 standard, Introduction to ISO 27001:2013, ISO


27001:2013 requirements, Control objectives and controls (Annex A), Requirements of
ISO standard &statement of applicability, Detailed description of clause 6 and 8, Steps
of risk assessment, ISMS framework, Feature of Eramba> asset management, Asset
identification: Steps, Data asset analysis: Steps, Feature of Eramba> risk management,
Risk report: Steps, Asset risk management: Steps, Risk exceptions: Steps, Third party
risk management: Steps, Business impact analysis: Steps, Case study. Implementation
of PCI-DSS standard, Requirements of PCI-DSS standard, Feature of Eramba>
controls catalogue, Security controls report: Steps, Security services: Steps, Support
contracts: Steps, Business continuity plans: Steps, Security polices: Steps, Policy CO-2
exceptions: Steps. Introduction of implementation of security regulatory requirements,
Security in BFSI, Security in telecom sector, Security in healthcare sector, IT act of BTL-3
india, Feature of Eramba> security operations, Security operations report: Steps,
Project management: Steps, Security incidents: Steps.

LAB EXPERIMENT:

Exercise 6: Filter Conditions


Exercise 7: Custom Fields
Exercise 8: Landing Dashboards
Exercise 9: CSV Imports
Exercise 10: Data Flow Analysis
MODULE 3: SECURITY ASSURANCE,AUDITS,BUSINESS CASES & CYBER SECURITY
AUDIT(6L+3P)
Introduction to security assurance and audit, Auditing and security concepts, Audit CO-3
methodology, Business skills for auditors, Creating audit checklists, Feature of
Eramba>compliance management, Compliance report: Steps, Compliance exception: BTL-3
Steps, Compliance packages: Steps, Compliance analysis: Steps, Third party audits:
Steps, Feature of Eramba> system, System records: Steps, Settings: Steps, Feature of
Eramba> Dashboard, Case study. Compliance audit, Risk assessment, Web application
security audit, Cyber security audit, Network security audit, Mobile application security
audit. Digital asset protection, Lines of defense, Role of audit, Audit objectives, Audit
scope.

LAB EXPERIMENT :

Exercise 11: Getting to Know and Accessing the Platform


Exercise 12: Configuring the User and Account Settings
Exercise 13: Scanning a System
Exercise 14: Configuring an Authenticated Scan
Exercise 15: Group Policy Object (GPO)
MODULE 4: CYBER SECURITY GOVERNANCE(6L+3P)
Cyber security roles and responsibilities, Security frameworks, Security organization
goals and objectives, Cyber security policy and standards, Cyber and legal/regulatory
requirements, Information asset classification, Cyber security insurance, Cyber security
risk assessment, Cyber security awareness training and education, social media - Risk
and control, Third-party assessment, Service providers, Supply Chain Risk
Management (SCRM), Performance measurement. CO-4
LAB EXPERIMENT: BTL-3
Exercise 16: Scanning Without Domain Administrator
Exercise 17: Managing Gateways
Exercise 18: Reports and Vulnerability Management
Exercise 19: Quality of Detection Concept
Exercise 20: Filtering a Report
MODULE 5: CYBER SECURITY OPERATIONS & TECHNOLOGY(6L+3P)

Concepts and definitions, Threat and vulnerability management, Enterprise Identity and
Access Management (IAM), Configuration management/asset management, change
management, Patch management, Network security, Build and deploy/secure
authorization process for IT, Incident management, Client endpoint protection,
Application security, Data backup and recovery, Security compliance, Cryptography.
Firewall and network security technologies, Security Incident & Event Management
(SIEM), Wireless technology, Cloud computing, Mobile security, Internet of Things (IoT), CO-5
Virtualization security, Industrial Control Systems (ICS), Advanced security audit.
BTL-3
LAB EXPERIMENT:

Exercise 21: Security Onion setup


Exercise 22: Security Onion Console (SOC)
Exercise 23: SOC Alerts
Exercise 24: SOC Hunt
Exercise 25: SOC Kibana
TEXT BOOKS

1. IT Security Audit & Monitoring (IBM ICE Publications)

CREDIT
COURSE TITLE CONCEPTS OF BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY 3
S
COURSE
COURSE ECY5101
CATEGOR DE L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE 0
Y
VERSION 1.0 APPROVA 36th ACM LEARNING BTL-3
L DETAILS LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Surprise
Test / End Semester
Quiz etc., Examination
as
Second Seminar/ approved
First Periodical Periodical Assignme by the Attendanc
Assessment Assessme nts/ Departme e
nt Project nt THEOR PRACTIC
Examinat Y AL
ion
Committe
e “DEC”
25
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25%
%
This course provides a broad overview of the essential concepts of blockchain
Course technology – by initially exploring the Bitcoin protocol followed by the Ethereum
Description protocol – to lay the foundation necessary for developing applications and
programming.

1. To contentedly discuss and describe the history, types and applications of


Blockchain
Course 2. To gains familiarity with cryptography and Consensus algorithms.
Objectives 3. To create and deploy projects using Web3j.
4. To implement an ICO on Ethereum
5. To design blockchain bases application with Swarm and IPFS
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Elaborate and describe the history, types and applications of


Course Blockchain
Outcomes 2. Apply cryptography and Consensus algorithms.
3. Illusrate projects using Web3j.
4. Implement and create an ICO on Ethereum
5. Design blockchain bases application with Swarm and IPFS
Prerequisites: NIL

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
P P P P P P P
PO P P P PO S PS
COs O O O O O O O PS O3
1 O3 O4 O7 12 O O2
2 5 6 8 9 10 11
1
CO-1 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO-2 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO-3 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO-4 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO-5 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

1 - Weakly Correlated, 2 - Moderately Correlated and 3 - Strongly Correlated


MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO BLOCKCHAIN (6L+3P)
Distributed DBMS – Limitations of Distributed DBMS, Introduction to Block CO-1
chain – History, Definition, Distributed Ledger, Blockchain Categories – BTL-3
Public, Private, Consortium, Blockchain Network and Nodes, Peer-to-Peer
Network, Mining Mechanism, Generic elements of Blockchain, Features of
Blockchain, and Types of Blockchain.

Practical Component:

Software Tool : Ethereum

1. Create a Public Ledger vs. Private Ledger with the various


attributes like Access, Network Actors, Native token, Security,
Speed and examples.
2. How would a blockchain help in processing insurance claims of
the insurance industry, which suffers from a number of issues like
fraud, contract complexity, human error, information flows in
reinsurance and claims processing? Use various aspects to
summarize the solution.

Suggested Readings:

https://blockchainhub.net/blockchains-and-distributed-ledger-technologies-
in-general/

3. https://blog.todotnet.com/2019/03/solving-real-world-problems-
with-distributed-ledger-technology/

MODULE 2: BLOCKCHAIN ARCHITECTURE


(6L+3P)
Operation of Bitcoin Blockchain, Blockchain Architecture – Block, Hash,
Distributer P2P, Structure of Blockchain- Consensus mechanism: Proof of
Work (PoW), Proof of Stake (PoS), Byzantine Fault Tolerance (BFT),
Proof of Authority (PoA) and Proof of Elapsed Time (PoET)

Practical component: CO-2


BTL-3
Software : Solidity

1. Prepare your build system and Building Bitcoin Core.


2. Write Hello World smart contract in a higher programming
language (Solidity).
Solidity example using arrays and functions
MODULE 3: BLOCKCHAIN-BASED FUTURES SYSTEM
(6L+3P)
Project presentation-Futures smart contract: Blockchain oracles-Web3j:
Setting up the Web3J-Installing web3j-Wallet creation,Java client: The
wrapper generator-Initializing web3j-Setting up Ethereum accounts-
Deploying the contract

Practical component: CO-3


BTL-3
Software : Ethereum

1. Create a Maven project using Web3j.


2. Construct and deploy your contract (Use deploy method)

MODULE 4: BLOCKCHAINS IN BUSINESS AND CREATING ICO


(6L+3P)
Public versus private and permissioned versus permission less CO-4
blockchains- Privacy and anonymity in Ethereum- Why are privacy and BTL-3
anonymity important?- The Ethereum Enterprise Alliance- Blockchain-as-
a-Service- Initial Coin Offering (ICO): Project setup for ICO
implementation- Token contracts- Token sale contracts-Contract security
and Testing the code.

Practical Component:

Software : Ethereum

1. Implement an ICO on Ethereum.

MODULE 5: DISTRIBUTED STORAGE IPFS AND SWARM


(6L+3P)
Ethereum Virtual Machine- Swarm and IPFS:Installing IPFS, Hosting our
frontend: Serving your frontend using IFPS, Serving your frontend using
Swarm, IPFS file uploader project:Project setup the web page

Practical component:
CO-5
Software :Ethereum BTL-4
Install IPFS locally on our machine, initialize your node, view the nodes in
network and add files and directories, install Swarm and run any test file.

TEXT BOOKS
Imran Bashir, “Mastering Blockchain: Distributed Ledger Technology, decentralization, and
1. smart contracts explained”, 2nd Edition, Packt Publishing Ltd, March 2018.

Bellaj Badr, Richard Horrocks, Xun (Brian) Wu, “Blockchain By Example: A developer's
2. guide to creating decentralized applications using Bitcoin, Ethereum, and
Hyperledger”,Packt Publishing Limited, 2018.

REFERENCE BOOKS
Andreas M. Antonopoulos , “Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies”,
1. O’Reilly Media Inc, 2015

Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller and Steven Goldfeder,
2. “Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies: A Comprehensive Introduction”, Princeton
University Press, 2016.

E BOOKS
1. https://www.velmie.com/practical-blockchain-study
MOOC
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/build-your-blockchain-az/

COURSE MODERN SOFTWARE ENGINEERING


CREDITS 3
TITLE

COURSE COURSE
ECS51021 PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2
CODE CATEGORY

LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-4
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE
Observation /
lab records as
First Second approved by
Periodical Periodical Practical the Attendanc
Assessment Theory Practical
Assessment Assessments Department e*
(Theory) (Theory) Examination
Committee
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 25% 25%

This course covers the fundamentals of software engineering, including understanding system
Course
requirements, finding appropriate engineering compromises, effective methods of design, coding,
Description
and testing, team software development, and the application of engineering tools.

1. To provide an understanding of different software processes and how to choose between


them
2. To discuss How to elicit requirements from a client and specify them
Course 3. To Design in the large, including principled choice of a software architecture, the use of
Objective modules and interfaces to enable separate development, and design patterns.
4. To illustrate good coding practices, including documentation, contracts, regression tests
and daily builds.
5. To demonstrate various quality assurance techniques, including unit testing, functional
testing, and automated analysis tools.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Analyze and choose appropriate process model and represent the given software project
Course scenario.
Outcome 2. Elicit the requirements and develop suitable requirement model.
3. Design the software architecture model based on requirements gathered
4. Distinguish between the different quality assurance strategies and testing methods
5. Summarize the activities of Software Configuration Management
Prerequisites: Nil

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO- PO- PO- PO PO- PO- PO PO- PO- PSO- PSO- PSO-
CO PO-6
-1 -2 3 4 5 -7 8 9 -10 11 12 1 2 3

CO-1 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 3 2 1

CO-2 3 2 - 1 1 - 3 2 - - - 1 2 2 1

CO-3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 - 1 - 1 1 2 2 1

CO-4 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 1 - 2 - 1 1 2 1

CO-5 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 1

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND PROCESS MODELS (6L+6P)

Introduction to Software Engineering – Generic Process model – Perspective process model –


Specialized process model – Unified process model – Personal and Team process model – Agile CO-1
process – Extreme programming – Agile process model – Adaptive Software Development (ASD)
– Scrum – Dynamic Systems Development Method (DSDM) – Crystal – Feature Driven
Development (FDD) – Lean Software Development (LSD) – Agile Modelling (AM), Agile Unified
Process (AUP) – Tool set for the Agile process.
BTL-3
Practical Component: Design and develop an Agile process models using Scrum, highlighting
the outcome of each stage.

MODULE 2: SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS ANALYSIS AND MODELING (6L+6P)

Requirements Engineering – Eliciting requirements – Developing use cases – Building the


requirement model – Negotiating requirements – validating requirements – Scenario based
modelling – UML models – Data modelling – Class based, Flow oriented and Behavioural CO-2
modelling – Patterns for requirement modelling – Requirement modelling for WebApps.
BTL-3
Practical Component: Consider a real time scenario and using standard tools, develop the
Software Requirement Specification Document following the IEEE standards.

MODULE 3: DESIGN CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES (6L+6P)

Design process – Design concepts - Design model – Software architecture – Architectural genres
– Architectural styles – Architectural design– Component – Designing class based components –
Component level design for WebApps – Designing traditional components – Component based
development - User Interface Design – Golden rules – Interface analysis and design steps – CO-3
WebApp Interface design - WebApp design – Design pyramid – Aesthetic design – Content
design – Architectural design – Navigation design – Component level design. BTL-4

Practical Component: Construct the various design diagrams to represent the process flow and
data flow for a given problem specification using Rational Rose / Open source tools.

MODULE 4: SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE AND TESTING (6L+6P)

Elements of Software Quality Assurance – SQA tools, goals and metrics – Six sigma for Software
Engineering – Measures of software reliability and availability – Software safety – ISO 9000
quality standards – SQA plan – Strategic approach to software testing – Verification and
validation – Test strategies for conventional software – Test strategies for Object oriented CO-4
software – Test strategies for WebApps – Validation testing – System Testing – Art of Debugging.
BTL-4
Practical Component: Demonstrate the working of any two standard testing tools.

MODULE 5: SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (6L+6P)

Software Configuration Management – Elements of SCM - SCM Repository – SCM Process –


Version control - Change control – Configuration control – Status reporting - Configuration
management for WebApps – Content management – Change management – Version control – CO-5
Auditing and reporting.
BTL-3
Practical Component: Prepare a study report on SCM tools such as Ansible, CFEngine, Chef,
Puppet, and Salt.

TEXT BOOKS

Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering- A practitioner’s Approach, 7th Editon, McGraw-Hill, 2014.
1.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, Pearson Education Asia, 7th edition, 2011

2. Pankaj Jalote- An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, Springer Verlag, 2008

James F Peters and Witold Pedryez, “Software Engineering – An Engineering Approach”, John Wiley
3.
and Sons, New Delhi, 2007

K.K. Agarwal and Yogesh Singh, “Software Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, Third
4.
edition, 2008.

E BOOKS
1. http://www4.ncsu.edu/~tjmenzie/cs510/pdf/SWEBOKv3.pdf

2. https://edisciplinas.usp.br/mod/resource/view.php?id=1094198

MOOC
1. https://www.coursera.org/courses?languages=en&query=software%20engineering

2. https://www.edx.org/course/software-engineering-introduction-ubcx-softeng1x

3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101061/

COURSE RESEARCH METHODOLOGY & IPR


CREDITS 2
TITLE

COURSE EGE51005 COURSE


ES L-T-P-S 2-0-0-2
CODE CATEGORY

LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-3
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Observation /
lab records as
First Second approved by
Periodical Periodical Practical the Attendanc
Assessment Theory Practical
Assessment Assessments Department e*
(Theory) (Theory) Examination
Committee
“DEC”

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50% 15%

The students shall develop a detailed insight about various aspects of Research Methodology and
IPR. Research Process and its type will be discussed in the Module I, whereas research variables
Course
were briefed in the Module II. Detailed procedure of data preparation and analysis will be taught in
Description
the Module III, report writing will be discussed in the Module IV. Finally, Module V will provide
insights about IPR

1. The course aims to identify and appreciate scientific inquiry


Course 2. The course also equips the students to develop the skill of writing research proposals
Objective 3. The course aims to plan a systematic outlook towards business Situations for the purpose of
objective decision making, and the method of conducting scientific inquiry to solve
organizational problems
4. The course also trains the students to analyze data and find solutions to the research
problems
5. The course aims the students to Prepare research reports

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Identify and appreciate scientific inquiry
2. Develop the skill of writing research proposals
Course 3. Plan a systematic outlook towards business Situations for the purpose of objective decision
Outcome making, and the method of conducting scientific inquiry to solve organizational problems
4. Consolidate data and write technical reports
5. Summarize the salient features of Intellectual Property Rights

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO- PO- PO- PO PO- PO- PO PO- PO- PSO- PSO- PSO-
CO PO-6
-1 -2 3 4 5 -7 8 9 -10 11 12 1 2 3

CO-1 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
CO-2 2 3 1 1 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 2
CO-3 3 2 1 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 2 2
CO-4 2 3 1 1 3 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 2 2 3
CO-5 2 3 1 1 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION (6L)

Business Research – Definition and Significance – the research process – Types of Research –
Exploratory and causal Research–Theoretical and empirical Research – Cross – Sectional and
time – series Research – Research questions / Problems – Research objectives – Research CO-1
hypotheses – characteristics – Research in an evolutionary perspective – the role of theory in
research. BTL-3
Suggested Readings:
1. Research Hypotheses
MODULE 2: RESEARCH DESIGN AND MEASUREMENT (6L)

Research design – Definition – types of research design –Variables in Research – Measurement


and Scaling – Different scales – Construction of instrument –Validity and Reliability of instrument.
Types of data – Primary Vs Secondary data – Methods of primary data collection – Survey Vs
Observation – Experiments – Construction of Questionnaire and instrument – Types of Validity –
CO-2
Sampling plan–Sample size– determinants optimal sample size – sampling techniques –
Sampling methods.
Suggested Readings: BTL-3

1. Sampling Techniques

MODULE 3: DATA PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS (6L)

Data Preparation – editing – Coding –Data entry – Validity of data – Qualitative Vs Quantitative CO-3
data analyses – Applications of Bivariate and Multivariate statistical techniques, Factor analysis,
Discriminant analysis, Cluster analysis, Multiple regression and Correlation, Multidimensional BTL-3
scaling.
Suggested Readings:
1. Cluster Analysis

MODULE 4: REPORT DESIGN, WRITING AND ETHICS IN BUSINESS RESEARCH (6L)

Research report –Types – Contents of report – need for executive summary – Chaptalization–
contents of chapter – report writing – the role of audience – readability – comprehension – tone –
final proof – report format – title of the report CO-4
Suggested Readings: BTL-3

1. Report Writing

MODULE 5: INTRODUCTION TO IPRS (INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS) (6L)

Meaning, importance – Various Types of Intellectual Property Rights – Patent, Copyrights,


Geographical Indication, trade Secretes, Industrial Design – Registration, rights – World CO-5
Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO)- Intellectual Property Rights in India
Suggested Readings: BTL-3
1. Patent and Copyrights

TEXT BOOKS

1. UmaSekaran, Research Methods fo rBusiness, Wiley Publications, 2011.


2. Donald R.Cooper and Pamela S.Schindler-Business Research Methods-Tata McGraw Hill,2010

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Naresh K Malhotra –Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation, Pearson Education,4thEdition,2010.

2 T.N.Srivastava&ShailajaRego -BusinessResearchMethodology,TataMcGrawHill,2013,Edition.2012

3 Uma Sekaran and Roger Bougie, Research methods for Business, 5th Edition, Wiley India, New Delhi,
2012.
4 Karuppasamy & H.C.Bindusha, A Practical Approach to Intellectual Property Rights, Himalaya
Publications, Mumbai, 2014.
E BOOKS
1 http://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=33(Socialworkeducation(P05-M29)
2. http://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=33 (Social work education (P05-M01)
3. http://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=33 (Social work education (P05-M09)
4 http://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/ahl.php?csrno=33 (Social work education(P05-M12)
MOOC
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_ge36/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/127106227

COURSE
PROJECT PHASE-1 CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
ECS51806 EEC L-T-P-S 0-0-6-6
CODE CATEGORY
37 th ACM
dated LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL-3
20.01.2023 LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
FIRST PROJECT REPORT
SECOND REVIEW THIRD REVIEW
REVIEW & VIVAVOCE
20% 20% 10% 50%

This course is designed to offer a diverse range of objectives, spanning from design and practical
implementation to computational work and research-based projects. Every proposed project
presents a pathway to accomplish the desired learning outcomes. The core purpose of this module
is to serve as a platform for students to not only develop and integrate their existing knowledge and
Course skills but also to explore and, in certain cases, contribute to new knowledge through literature
Description review, experimentation, or modelling and analysis, as applicable. Moreover, the module places a
strong emphasis on recognizing and nurturing students' curiosity and motivation. It strives to
provide a gratifying learning experience through close interaction and guidance from an academic
supervisor.

The course will enable the students to:


1. Undertake theoretical studies, computer simulations and hardware construction based on
the literature review performed.
Course 2. Produce progress reports on the work completed and maintain to schedule the time frame
Objective of the project
3. Finally deliver a seminar and prepare a report/paper to present in a forum involving paper
presentations and demonstration of the operational hardware and software

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Categorize the topic of interest and identify the project domain based on the societal /
Course industry requirements
Outcome 2. Reproducing the existing system and feasibility of the proposed project
3. Articulate the methodology of the project based on comprehensive Literature survey and
break down to point out the methods and strategies for implementation.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PSO- PSO- PSO-
CO PO-11 PO-12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3
CO-1 3 1 2 0 0 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1

CO-2 3 1 2 0 0 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1

CO-3 3 1 2 0 0 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


The Project Work shall be carried out in the field of Electronics & Communication Engineering. Students shall work in
convenient groups of not more than four members in a group. Every Project Work shall have a Supervisor. During
this period the supervisor shall guide the students to implement the project. The students shall give periodical
presentations of the progress made in the Project Work.
Each group shall finally produce a report covering background information, literature survey, problem statement,
project work details and conclusions. This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines.
Assessment Review / Exam.

Assessment
Review / Exam Weightage
First Review 20%
Second review 20%
Third review &DEMO 10%
Project Report &viva 50%
Voce
TOTAL 100%
A committee shall be constituted by the HoD for the Review

Assessment Rubrics

Parameter Weightage (%)

Title & Objectives 5.0

Review of Literature (RL) 10.0

Design / Implementation 10.0

Methodology 5.0

Planning of Project Work 5.0

Testing Environment / Test


5.0
Cases

Analytical thinking* 5.0

Technical Knowledge* 5.0

Presentation* 10.0

Demonstration* 5.0

Individual Roles Distribution*


(Individual Objectives in the 5.0
project work)

Individual Contributions*
(Towards the individual 5.0
objectives in the project work)
Deliverables 5.0

Team- work 5.0

Report / Thesis 5.0

Publication, Patent, Funding,


5.0
Competitions

Peer Assessment* 5.0

* Attributes for individual contribution


EVALUATION PARAMETERS FOR ASSESSMENT

Parameter Weightage Excellent (100%) Good (80%) Average (60%) Below Average (40%)

Detailed and extensive Good explanation of the Average explanation of Moderate explanation of
explanation of the purpose and need of the the purpose and need of the purpose and need of
purpose and need of the project. the project. the project.
project.
Title, Objective
All objectives of the Good justification to the Incomplete justification to Only Some objectives of
5 proposed work are well objectives; Methodology the objectives proposed; the proposed work are
(TO)
defined; Steps to be to be followed is Steps are mentioned but well defined; Steps to be
followed to solve the specified but detailing is unclear; without followed to solve the
defined problem are not done. justification to objectives. defined problem are not
clearly specified. specified properly.

Detailed extensive Collects a great deal of Moderate study of the Explanation of the
explanation of the information and good existing systems; collects specifications and the
specification, Limitations study of the existing some basic information limitations of the existing
of the existing systems. systems; systems, not very
satisfactory; limited
information
Information is gathered Information is gathered Information is gathered Information is gathered
from multiple, research- from multiple sources. from a limited number of from a single source.
Review of Literature based sources. sources.
10
(RL) Well organized, Well organized, but Weakly organized with no No organization,
demonstrates logical demonstrates illogical logical sequencing or sequencing, or structure.
sequencing & structure sequencing or structure structure.

Detailed conclusions are Conclusions are reached There is some indication No conclusions are made
reached from the from the evidence of conclusions from the from the evidence offered.
evidence offered offered. evidence offered.
Research gaps are Research gaps are Research gaps were not Research gaps were not
formed through the formed through the formed but could be formed and are not
literature review and literature review. formed through the apparent from the
clearly stated. literature review. literature review.

The proposed system The proposed system


The proposed system has
has been Designed / has been partially
been partially designed / The proposed system has
Design / implemented using designed / implemented
implemented using not been Designed /
Implementation 10 appropriate developing using developing
developing environment implemented and plan of
environment in a environment and
and highly deviated from design is not evident.
systematic plan as deviated from the plan of
the plan of design.
planned. design.
Division of problem into Division of problem into Division of problem into Partial division of problem
modules and good modules and good modules but into modules and
selection of computing selection of computing inappropriate selection of inappropriate selection of
framework. framework. computing framework. computing framework.

Appropriate design Design methodology not Design methodology not Design methodology not
methodology and properly justified. defined properly. defined properly
Methodology properly justification.
5
Complete explanation of Complete explanation of Incomplete explanation of Inappropriate explanation
the key concepts and the key concepts, but in- the key concepts and in- of the key concepts and
strong description of the sufficient description of sufficient description of poor description of the
technical requirements of the technical the technical technical requirements of
the project. requirements of the requirements of the the project
project. project.

Planning of Project Time frame properly Time frame properly Time frame properly Time frame not properly
5 specified and has been specified but has been specified, but not being specified
Work
followed followed partly followed

Testing Environment is Testing Environment is Testing Environment is Testing Environment is


formulated appropriately formulated, lack of formulated. Justification / not formulated.
Testing Environment /
as a state of the art. Justification / Coverage. Coverage
Test Cases 5
All the possible Test Maximum no. of Test Minimum no. of Test No Test cases are
cases are identified cases are identified. cases are identified. identified.
Little evidence that a No evidence that a
Data or design
Students analyze data or systematic process was systematic process was
alternatives are analyzed
Analytical thinking design alternatives used to analyze data or used to analyze data or
5 mostly systematically.
systematically, in-depth, design alternatives. design alternatives.
Critical thinking is usually
and with critical thinking. Critical thinking is often Critical thinking is not
evident.
weak visible.
Lack of sufficient
Extensive knowledge Fair knowledge related Poor knowledge related to
Technical Knowledge 5 knowledge related to the
related to the project to the project project
project

Presentation 10 Contents of Contents of Contents of presentations Contents of presentations


presentations are presentations are mostly are appropriate but not are not appropriate and
appropriate and well appropriate and well delivered not well delivered
delivered. delivered better

Demonstrates full Answered all the Is uncomfortable with Does not have grasp of
knowledge by answering questions without information and is able to information and cannot
all questions with elaboration. answer only rudimentary answer questions about
explanations and questions subject
elaboration

Provides clear purpose Has somewhat clear Attempts to define Does not clearly define
and subject; pertinent purpose and subject; purpose and subject; subject and purpose;
examples, facts, and/or some examples, facts, provides weak examples, provides weak or no
statistics; supports and/or statistics that facts, and/or statistics, support of subject; gives
conclusions/ideas with support the which do not adequately insufficient support for
evidence. subject; includes some support the subject; ideas or conclusions
data or evidence that includes very thin data or
supports conclusions evidence

Demonstrates strong Shows some Shows little or mixed Shows no interest in


enthusiasm about topic enthusiastic feelings about the topic topic Presented.
during entire feelings about topic. being presented.
presentation.
Significantly increases Raises audience Raises audience Fails to increase audience
audience understanding understanding and understanding and understanding of
and knowledge of topic; awareness of most knowledge of some points knowledge of topic
convinces an audience to points
recognize the validity and
importance of the
subject.

Proper eye contact with Clear voice with good Eye contact with only few Poor eye contact with
audience and clear voice spoken language but people and unclear voice. audience and unclear
with good spoken less eye contact with voice.
language. audience

Project demonstrated Project demonstrated All modules are


only few modules are
Demonstration 5 with output and proved with output but lack in demonstrated but did not
demonstrated
the efficiency proving the efficiency. get the expected output

The team establishes The group establishes The group establishes The group does not
and documents clear and clear and formal informal roles/objetive for establish roles/objective
Individual Roles formal roles/objective for roles/objective for each each member. The for each member and/or
Distribution (Individual each member and member and distributes workload could be the workload is unequally
5
Objectives in the distributes the workload the workload equally. distributed more equally. distributed.
project work) equally.
The individual objective The individual objective The individual objective of The individual objective
of a team member is of a team member is a team member is of a team member is not
meets. meets halfway through. partially meets. met.

The individual The individual did not The individual did not
contributed in a valuable contribute as heavily as contribute as even
way to the project. others but did meet all marginally as others but
responsibilities. did meet all
Individual responsibilities marginally.
Contributions
(Towards the 5
individual objectives in The individual is also The individual is also The individual is also able The individual did not
the project work) able to articulate the key able to identify some key to identify some key contribute to the project
performance criteria of performance criteria of performance criteria of and failed to meet
successful teams and successful teams and/or successful teams and/or responsibilities. The
evaluate the group draw related connections draw related connections individual does not
performance accordingly. the team performance the team performance for identify key performance
some extend. criteria of successful
teams or draw inference
to own experience.

Delivers clear, Delivers useful Recommendations may Recommendations is not


comprehensive recommendations to the not be useful to stake be useful to stake holders
recommendations to stake holders that are holders or are weakly or not supported by
stake holders that are supported by project supported by project project findings.
Deliverables 5 well supported by project findings findings.
findings.
The team worked well The team worked well The team did not The team did not
together to achieve together most of the collaborate or collaborate and no
objectives. time, with only a few communication well. communication.
occurrences of Some members would
communication work independently,
breakdown or failure to without regard to
collaborate when objectives or priorities.
necessary.

Each member Members were mostly A lack of respect and No members would work
contributed in a valuable respectful of each other. regard was frequently independently, without
way to the project. All noted. regard to objectives or
data sources indicated a priorities. No respect and
high level of mutual regard was frequently
Team Work 5
respect and noted.
collaboration.

A clear procedure for A clear procedure for A procedure for making There is no decision
making decisions is making decisions is decisions is established making process,
formally established by informally established by by the group, but it is not decisions are made by
the group. the group. clear and/or it focuses on individuals.
individuals.

Everyone is fully Everyone is engaged The group is engaged but The group is only
engaged with effective most of the time. The can be distracted. Ideas engaged with
exchange of ideas. exchange of ideas is are exchanged with encouragement or not all
effective most of the encouragement. members are engaged.
time. Ideas are not exchanged
effectively.
Exceptional introduction Proficient introduction Adequate introduction that Weak introduction of topic
that grabs interest of that states background states topic, thesis and and subtopics is weak
reader and states information, provocative some of the subtopics; and lacks an arguable
background information, question, topic, thesis, thesis is somewhat clear position.
provocative question, and all subtopics in and arguable.
topic and all subtopics in proper order; thesis is a
proper order; thesis clear and arguable
exceptionally clear, statement of position.
arguable, well
developed, and a
definitive statement.

Report / Thesis 5 Exceptionally Well researched in Some aspects of paper is Limited information on
researched with extreme detail with accurate & researched with some topic with lack of
detail, historically critical evidence from a accurate evidence from research, details or
accurate with critical variety of sources. limited sources. historically accurate
evidence from a wide evidence.
variety of sources.

Exceptionally critical, Consistent connections Some connections made Limited connections


relevant, consistent made among analysis of among analysis of made among analysis of
connections among evidence, subtopics, evidence, subtopics, evidence, subtopics,
arguments, analysis, arguments & thesis / arguments & thesis / counterarguments &
subtopics, & thesis/topic; topic; good and topic; limited or thesis / topic; complete
excellent, appropriate generally appropriate somewhat inappropriate lack of or inappropriate
conclusions conclusions conclusions conclusions
Exceptionally clear, Clear and logical Somewhat clear and Lacks clear and logical
logical, mature, thorough presentation and logical presentation and presentation and
presentation and development of ideas development of ideas; development of ideas;
development of ideas that support thesis; good adequate transitions weak transition b/w ideas
that support thesis; transitions between between paragraphs. and paragraphs.
excellent transition paragraphs.
between paragraphs.

Very concise, clear, with Clear, with minimal Periodic errors in Inconsistent grammar,
consistently proper errors in grammar, grammar, spelling and spelling and paragraphing
grammar, spelling and spelling and paragraphing. throughout paper.
paragraphing. paragraphing.

Proper detailed format Consistent and correct Sometimes inconsistent Very inconsistent or
always used consistently format in both text and or incorrect use of incorrect use of citations
and correctly in both text works Cited section citations in both text and in both text and Works
and Works Cited Works Cited Cited section

Well organized, very Well thought out slides Acceptable – slides Poorly organized;
professional; all and/or handouts; and/or handouts clear; rambled; dwelt too long
questions addressed in a professional good presentation skills; on less important aspects;
knowledgeable and presentation; almost all able to answer most unable to answer all
respectable manner; questions addressed in a questions. questions; some slides
slides and/or handouts professional manner. difficult to read;
outstanding typos/errors in slides.

Report / Thesis is very Report / Thesis is A part of Report / Thesis Report / Thesis is poorly
well organized by using organized by using is organized, using organized Appropriate
appropriate advanced appropriate formatting, standard formatting tools. formatting such as
formatting, including including shading, Some labels or other appropriate labels &
shading, alignment tools, alignment tools, borders, important formatting tools column/row widths &
borders, special fonts, special fonts, appropriate are missing. heights are not used.
appropriate labels, labels, appropriate
appropriate column/row column/row height &
height & width. width
Publication, Patent, 5 Paper published in the Paper accepted for Paper submitted for Appropriate reputed
Funding, Competitions appropriate reputed publication in the publication in the Journals / Conferences
Journals / Conference. appropriate reputed appropriate reputed have been not identified
Journals / Conference Journals / Conference.

Significant Steps have Some steps have been Lack of Steps have been No Steps have been
been evidenced for evidenced for funding / evidenced for funding / evidenced for funding /
funding / Patents Patents Patents Patents / Publication

Peer Assessment 5 The team members are assessing the other members in the scale of 20%, 50%,80% and 100%
COURSE VERBAL REASONING AND INTERVIEW SKILLS
CREDITS 1
TITLE

COURSE GGGG1007 COURSE


HS L-T-P-S 1–0–1-1
CODE CATEGORY

35th ACM - 6th LEARNING


Version 1.0 Approval Details BTL – 4
Aug. 2022 LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

CIA ESE

Surprise Test /
Quiz., as
First Second approved by
Periodical Periodical Practical the Attendanc
Assessment Theory Practical
Assessment Assessments Department e*
(Theory) (Theory) Examination
Committee
“DEC”

15 % 15% 10 % 5% 5% 25 % 25 %
This course seeks to enhance their verbal thinking abilities and employment skills.

Course In the course, students learn how to use their newly acquired speaking skills to compete in the
Description outside world. Students who participate in this course will master the speaking techniques
necessary to maximize their potential through practice with verbal reasoning.

1. To enhance verbal thinking skills for ordinary public speaking.


2. To assist students in becoming better debaters and verbal analysts by preparing them with
verbal analyses.
Course 3. To improve speaking abilities and advance to the right stage using thinking abilities.
Objective 4. Gaining the capacity to evaluate one's speaking abilities and put them to use in practice.
5. Making recommendations on how to strengthen your verbal communication skills through
regular practice.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Illustrate verbal ability skill.
2. Develop verbal reasoning ability to improve logical reasoning skills.
Course 3. Analyse language strategies and techniques for speaking in formal and informal professional
Outcome contexts.
4. Enhance the ability to use linguistic structures and vocabulary in professional contexts.
5. Develop the ability to prepare and present professional skills and knowledge in a convincing
manner.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING

PO PO PO- PO- PO- PO PO- PO- PO PO- PO- PSO- PS PSO


CO PO-6
-1 -2 3 4 5 -7 8 9 -10 11 12 1 O-2 -3

CO-1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - 2 3 1 3 - - -
CO-2 - 2 2 2 - 2- - - 2 3 1 3 - - -
CO-3 - - 2 2 - 2 - - 2 3 1 3 - - -
CO-4 - - - - - 1 - - 2 3 1 3 - - -
CO-5 - - - - - 1 - - 2- 3 1 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: VERBAL REASONING SKILLS (3 HRS.)

Introduction to Verbal Reasoning – Analogy – Classification - Coding-Decoding - Blood Relations CO-1


- Puzzle Test - Sequential Output Tracing - Direction Sense Test - Logical Sense Test - Logical
Venn Diagrams - Alphabet Test BTL-2

MODULE 2: PRACTICING VERBAL REASONING QUESTIONS (3 HRS.)

Practice on – Logic - Statement Arguments reasoning-ability - Statement Assumptions -


Statement Courses of Action - Statement Conclusions - Deriving Conclusion From Passages CO-2
BTL-3
- Theme Detection - Cause and Effect Reasoning

MODULE 3: UNDERSTANDING INTERVIEW (3 HRS.)

What is an Interview? - Types of Interviews - Other assessment methods – Why do interviews


take place? What Happens in an interview – What are interviews about? What leads to Success CO-3
in Interviews ? Providing proof that you are the right candidate – the most common mistakes – BTL-3
De-mystifying the interview – Stressing your contribution

MODULE 4: LANGUAGE ACCURACY IN INTERVIEW (3 HRS.)

Importance of personal Image – creating a positive first impression – appearance – Behaviour –


confidence – positive mental attitude – the journey – voice – controlling nerves – Giving a CO-4
presentation – types of presentation – preparing a presentation – rehearsing your presentation – BTL-3
using visual aids.

MODULE 5: PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATION OF THE PERSONAL SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE


(3 HRS.)

Examples of Interview questions and answers – dealing with tricky situations – internal vacancies CO-5
– money – Step-by-step checklist – learning from experience – other sources of help. BTL-4
TEXT BOOKS

1. Aggarwal. R.S. (2018). A Modern Approach To Verbal Reasoning. S Chand Publishing; 2nd edition.
India
2.
Corfield. Rebecca(2019). Successful Interview Skills. Kogan Page Limited. London.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Examcart Experts. (2021). Examcart Latest Complete VERBAL & LOGICAL REASONING Practice
Book For All Type of Government and Entrance Exam (Bank, SSC, Defense, Management (CAT, XAT
GMAT), Railway, Police, Civil Services). Agrawal Examcat.India

2 Lucents(2019). Verbal Reasoning Book in English for All Competitive Exams. Lucents. India.

3 Kumar. Krishan(2018). Personal Interview Skills. Friends Publications India. India.

E BOOKS
1 https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/magzine/Interview-Skills.pdf

2. https://cdn.preterhuman.net/texts/employment/Interview%20Skills%20that%20Win%20the%20Job
%20Simple%20techniques%20for%20answering%20all%20the%20tough%20questions%20-
%20MICHAEL%20SPIROPOULOS.pdf
MOOC
1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/english-interview-resume

2. https://learning.tcsionhub.in/courses/career-creator/advanced-verbal-ability-online-course/

SEMESTER-VIII

COURSE CREDIT
PROJECT PHASE-II 13
TITLE S
COURSE COURSE
ECS51807 EEC L-T-P-S 0-0-26-10
CODE CATEGORY
37 th ACM
LEARNI
Version 1.0 Approval Details dated NG BTL-3
20.01.2023 LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
FIRST PROJECT REPORT
SECOND REVIEW THIRD REVIEW
REVIEW & VIVAVOCE

20% 20% 10% 50%

This course encompasses a diverse range of objectives, catering to both design and
manufacturing, computational work, and research-oriented projects. Regardless of the chosen
project, all participants will have ample opportunities to attain the intended learning outcomes. The
primary goal of this module is to furnish students with a platform to foster and consolidate their
Course
knowledge and skills, encouraging them to explore and potentially contribute to new knowledge
Description
through various means such as literature review, experimentation, or modelling and analysis when
relevant. Furthermore, the course places significant emphasis on nurturing curiosity and self-
motivation, promoting a fulfilling and engaging experience for students as they engage in close
collaboration with their academic supervisor.
The course will enable the students to:
1. Undertake theoretical studies, computer simulations and hardware construction based on
the literature review performed.
Course 2. Produce progress reports on the work completed and maintain to schedule the time frame
Objective of the project
3. Finally deliver a seminar and prepare a report/paper to present in a forum involving paper
presentations and demonstration of the operational hardware and software

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Build and demonstrate the prototype based on the technical knowledge gained in the
phase 1
Course
2. Design Engineering solutions to real time problems utilizing system approach
Outcome
3. Illustrate and interpret the graphical results obtained
4. Analyze, Evaluate and compare the performance of the results.
5. Communicate with Engineers, peer team members and professionals

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PSO PSO PSO-
CO O-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 -1 -2 3
12
CO-
3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 3 3
1
CO-
3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 3 3
2
CO-
3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 3 3
3
CO-
3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 3 3
4
CO-
3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 3 3
5
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

The Project Work shall be carried out in the field of Electronics & Communication Engineering. Students shall work in
convenient groups of not more than four members in a group. Every Project Work shall have a Supervisor. During this
period the supervisor shall guide the students to implement the project. The students shall give periodical
presentations of the progress made in the Project Work.
Each group shall finally produce a report covering background information, literature survey, problem statement,
project work details and conclusions. This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines.
Assessment Review / Exam.

Assessment
Review / Exam Weightage
First Review 20%
Second review 20%
Third review &DEMO 10%
Project Report &viva 50%
Voce
TOTAL 100%

A committee shall be constituted by the HoD for the Review


Assessment Rubrics

Parameter Weightage (%)

Title & Objectives 5.0

Review of Literature (RL) 10.0

Design / Implementation 10.0

Methodology 5.0

Planning of Project Work 5.0

Testing Environment / Test Cases 5.0

Analytical thinking* 5.0

Technical Knowledge* 5.0

Presentation* 10.0

Demonstration* 5.0

Individual Roles Distribution*


(Individual Objectives in the project 5.0
work)

Individual Contributions* (Towards the


individual objectives in the project 5.0
work)

Deliverables 5.0

Team- work 5.0

Report / Thesis 5.0

Publication, Patent, Funding,


5.0
Competitions

Peer Assessment* 5.0

* - Attributes for individual contribution

EVALUATION PARAMETERS FOR ASSESSMENT

To be followed same as approved for Project Phase I


MANDATORY COURSES

COURSE INTRODUCTION TO WOMEN AND GENDER STUDIES


CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51011 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3--0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-3
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz
First
Seminar/ etc., as approved by ESE
Periodical Second Periodical
Assignments/ the Department Attendance*
Assessme Assessment
Project Examination
nt
Committee “DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

This course has been introduced in the light of NEP-2022. It is a mandatory course. The idea is to
Course sensitize the student in understanding gender and women and issues relating to gender in general and
Description women in particular. To dispel ‘stigma’ shun ‘social taboos’ and to ensure break the glass ceiling.
Change in perceptions through knowledge is the object of this course.
1. To understand the concept of Gender – norms- theories – types etc.
2. To know about Feminism – and the types – jurisprudence of feminism.
Course
Objective 3. To have an insight into health and legal issues- specific to women – Social barriers.
4. To make the students – gender sensitized- to shun ‘stigma’ and ‘social taboos’
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Enumerate the basis of gender norms and related theories.
2. Sensitize on issues relating to gender -orientation- issues therein.
Course
Outcome 3. Appraise the concept of feminism – as a doctrine.
4. Classify the types of feminism and highlight the essential features of them
5. Summarise women related laws and connect to women centric issues in societal arena

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO- PO- PO- PO- PO- PO PO PO PO PO- PO-
CO PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
-1 2 3 4 5 6 -7 -8 -9 -10 11 12
CO
-1
- - - - - - 1 - 1 - 1 - - - -
CO
-2
- - - - - - 1 3 1 2 2 - - - -
CO
-3
- - - - - - 1 2 1 - 2 - - - -
CO
-4
- - - 1 - - 1 3 - - 2 - - - -
CO
-5
- 1 - 1 - - 1 3 2 2 2 - - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


Module 1: Basis of Gender norms and theories (9L+1T)

Key concepts in Gender studies - Gender and Sexuality, Sex and Gender, Gender and Socialist
theory, Gender and Social order
Matriarchy and Patriarchy - Women’s Movements – Contemporary Debates- “Mee Too’ -National CO-1
Commission for Women. BTL-3

MODULE 2: Types of gender (9L+1T)


Types of gender – 1. Masculine, 2, Feminine, 3, Transgender, 4, Trans-Sexuality, 5, Bi-
CO-2
Sexuality, 6. Inter Sex
BTL-3

MODULE 3: Sexual Orientation


(9L+1T)
Hetro-Sexuality, Homosexuals , 1, Lesbian and their "ism" , 2, Gays and their CO-3
"Theory", Trans Sexulism , BI - Sexualism BTL-3
MODULE 4: Introduction to Feminism
(9L+1T)
Feminism Theory, Types of Feminism (More than 12 feminisms) , 1, Social Feminism 2,Radical
CO-4
Feminism , 3, Black Feminism , 4, Dalit Feminism , 5, Queer Theory -
BTL-3

MODULE 5: Women, Health and Law


(9L+1T)
Health – Life Cycle Approach- Health Status – Reproductive Rights-,Sex Ratio - Women have
always Glass Ceiling,
Women Rights as Human Rights- Constitution and Women – Gender Equality – Discrimination-
Personal Laws- Family Courts – Crime Against Women-Children-Sexual Harassment at Work Place CO-5
Act-2013. Human Trafficking - BTL-3
Women as secondary to men in social context / order, Women centric issues in Societal arena

TEXT BOOKS
1. Mamatha Rao – ‘Law Relating to Women and Child’- EBC Publishers, Lucknow

2. ‘Feminist Jurisprudence’- Rosanne Kennedy, 1993

3. Sexual Harassment and Violence against Women- Charles V. Dale

4. Sexual Harassment of Working Women- Catharine Mackon

REFEREFERENCES
1 Feminist Legal Theory- Rosanne Kennedy, 1993

2 Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace- R.C. Jiloha, 2021


3 Human Trafficking- Virendra Mishra, 2013
E Resources for Reference
1. Theory of Feminism- https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feminism
2. Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace- https://www.legalservicesindia.com/article/2114/Sexual-
Harassment-of-Women-at-Workplace.html
3. Human Trafficking- https://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/human-trafficking/human-trafficking.html

COURSE TITLE PUBLIC AND PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION CREDITS 3


COURSE COURSE
EGE51012 L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-4
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Seminar/
Second Periodical Surprise
Periodical Assignments/ Attendance ESE
Assessment Test / Quiz
Assessment Project

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Public Administration has gained immense importance since the emergence of the
administrative state. In Ancient Greek, Roman and Indian political system gave more
Course importance to the concept of Administration. Kautilys’s “Arthasathra” contributed large scale in
the administrative system; it deals every aspect of the state and its relation to subjects. Public
Description
Administration is state mechanism. In every Political System, administration have a significant
role.

1. To understand the concept and importance of Public Administration.


Course 2. To analyze the Bases and types of Organization.
3. To examine the types and functions of executive.
Objective
4. To identify the Principles of Management.
5. To evaluate the control over Public Administration.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Acquire knowledge of public administration.


Course 2. Summarize the administrative principles of management.
Outcome 3. Review the salient features of different theories of administration.
4. Enumerate the roles and responsibilities of District administration and Panchayati raj
5. Identify the societal needs and recommend the strategies for administration of public
financial funds.
Prerequisites: Nil.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO O-
-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -1 -2 -3
1
CO-1 - - 1 - - 3 1 1 1 1 2 - - - -

CO-2 2 2 - - - 3 - 1 1 1 2 2 - - -
CO-3 - - - - - 3 1 2 1 1 2 - - - -

CO-4 - - - - - 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - -

CO-5 2 2 3 - - 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


MODULE 1: Components of Public Administration (9 L)

Meaning, Nature and Scope of Public Administration – Public Administration and Private
Administration–Public Administration Arts, Science or Both–Public Administration and Its CO-1
Relations with Other Social Sciences – New Public Administration- Classical & Neo-Classical
BTL-2
Theories of Administration.

MODULE 2: Principles of Organization (9L)


Meaning, Nature, Scope and Importance of Organization-Types and kinds of organization -
Bases of organization – Steps in Organizational Process- Principles of Organization – CO-2
Hierarchy- Span of control – Unity of Command – Delegation of Authority – Co-Ordination-
BTL-3
Integration Vs. Disintegration – Centralization Vs. Decentralization.

MODULE 3: Theories Of Administration (9L)


Scientific management (Taylor and movement)- Classical theory- Fayol,Urwick and others- CO-3
Bureaucratic theory- Max Weber- Ideas of Mary Parker Follett- C.I. Barnard- Behavioural
BTL-4
Approach - Systems Approach
MODULE 4: District Administration And Panchayati Raj (9L)

District Administration- Block Administration- Constitutional Body under 73rd and 74th CO-4
Constitutional Amendment- Planning and Development- Rural and Urban BTL-4
MODULE 5: Financial Administration
(9L)
Budget concept and forms - Formulation - Enactment of Budget - Execution of Budget - Deficit CO-5
Financing- Public Debt BTL-3

TEXT BOOKS
1. Avasthi, A. and Maheswari, S.R.- Public Administration, Laxshmi Narain Publications, 2017.
2. Dr.G. Venkatesan, Public Administration, VC Publishers, Rajapalayam,2009.
3. Mohit Bahattacharya, New Horizons of Public Administration, Macmillan Publishers, 2002
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Shriram Maheswari, Administrative Theory: An Introduction, New Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd.,1984.
2. Vishnoo Bhagwan and – Public Administration, Chand & co., New Delhi1994
Bhambhri, C.P – Public administration – Theory and Practice, Jain Prakash, Nath&co., Meerut, 2002.
E BOOKS
1. Sapru, Administrative Theories and Management Thought, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Sharma. M. P.: Public Administration in theory and practice, Kithab Mahal, Allahabad , 2006.

COURSE
CONSTITUTION OF INDIA CREDITS 3
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51013 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3-0—0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-3
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
First Surprise Test / Quiz
Periodica Seminar/ etc., as approved by ESE
Second Periodical
l Assignments/ the Department Attendance*
Assessment
Assessm Project Examination
ent Committee “DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course The very purpose of the course is to learn basic law of the land- to know about constitutional values- to
Descripti carry our constitutional legacy and to imbibe constitutional discipline. To make the student as an
on informed citizen about his rights and duties expecting a vibrant role in democratic polity of the nation.

1. To understand the Constitution and Governance of our country.


Course
2. To inspire the students towards -Constitutionalism and its core values
Objective
3. To imbibe the values cherished in our Constitution.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Summarize the basic notions on which the Indian Constitution is based.
2. Appraise the functioning of democracy and related systems in place.
Course
Outcome 3. Classify the center and state relations and various Constitutional forums.
4. Identify and discuss upon Governor’s rule and related amendments
5. Interpret Indian Polity and its challenges for modern India

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO- PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO PO-
CO PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 10 -11 12

CO-1 - - - - - 2 1 3 1 1 3 - - - -

CO-2 1 - - - - 1 2 3 1 1 3 - - - -

CO-3 1 - - - - 1 2 1 - - 3 - - - -

CO-4 1 2 1 2 - 1 1 1 - - 3 - - - -

CO-5 2 2 - 1 - 2 2 3 2 2 3 - - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


Module 1: Indian Constitution and Governance
(9L+1T)
Constitution – salient features, Preamble, - Core values – Democratic - Secular, Socialist,
Republic, Sovereign, - Basic structure – Constitutional Morality – Federal Features – Fundamental CO-1
Rights – Fundamental duties BTL-3

MODULE 2: Democracy – in functioning


(9L+1T)

Democracy- Elections - Union Government- State Governments - Systems in place – Legislative-


CO-2
Executive- Judiciary- Constitutional Bodies: Election Commission – UPSC- Controller and Auditor
BTL-3
General of India.

MODULE 3: Center -State Relations


(9L+1T)
Legislative powers of the Central Government – State Government – Center-State Relations – CO-3
Roll of Governor - Niti Ayog – National Integration Council BTL-3
MODULE 4: Emergency – and Amendments
(9L+1T)

Governors Rule – National Emergency – Financial Emergency- Constitutional Amendments – 42nd CO-4
Amendment - Procedures- Number of Amendments BTL-3

MODULE 5: Indian Polity


(9L+1T)
Roll of the Civil Society –Roll of the Youth - – Major Challenges before the nation - Political parties
CO-5
– Programs- in the Country – Indian polity at cross roads.
BTL-3
TEXT BOOKS
1. M.P. Jain Indian Constitutional Law, Wadhwa & Co. 2005

2. ‘Indian Parliament’ –National Book Trust of India publications – New Delhi , 2007

3. ‘Indian Judiciary’- National Book Trust of India publication., 2013

REFEREFERENCES
1 Constitution of India – visit Union Ministry of Law and Justice website – for latest text.

2 Lectures on Administrative Law – C.K. Takwani, 2021


3 Separation of Powers and Independence of Judiciary- Steve Cann, 2013.
E Resources for Reference
1. Constitution of India- Administrative & Adjudicatory process-
https://www.strath.ac.uk/research/subjects/law/constitutionaladministrativelaw/
2. Lectures on Administrative Law- http://msrlawbooks.in/file/ADMINISTRATIVE_LAW_FF.pdf
3. Separation of powers & Independence of Judiciary- https://blog.ipleaders.in/separation-of-powers-
and-its-relevance/

COURSE LAW FOR ENGINEERS


CREDITS -
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51014 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-3
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz
First Second Seminar/ etc., as approved by ESE
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ the Department Attendance*
Assessment Assessment Project Examination Committee
“DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Every one of us should know the Law of the land. This is truer when it comes to engineers, wherein
Course they are expected to work in a legal environment. Basic knowledge about the legal systems, the
Description redressal mechanism in place. Legal knowledge will help them to start their own
enterprise/startup/and also when it comes to IPR relate issues.

1. To understand the Constitution and Governance of our country.


Course 2. To apprise the students of their rights - local to national redressal mechanism.
Objective 3. To have an insight into general laws in general, labour and employment law in particular.
4. To familiarize with intellectual property laws and practices.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Classify the basic concepts of Indian Constitution, Governance and the role of citizens.
2. Acquire knowledge in significant legislations that affect their lives.
Course 3. Enumerate the laws that governs corporate and business world along with legislations that
Outcome
govern management – worker relations.
4. Relate to Intellectual Property Rights and related aspects.
5. Summarize the salient features of law of contracts

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO
CO PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 9 10 -11 -12
CO-1 1 - - 1 - 3 3 3 1 1 3 - - - -

CO-2 - - 1 - - 3 3 3 1 1 3 - - - -

CO-3 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 - - - -

CO-4 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 - - -

CO-5 1 - - 1 - 3 3 3 1 1 3 - - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


Module 1: Indian Constitution and Governance (9L+1T)

Constitution – salient features, Preamble, - Fundamental Rights and duties. Democracy-


CO-1
Elections Union Government- State Governments – Systems in place - Judiciary- the Supreme
BTL-3
Court and High Courts, Good Governance.

MODULE 2: Significant Legislations (9L+1T)

Consumer Protection Act -2019; Right to information Act 2005. Provident Fund Act – ESI – CO-2
Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946 Maternity Benefit Act-2017, Labor Codes- Courts BTL-3

MODULE 3: Industrial, Corporate and Labour laws (9L+1T)

Business Laws in general – Partnership Act - Companies Act – 2013- Private and Public Limited CO-3
Companies, LLP, OPC, Corporate Governance – Directors position. BTL-3

MODULE 4: Laws related to IPR (9L+1T)

Introduction to IPR – meaning and scope, Patents- Copy Right – Trade Marks – Industrial Design- CO-4
GI – Trade Secrets – WIPO. BTL-3

MODULE 5: Law of Contracts (9L+1T)

Essentials of a Contract – Enforceability. Various Legal forums that provide relief in various CO-5
matters. BTL-3

TEXT BOOKS
1. M.P. Jain (2005) Indian Constitutional Law, Wadhwa & Co.

2. Rao, Meena (2006), Fundamental Concepts in Law of Contract, 3rd edn., Professional offset.

3. Ramappa (2010), Intellectual Property Rights Law in India, Asia Law House.

4. Singh, Avtar (2007), Company Law, Eastern Book Co.

5. R.F, Rustamji (1967), Introduction to the Law of Industrial Disputes, Asia Publishing House.

REFERENCES
1 Acts: Right to Information Act, Industrial Employees (standing order) Act, Factories Act, Workmen
Compensate Act. Maternity Benefit Act – Provident Fund Act – ESI Act – etc.

2 R.F, Rustamji (1967), Introduction to the Law of Industrial Disputes, Asia Publishing House.

3 Copyrights Act,1957, Trademarks Act 1999.


E Resources for Reference
1. Intellectual Property rights and Competition Law- https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intellectual_property
2. Patent search for engineers and Lawyers - https://www.wipo.int/patents/en/
COURSE INDIAN KNOWLEDGE SYSTEM
CREDITS -
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51022 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-2
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz
First
Second Seminar/ etc., as approved by ESE
Periodical
Periodical Assignments/ the Department Attendance*
Assessmen
Assessment Project Examination Committee
t
“DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

The course provides an appreciation of Indian Knowledge System and its relevance to contemporary
Course society. Indian Knowledge System encompass a wide range of ancient wisdom, including traditional
Description medicine, astrology, yoga, meditation, and more. These systems have been passed down through
generations and have played a significant role in shaping India’s history and culture.
1. To provide a general introduction to Indian Knowledge System (IKS) and sensitize the students to
Course the contributions made by ancient Indians in the field of Science, Philosophy and related applications
Objective and concepts.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Explain the salient features of Indian Knowledge System and Vedic Corpus
2. Summarize the concepts of Philosophical systems and wisdom through puranas
Course 3. Describe the Indian Knowledge Framework and Linguistics
Outcome 4. Brief on ancient strategies to focus on Health, Wellness and Psychology
5. Appreciate Town Planning and Architecture, Governance and Public Administration

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO
CO PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 9 10 -11 -12
CO-1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - 1 - - - -
CO-2 2 1 - - - 2 1 - 1 - 1 - - - -
CO-3 2 2 - - - 2 1 - 1 - 2 - - - -
CO-4 1 1 - 2 1 2 2 2 1 - 2 - - - -
CO-5 3 1 - 3 1 2 2 2 1 - 2 - - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: Indian Knowledge Systems and Vedic Corpus (9L)


India Knowledge Systems – Organization, History and Salient features – synopsis of the four
Vedas - Sub-classification of Vedas - Messages in Vedas - Introduction to Vedangas - Prologue CO-1
on Siksa and Vyakarana - Basics of Nirukta and Chandas - Introduction to Kalpa and Jyotiṣa - BTL-3
Vedic Life: A Distinctive Feature

MODULE 2: Philosophical Systems and Wisdom (9L)


Philosophical systems - Development of philosophy - Features of philosophy - Sankhya approach
of philosophy - Introduction to Yoga - Tenet of Nyaya philosophy - Principles of Vaiseṣika -
Doctrine of Purva Mimamsa Darsana - Thesis of Vedanta and synopsis of Advaita - Philosophy of
CO-2
Visistadvaita - Ideology of Dvaita - Tenets of Jaina - Doctrine of Buddhism - Notions of Carvaka BTL-3
Gateways of ancestral wisdoms - Introduction to Purana - The Puranic repository - Issues of
interest in Puranas - Introduction to Itihasas - Key messages in Itihasas - Wisdom through Niti-
sastras 8. Wisdom through Subhaṣita
MODULE 3: Knowledge Framework and classifications, Linguistics (9L)
Indian scheme of knowledge - The knowledge triangle – Prameya - A vaiseṣikan approach to
physical reality - Dravyas - the constituents of the physical reality – Attributes - the properties of
substances and Action - the driver of conjunction and disjunction - Samanya, viseṣa, samavaya -
Pramana -the means of valid knowledge - Saṃsaya - ambiguities in existing knowledge -
CO-3
Framework for establishing valid knowledge - Deductive or inductive logic framework - Potential BTL-3
fallacies in the reasoning process - Siddhanta: established tenets in a field of study
Linguistics - Aṣṭadhyayi - Phonetics - Word generation - Computational aspects – Mnemonics -
Recursive operations - Rule based operations - Sentence formation -Verbs and prefixes - Role of
Sanskrit in natural language processing
MODULE 4: Number Systems, Health Wellness and Psychology (9L)
Number systems in India - Historical evidence - Salient aspects of Indian Mathematics - Bhuta-
Samkhya system - Kaṭapayadi system - Measurements for time, distance, and weight - Pingala
and the Binary system

Ayurveda: approach to health - Sapta-dhatavaḥ: seven-tissues - Role of Agni in health - Tri-dosas CO-4
- Ayurveda: definition of health - Psychological aspects of health - Disease management elements BTL-3
- Dinacarya: daily regimen for health & wellness - Importance of sleep - Food intake methods and
drugs - Approach to lead a healthy life - Indian approach to psychology - The tri guṇa system &
holistic picture of the individual - The Nature of Consciousness - Consciousness studies and
issues
MODULE 5: Town Planning and Architecture, Governance and Public Administration (9L)
Perspective of Arthasastra on town planning - Vastu-sastra - The science of architecture - Eight
limbs of Vaastu - Town planning -Temples in India: marvelous stone architecture for eternity -
Temple architecture in India - Iconography
CO-5
Introduction to raja dharma - Arthasastra: a historical perspective - Elements of a kauṭilyan state - BTL-3
The king & the amatya - Janapada & durga - Treasury and the State Economy (Kosa) - Danda 8.
Mitra - The Administrative Setup - Relevance of Arthasastra - Public Administration in Epics
REFERENCES
1. “Introduction to Indian Knowledge System: Concepts and Applications”, Mahadevan B., Bhat Vinayak
Rajat, Nagendra Pavana R.N., PHI Learning Private Ltd., 2022.

E Resources for Reference


1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/imb23_mg55/preview

COURSE TRADITIONAL INDIAN SYSTEMS OF MEDICINE AND THERAPIES CREDITS -


TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51021 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-1
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz etc.,
First Second Seminar/ ESE
as approved by the
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ Attendance*
Department Examination
Assessment Assessment Project
Committee “DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

This comprehensive course aims to provide students with a deep understanding of various aspects of
Course health and well-being while incorporating traditional healing systems like Ayurveda and Siddha
Description medicine. Participants will explore the importance of maintaining physical, mental, emotional, social,
and spiritual health for overall well-being.

1. Understand the importance of maintaining various aspects of health for overall well-being.
2. Explore the unique approach of Ayurveda and its focus on balance and well-being
Course 3. Understand the principles and concepts of Siddha medicine.
Objective 4. Understand the importance of a balanced diet in maintaining overall health and preventing
diseases.
5. Learn and practice various yogic exercises and postures (Asanas) for physical fitness.

1. To identify and prioritize different aspects of health such as physical, mental, social, emotional,
etc.
2. To apply Ayurvedic concepts to enhance their well-being and make informed decisions for
better health.
Course
3. To explain the underlying philosophy and the use of natural remedies in Siddha medicine for
Outcome
maintaining health and treating various ailments
4. To comprehend the significance of a balanced diet in providing essential nutrients for growth,
repair, and overall health.
5. To gain practical experience in performing various yogic exercises and asanas

Prerequisites: Nil, Pedagogy: Eg. Direct Instruction, Inquiry-based, Discussion, Presentation

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO PS
CO PSO-1 PSO-2
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 9 10 -11 -12 O-3
CO-1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - 1 - - - -
CO-2 2 1 - - - 2 1 - 1 - 1 - - - -
CO-3 2 2 - - - 2 1 - 1 - 2 - - - -
CO-4 1 1 - 2 1 2 2 2 1 - 2 - - - -
CO-5 3 1 - 3 1 2 2 2 1 - 2 - - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE 1: Health and Importance of Prevention (6L)

Health: Definition - Importance of maintaining health - More importance on prevention than treatment.
Ten types of health one has to maintain - Physical health - Mental health - Social health - Financial
health - Emotional health - Spiritual health - Intellectual health - Relationship health - Environmental
health - Occupational / Professional heath. Present health status - The life expectancy - present CO-1
status - mortality rate - dreadful diseases - non-communicable diseases (NCDs) the leading cause of BTL-3
death - 60% - heart disease – cancer - diabetes - chronic pulmonary diseases - risk factors - tobacco
- alcohol - unhealthy diet - lack of physical activities.

MODULE 2: Ayurveda and Holistic Wellness (6L)


Origin of Ayurveda - Aim and importance of Ayurveda, Philosophy and goals of Ayurveda, Unique
Approach of Ayurveda - Ayurveda texts, chakra samhita, Sushruta Samhita, Kashyapa Samhita,
Rasatantra, Unique features of Ayurveda - Hygienic principles of Ayurveda (Dhinacharya) - Five
elements of Ayurveda Doshas, Gunas, Dhatus, Upahatus, Eight Categories or branches of treatment CO-2
- Nadisvijnana - Nadis and Chakras, - Characteristics of different prakritis - Ayurveda diet.Ayurveda BTL-3
effects of yogic principles & therapies - Ayurvedic purification practices -Panchakarma - vamanam,
virechanam, basti, Anuvasana, Nasya, RaktaMoksana - Abhyanga, Swedanam, Nasayam,
Njavarakizhi, Pizhichil.

MODULE 3: Siddha Medicine and Naturopathy (6L)


History and concepts of Siddha medicine: Principles of Siddha Medicine System, Five Elements
Theory, Three Biological Humars, Seven Physical Constituents, Pancha Bhudas, Pancha Koshas,
Types of Siddha Medicine, Importance of Karakalpak, Kitchen and herbal medicine, Diet Regulations,
Varmam and Thokkanam, Treatment of Siddha Medicine for lifestyle diseases.Concept of CO-3
Naturopathy, Principles of Naturopathy, Methods of Naturopathy: Diet, Fasting, Treatment by earth, BTL-3
water treatment, Treatment by rays, Massage.Acupuncture, Acupressure, Exercise therapy,
Physiotherapy, Music therapy, Color therapy, Magneto Therapy, Reiki.

MODULE 4: Role of Diet, Emotional Health, and Stress Management (6L)


Role of diet in maintaining health - energy one needs to keep active throughout the day -nutrients one
needs for growth and repair - helps one to stay strong and healthy - helps to prevent diet-related
illness, such as some cancers - keeps active and - helps one to maintain a healthy weight - helps to
reduce risk of developing lifestyle disorders like diabetes - arthritis - hypertension - PCOD - infertility -
ADHD - sleeplessness - helps to reduce the risk of heart diseases – keeps the teeth and bones
strong. Balanced Diet
CO-4
Stress management - Stress definition - Stress in daily life – How stress affects one’s life -Identifying BTL-3
the cause of stress - Symptoms of stress -Managing stress (habits, tools, training, professional help)
– Complications of stress mismanagement.

Sleep - Sleep and its importance for mental wellness-Sleep and digestion.

Immunity- Types and importance – Ways to develop immunity

MODULE 5: Yogic Practices for Physical and Mental Well-being (6L)


Essentials of Yogic Practices: Emptying the bowels and stomach counter pose, contra- CO-5
indications,duration, straining, special provisions for women and patients, fitness, posture, side BTL-3
effects,pregnancy women, Group yoga, Individual yoga.Loosening Exercise (Pawana muktasana
series 2) and Surya Namaskar (Surya Namaskar: for children 10 Steps, Vivekananda Kendra Model)
- Meaning, Definition, Guidelines, Procedure, Breathing technique, Awareness, Contra-indication,
and Benefits.Asana: Name, Meaning, Definition, Guidelines, Procedure, Breathing technique,
Awareness, Contra-indication, Benefits, Type and Category of each asana. Pranayama and Kriyas:
Name, Meaning, Definition, Guidelines, Procedure, Breathing technique, Awareness, Contra-
indication, Benefits, Type and Category of each one..Bandhas: Mudras:.Meditation: Rajayoga
meditation, Trataka Meditation, Soham Meditation, Walking Meditation.

Skill Development Activities:

TEXT BOOKS
1. Kumar, D. S. (Ed.). (2020). Ayurveda in the New Millennium: Emerging Roles and Future Challenges.
CRC Press.

REFERENCES
1 Balakrishnan Acharya(2006) Ayurveda its principles and philophies, Hardwar, Divya Prakashan.

2 AtharaleV.B.(1980) basic principles of Ayurveda, Bombay, Pediatric Clinics.

3 Micozzi, M. S. (2014). Fundamentals of complementary and alternative medicine-E-book. Elsevier Health


Sciences.

4 Chaudhry, B. (2019). A handbook of common medicinal plants used in Ayurveda. Kojo Press.

E Resources for Reference


1. https://cdn.ayush.gov.in/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Introduction.pdf

2. https://www.ism.kerala.gov.in/index.php/downloadss/iec-materials

COURSE HISTORY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN INDIA CREDITS -


TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51022 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-2
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz etc.,
First Second Seminar/ ESE
as approved by the
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ Attendance*
Department Examination
Assessment Assessment Project
Committee “DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

This course covers the richness of ancient India and their notable contributions in the field of Science and
Course Technology. Details on the living styles of ancient Indians and their application of science and technology
Description in day-to-day life are briefed. Covers the notable contributions of eminent Indian scientists and their
contributions to the field of Science and Technology in building a modern India.

1. This course aims to educate upon the notable contributions of ancient indian scientists to the
Course field of Science and Technology
Objective 2. This course details the contributions made by eminent Indian scientists in the various fields of
Science and Technology.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. summarize the notable contributions in ancient India in the field of Science and Technology
2. explain the different techniques adapted by ancient Indians in the field of Irrigation, Water
Course resources and Ship Building
Outcome 3. appreciate the noteworthy contributions of Indians in the field of Mathematics and Science
4. describe the role of Indians in the field of Biotechnology, Space technology and Nanotechnology
5. report on the prominent scientists of India and present a survey on their noteworthy contributions
to the world.
Prerequisites: Nil, Pedagogy: Eg. Direct Instruction, Inquiry-based, Discussion, Presentation

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO
CO PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 9 10 -11 -12
CO-1 3 2 - 2 1 2 2 1 - - 2 - - - -
CO-2 3 2 - 2 2 2 2 1 - - 1 - - - -
CO-3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 - 2 - - - -
CO-4 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 - 1 - - - -
CO-5 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 - 3 - - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: Contributions made by Ancient Indians to the world of Science and Technology (9L)

Ancient India’s contribution to science and technology – Mathematics – Sulvashutra - Ganita–


Medicine - Atharva Veda - Charak Samhita - Sushruta Samhita – Chemistry - iron pillar of Mehrauli – CO-1
Nagarjuna – Ras Ratnakar - Wootz Steel – Smelting of Zinc – Seamless metal globe – Physics – BTL-3
Kanad – Anu – Pancha Bhootas – Vikramaditya – Medicine - Plastic Surgery, Sushruta Samhita –
Cataract Surgery, Jabamukhi Salaka – Ayurveda, Charaka Samhita
MODULE 2: Irrigation, water resources and Ship Building (9L)
20 traditional water conservation systems of India - 7 Ways Indian Villages Adopted Water
CO-2
Management to Combat Drought - Ship building - Mukti Kalptaru – Sarvamandir – Madhyamandir –
BTL-3
Agramandir

MODULE 3: Mathematics and Science (9L)


Idea of Zero, Aryabhata – The Decimal System – Numerical Notations and numerals– Fibonacci
numbers, Pingala, Virahanka, Gopala and Hemacandra – Binary Numbers - Chhanda Shastra, CO-3
Chakravala method of Algorithms – Ruler Methods – Heliocentric Theory, Aryabhatiya , quantum BTL-3
physics in Vaisheshika Atomic theory
MODULE 4: Biotechnology, Defence Technology and Nanotechnology (9L)
Biotechnology, Genome sequencing initiatives by India, DNA technology regulation Bill – Space
Technology, GAGANYAN, Seven Mega Missions by ISRO, Nuclear Technology, India’s three stage CO-4
Nuclear Programme, India’s Nuclear Policy – Defence Technology, Vikrant, Vikramaditya – Nano BTL-3
Technology, India's Mission on Nano Science and Technology -
MODULE 5: CONTRIBUTIONS OF INDIANS IN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (9L)
JC Bose, Homi J. Baba, Vikram Sarabhai, Satyendranath Bose, CV Raman, APJ Abdul Kalam
CO-5
Suggested Activity:
BTL-3
To submit a detailed report on Recent contributions by India in the field of Science and Technology
Skill Development Activities:

REFERENCES
1. “Science and Technology | UPSC | Civil Services Exam | State Administrative Exams”, Ravi P. Agrahari,
McGraw Hill Publications, ISBN-10 935532555X, 7th Edition, 2023

2. “A Brief History of Science & Technology In India”, Dr. P Lathwal, Indu Book Services Pvt Ltd., ISBN:
9789391377205, First Edition, 2022
E Resources
1. https://www.thebetterindia.com/63119/ancient-india-science-technology
2. https://www.ijsdr.org/papers/IJSDR2210086.pdf
3. https://www.insightsonindia.com/science-technology/

COURSE POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC THOUGHT FOR A HUMANE


SOCIETY CREDITS -
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51023 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-2
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz etc.,
First Second Seminar/ ESE
as approved by the
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ Attendance*
Department Examination
Assessment Assessment Project
Committee “DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

The students shall develop an intuitive understanding of the political and economic thoughts of thinkers
Course
from various ages to have an explicit insight into the ideas, values and ethics provided by them.
Description

• This course aims to equip the students with value building through analyzing the ideas of the thinkers
of various ages
Course
• This course also equips students with an ability to critically analyse the social, economic and political
Objective
conditions.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


 Brief on the historic background of economic issues in India.
 Summarize the theories emerging from western economic and political thought.
Course  Describe the emergence of the welfare state and their security implications.
Outcome  Appreciate the significance of Gandhian thoughts and Ambedkar thoughts and the impact on the
progress of the nation.
 Debate on current trends of secularism and their effects on building a nation.

Prerequisites: Nil, Pedagogy: Eg. Direct Instruction, Inquiry-based, Discussion, Presentation

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO
CO PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 9 10 -11 -12
CO-1 3 2 - 2 1 2 2 1 - - 2 - - - -

CO-2 3 2 - 2 2 2 2 1 - - 1 - - - -

CO-3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 - 2 - - - -

CO-4 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 - 1 - - - -

CO-5 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 - 3 - - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: Historical background of Economic Issues in India (9L)

Impact of colonial rule on Indian Economy; Dadabhai Naoroji- Drain Theory; Post Independence- CO-1
Nehru and Idea of Socialism, Evolution of Public sector in India. BTL-3

MODULE 2: Western Economic and Political thought (9L)

Liberalism- Free market, Laissez Faire, Industrial revolution. Communism- Mode of production,
CO-2
theory of Surplus value, Class struggle; Gramsci- Theory of Hegemony
BTL-3

MODULE 3: Emergence of Welfare State (9L)


Welfare state- Meaning, Womb to Tomb concept and its current state; Security- Shift from traditional
security to non-traditional security threats: Human security, Food security and social security CO-3
BTL-3

MODULE 4: Gandhian and Ambedkar Thought (9L)

CO-4
Gandhi: Swaraj, Decentralization and Ramarajya; Ambedkar: Cultural hegemony.
BTL-3

MODULE 5: Current trends (9L)

CO-5
Secularism: Positive and Negative secularism; Affirmative actions, Public distribution system.
BTL-3

Skill Development Activities:

TEXT BOOKS
1. Subrata Mukherjee,Sushila Ramasamy,”A history of Political Thought- Plato to Marx”,PHI learning private
limited,2nd edition,2011

2. Shefali Jha,”Western Political Thought: From the Ancient Greeks to Modern Times”, 2nd Edition by Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Indian Political Thinkers:Modern Political Thought,Atlantic Publishers & Dist, 2000
2. Marx, Karl, 1818-1883. The Communist Manifesto. London; Chicago, Ill. :Pluto Press, 1996.
3. Nehru, Jawaharlal, 1889-1964. The Discovery of India. Garden City, N.Y. :Anchor Books,
4. Gandhi, Mahatma, 1869-1948. The Collected Works of Mahatma Gandhi. New Delhi :Publications Division,
Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Govt. of India,

COURSE
STATE, NATION BUILDING & POLITICS IN INDIA CREDITS -
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51024 MC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-2
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz
First Second Seminar/ etc., as approved by ESE
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ the Department Attendance*
Assessment Assessment Project Examination Committee
“DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

After studying the course, the students should be able to gain knowledge of Nation building and the
Course
constituents of Indian politics
Description

1. This course will enlighten the students to learn about the basics of nation building
2. Indian secularism and the salient features of Secular India.
Course 3. To brief on the principles of federalism and its working
Objective 4. To understand the administrative framework of Indian Government

1. Summarize the basics of nation building with a special reference to Indian constitution.
2. Identify and relate the components that constitute Indian constitution
Course 3. Appraise the salient features of Indian secularism.
Outcome 4. Classify the principles of Federalism and its relation to central and state autonomy.
5. Illustrate the Indian central administration system and the hierarchy of operations.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
PO- PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO
CO O- PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
1 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 9 10 -11 -12
2
CO-1 - - 1 1 - 3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - -

- - -
CO-2 - - - 1 - 2 2 2 2 1 2 -
- - -
CO-3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 1 2 -
- - -
CO-4 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 1 2 -

CO-5 1 1 1 1 - 3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: Basic of Nation Building (9L)

Indian government and politics: basics Nation-Building in India: Theoretical, Historical, Cultural CO-1
perspective, National Movements in India BTL-2

MODULE 2: Indian Constitution (9L)

Making of the Indian Constitution: The Constituent Assembly - Background, Composition, Nature
CO-2
and its working, Ideological Contents: Preamble, fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of
BTL-3
State Policy.

MODULE 3: Indian Secularism (9L)


Distinctiveness of Indian Secularism, Constitution as an instrument of social change: Constitutional
CO-3
Amendments.
BTL-3
MODULE 4: Federalism (9L)
Federalism and its working: Nature, the Areas of Tension in Centre-State relations, Demands for
CO-4
State Autonomy, Separatist Movements.
BTL-3

MODULE 5: Central Administration (9L)

Executive and Central Administration: President, Prime Minister, and council of ministers, Union CO-5
Territories: Administration, Critical Appreciation. BTL-3

TEXT BOOKS
1. Indian Government and Politics: Basics / Political Ideologies/ Nation Building, Dr. Jayanta Kumar
Dash & Dr. Ratnaprava Barik, Geetanjali Publication 2012
2. An Introduction to the Constitution of India. New Delhi: Vikas, 1998. Sikri, S.L. Indian Government and
Politics. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers, 1999 (Reprint).
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. R.N Gilchrist, Principles of Political Science, Bombay: Orient Longmans, Seventh
Edition, 1952
2. Andrew Heywood, Political Theory: An Introduction, United Kingdom: Palgrave Mac Milan, 4th Edition,
2015.
E-BOOKS / MAGAZINE / ARTICLES
https://cepr.org/voxeu/columns/nation-building-new-ebook
1.
COURSE
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY CREDITS -
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51025 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-2
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz
First Second Seminar/ etc., as approved by ESE
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ the Department Attendance*
Assessment Assessment Project Examination Committee
“DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%
Upon completion of the Industrial Safety course, participants will be equipped with the knowledge
and skills necessary to foster a safer and healthier workplace, thereby safeguarding workers, assets,
and the environment. Whether the students are an industry professional seeking to enhance their
Course
safety expertise or a manager responsible for the well-being of their team, this course will empower
Description
them to make informed decisions and contribute to a culture of safety excellence within their
organization.

The objective of this course is to equip students with the knowledge, skills, and mindset necessary to
promote a safe and healthy work environment, protect workers and assets, and contribute to the
overall success and sustainability of industrial operations. It provides / covers
1. Comprehensive understanding of safety protocols, standards, and practices within industrial
Course settings.
Objective 2. Course covers a wide range of safety terminologies used in the industry, enabling students to
effectively communicate and engage with safety professionals and colleagues.
3. Delve into the fundamental principles of safety regulations, ensuring compliance with the
highest safety standards

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


6. Realize the importance and basic Terminologies of safety.
7. Enable the students to learn about the Important Statutory Regulations and standards.
Course
8. Enable students to Conduct and participate the various Safety activities in the industry.
Outcome
9. Appreciate about Workplace Exposures and Hazards.
10. Assess the various Hazards and consequences through various Risk Assessment
Techniques.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO
CO PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 9 10 -11 -12
CO-1 3 3 2 - - 2 2 - - 1 1 2 - - -

- - - - - - -
CO-2 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2
- - - - - - -
CO-3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2
- - - - - - -
CO-4 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2

CO-5 3 3 2 - - 2 2 - - 1 1 2 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION (9L)


Need for safety. Safety and productivity. Definitions: Accident, Injury, Unsafe act, Unsafe
Condition, Dangerous Occurrence, Reportable accidents. Theories of accident causation. Safety
organization- objectives, types, functions, Role of management, supervisors, workmen, unions,
government, and voluntary agencies in safety. Safety policy - Safety Officer-responsibilities, CO-1
authority. Safety committee-need, types, advantages. BTL-3
Suggested Reading:
 Importance of Safety, Health and Environment policies at Workplace

MODULE 2: STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS (9L)


Indian Factories Act-1948- Health- Safety- Hazardous materials and Welfare- ISO 45001:2018
occupational health and safety (OH&S) - Occupational Safety and Health Audit IS14489:1998-
Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis- code of practice IS 15656:2006
CO-2
Suggested Readings:
BTL-3
 Industrial Safety Signs: Types of Signs, Regulations, Standards and Best Practices to
Promote Safety in the Workplace

MODULE 3: SAFETY ACTIVITIES (9L)


Toolbox Talk- Role of safety Committee- Responsibilities of Safety Officers and Safety
Representatives- Safety Training and Safety Incentives- Mock Drills- On-site Emergency Action
Plan- Off-site Emergency Action Plan- Safety poster and Display- Human Error Assessment.
Monitoring Safety Performance: Frequency rate, severity rate, incidence rate, activity rate.
CO-3
Housekeeping: Responsibility of management and employees. Advantages of good
BTL-3
housekeeping. 5 s of housekeeping.
Suggested Readings:
 Roles and Responsibilities of Safety Officers and Safety Representatives

MODULE 4: HAZARDS AND RISKS (9L)

Hazard and risk, Types of hazards- Mechanical Hazard, Electrical Hazard, Noise hazard and Fire
Hazard - Particulate matter- musculoskeletal disorder improper sitting poster and lifting
Ergonomics RULE & REBA- Unsafe act & Unsafe Condition. Classification of Fire, Types of Fire
extinguishers, fire explosion and toxic gas release, Structure of hazard identification and risk
CO-4
assessment. Identification of hazards: Inventory analysis, Fire and explosion hazard rating of
BTL-3
process plants
Suggested Readings / Activities:
 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), Types of PPE and their appropriate use, PPE
selection, maintenance, and training, Assessing PPE effectiveness in hazard control

MODULE 5: HAZARD IDENTIFICATION TECHNIQUES (9L)


Job Safety Analysis-Preliminary Hazard Analysis-Failure mode and Effects Analysis- Hazard and
Operability- Fault Tree Analysis- Event Tree Analysis Qualitative and Quantitative Risk
Assessment- Checklist Analysis- Root cause analysis- What-If Analysis- and Hazard Identification
CO-5
and Risk Assessment
BTL-3
Suggested Readings:
 Guidelines for safe handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials in various
industries

TEXT BOOKS
1. R.K. Jain and Prof. Sunil S. Rao, Industrial Safety, Health and Environment management systems,
Khanna Publications, 2000.
2. L. M. Deshmukh, Industrial Safety Management: Hazard Identification and Risk Control, McGraw-Hill
Education, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Frank Lees, ‘Lees’ Loss Prevention in Process Industries, Butterworth-Heinemann publications, UK,
4th Edition, 2012.
2. John Ridley, John Channing, Safety at Work, 7th edition, Routeledge, 2007.

Das Akhil Kumar, Principles of Industrial Safety Management Understanding the Ws of Safety at Work,
3.
PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2020.

E Resources
1. https://hsseworld.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/Industrial-Safety-Management.pdf
MOOC
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_mg43/preview

COURSE TITLE PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT CREDITS 3


COURSE COURSE
L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-4
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Seminar/
Second Periodical Surprise
Periodical Assignments/ Attendance ESE
Assessment Test / Quiz
Assessment Project

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course To have an in-depth knowledge in basic concepts of management, and also to understand
Description about the functions of Management and their implications in an effective manner.

1. To make the students to understand the basic concepts of management.


2. To illustrate and evaluate the importance of planning and decision making techniques.
Course 3. To study the different Organizational structures.
Objective 4. To understand leadership and the foundation of leadership theories.
5. To know the dimensions of the controlling framework.
1. Understand the basic concepts and significance of management in business.
2. Apply and analyze the techniques of planning and apply the Decision-making process in
Business organizations.
Course 3. Identify the difference between Centralization and Decentralization and functions of Line
Outcome and Staff.
4. Explain and critically analyse the theories and concepts of leadership and management and
their application in organisations.
5. Apply different controlling techniques in different situations

Prerequisites: Basic understanding of business and business communication.

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO O-
-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -1 -2 -3
1
CO-1 1 - - - - 1 - 2 - - 3 3 - - -

CO-2 2 1 3 - - 2 - 2 - - 2 3 - - -

CO-3 2 - 1 - 2 - 2 - - 3 3 - - -

CO-4 2 2 2 - - 3 - 2 1 - 3 3 - - -

CO-5 2 2 2 3 - 3 - 2 - - 2 3 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


MODULE – 1: INTRODUCTION (6L)
Definition – Importance – Nature and Scope of Management – Process of Management - Role
CO-1
and functions of Managers - Levels of Management- Managerial Skills- Scientific Management
BTL-2
Contributions to Management by different Schools of thought.
MODULE – 2: PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING (6L)

Nature and purpose of planning - Planning process – Objectives - Management by objective CO-2
(MBO)- Strategic Planning - Decision Making - Decision Making Process. BTL-3

MODULE – 3: ORGANIZING (6L)


Structure, Nature, Types of Organizations, Principles of Organizing; Departmentalization; CO-3
Delegation; Decentralization of Authority; Span of Control - Line and Staff Functions BTL-4
MODULE – 4: LEADING (6L)

Introduction, Characteristics of a Leader, Functions of a Leader; Leadership and Management; CO-4


Principles of Leadership, Styles of Leaders. BTL-4
MODULE – 5: CONTROLLING (6L)
Introduction, Concept of Controlling, Purpose of Controlling; Types of Control; Steps in CO-5
Controlling; Techniques in Controlling in ethical aspects of management problems. BTL-3
TEXT BOOKS
1. Stephen P. Robbins, David A. Decenzo, Fundamentals of Management,11th edition, Pearson
Education, 2020.
2. Harold Koontz, O'Donnell and Heinz Weihrich, Essentials of Management. New Delhi, 11th edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2020.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. L.M.Prasad, Principles and Practice of Management ,20th Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2020.
2. R.N Gupta, Principles of Management, 2nd Edition, Sultan Chand Ltd. 2005.
E BOOKS
1. https://d3bxy9euw4e147.cloudfront.net/oscmsprodcms/media/documents/PrinciplesofManagement-
OP.pdf
2. https://open.lib.umn.edu/principlesmanagement/
MOOC
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg30/

COURSE
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CREDITS -
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51032 L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-4
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Seminar/
Second Periodical Surprise
Periodical Assignments/ Attendance ESE
Assessment Test / Quiz
Assessment Project

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course To train the students on management of Human Resources by exposing them to


Description theories and practices on HR management

1. To understand and appreciate the importance and functions of the human resources.
2. To distinguish between Recruitment and Selection.
Course 3. To study the training practices and performance appraisal.
Objective 4. To develop an understanding about basics of compensation management.
5. To identify and appreciate the significance of the ethical issues in HR
1. Conceptualize the basic concept of Human Resource Philosophy to changing Environment.
2. Applying the Recruitment and Training methods.
3. Determine the effectiveness with which goals are defined and achieved in team
Course environments to assess the contributions of Managers.
Outcome 4. Creating and selecting, and apply appropriate techniques, in compensation and quality.
5. Applying ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities in labour
laws, relations and security

Prerequisites:

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -1 -2 -3
CO- - -
1
2 - 2 - - 2 - - - - - 1 -

CO-2 2 2 - 1 1 2 1 2 - - 2 2 - - -

CO-3 2 1 2 2 - 2 1 3 - - 2 3 - - -

CO-4 2 1 - 2 1 2 1 3 - - 2 3 - - -

CO-5 2 2 - 2 - 2 1 3 - - 2 3 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


MODULE – 1: HUMAN RESOURCE FUNCTION (6L)
Human Resource Philosophy- Changing environments of HRM-Strategic Human Resource
Management-Using HRM to attain competitive advantage-managing migrated workforce- CO-1
Organization of HR departments- Line and staff functions-Role of Managers. Personnel BTL-2
Management, HRM, HCM-Differences.
MODULE – 2: RECRUITMENT & PLACEMENT (6L)
Man Power Planning and Forecasting-Job analysis: Methods-IT and computerized skill
inventory-Job Description-Writing job Specification-HR and the responsive organization.
Recruitment: Recruitment Sources-Internal and External-Building employee commitment: CO-2
Promotion from within-Sources, Developing and Using application forms-E-Recruitment.
BTL-3
Employee Testing & Selection: Selection process, basic testing concepts, types of test, work
samples & simulation, selection techniques, interview, common interviewing mistakes, Designing
& conducting the effective interview, small business applications, computer aided interview.
MODULE – 3: TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT (6L)
Orientation & Training: Orienting the employees, the training process, need analysis, Training
techniques, special purpose training, Training via the internet. Developing Managers
Management Development-on-the-job Development techniques using HR to build a responsive
organization. Key factor for success, Management Development Programs-Objectives and CO-3
Methods. Performance Appraisal: Methods-problems and solutions- MBO approach- The BTL-4
appraisal interviews- Performance appraisal in practice, Potential appraisal system. Managing
Careers: Career planning and development- Managing promotions and transfer. Succession
Planning: Family Businesses.
MODULE – 4: COMPENSATION & MANAGING QUALITY (6L)
Establishing Pay Plans: Basics of compensation-factors determining pay rate-Current trends in
compensation-Job evaluation-pricing managerial and professional jobs-Computerized job
evaluation. Pay for Performance and Financial Incentives: Money and motivation-incentives for CO-4
operations employees and executives-organization wide incentive plans- Practices in Indian
Organizations. Benefits and Services: Statutory benefits-non-statutory (voluntary) benefits- BTL-4
Insurance benefits-retirement benefits and other welfare measures to build employee
commitment.
MODULE – 5: LABOUR RELATIONS AND EMPLOYEE SECURITY (6L)
Labour Relations and Employee Security: Industrial relation-Collective bargaining; Discipline
administration; Labour Welfare; Whistle Blowers; Performance Management, HR Accounting,
Auditing HR functions, Challenges of HRM function, Absenteeism- Causes of Attrition. Human CO-5
Resource Audit. Contemporary HR Concepts. BTL-3

TEXT BOOKS
1 Gary Dessler, “Human Resource Management”, 16th edition, Prentice-Hall of India.2020

2. David A. DeCenzo, Stephen P. Robbins , David A. DeCenzo, Stephen P. Robbins, Personnel/Human


Resource Management,3rd edition, Pearson.2022.

REFERENCE BOOKS

John Bernardin H & Joyee E.A Russel, Human Resource Management- An


1
experimental approach, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill International Edition.,2012.
2
Aswathappa, Human Resource Management, 9th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2021
E BOOKS

https://www.ascdegreecollege.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Human-Resource-Management-by-
1.
Pravin-Durai.pdf

2. https://www.yyu.edu.tr/images/files/
Turizmde_Insan_Kaynaklari_Gelisimi_Doc_Dr__Zekeriya_NAS(1).pdf

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/human-resource-management

COURSE GREEN TECHNOLOGY CREDITS -


TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51033 PC/DE/NE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-1
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
CIA
Surprise Test / Quiz etc.,
First Second Seminar/ ESE
as approved by the
Periodical Periodical Assignments/ Attendance*
Department Examination
Assessment Assessment Project
Committee “DEC””
15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

This course aims to equip the students with a basic understanding of concept of sustainable
development including different perspectives, consequences of societal resource use and strategies
Course
for changing this concept towards a sustainable direction. This course also equips students with an
Description
ability to understand the principles of Green Technology and demonstrate how chemical production
could be achieved without posing hazard to human health and environment.

1. To guide the students in understanding the concepts of green technology and its need.
2. To ensure that the students understand the term green oxidation and nanotechnology.
Course 3. To enable the students to explore the Green industrial processes.
Objective 4. To enable the student’s ability to describe Cleaner Production measures applicable to different
industries
5. To guide the students in the application of green chemistry using advanced technologies.

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to


1. Examine the principles of green chemistry and engineering
2. Evaluate the approach on green technology towards the new discovery and innovation
Course
3. Gain knowledge on Green industrial processes
Outcome
4. Aanalyze the concept of sustainable development and its importance
5. Analyze and select the different principles of green chemistry and sustainable development
for various applications.

Prerequisites: Nil

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO- PO- PO PO
CO PSO-1 PSO-2 PSO-3
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 9 10 -11 -12
CO-1 2 - 2 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 2 1 - - -

CO-2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 2 - - -

CO-3 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 1 - - -

CO-4 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 2 - - -

CO-5 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 2 - - -

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO GREEN TECHNOLOGY (9L)

Principles of green technology, concepts of green chemistry and process intensification. CO-1
BTL-3
MODULE 2: GREEN SYNTHESIS AND CATALYSIS (9L)
Green oxidation and photochemical reactions, Microwave and Ultrasound assisted reactions, CO-2
Synthesis of Green Reagents, Green solvents, Green nanotechnology and Ionic liquids. BTL-3

MODULE 3: GREEN INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES (9L)


Pollution statistics from various industries like polymer, textile, pharmaceutical, dyes, pesticides and CO-3
wastewater treatment. A greener approach towards all these industries. BTL-3

MODULE 4: GREEN CHEMISTRY & SUSTAINABLE CHEMICAL PROCESSES (9L)

Resources/Tools for Green Alternatives, Green laws compliance, Examples and impact of green CO-4
chemistry, Development of Specialised Synthetic Techniques. BTL-3

MODULE 5: CHALLENGES AND PRACTICAL IMPLEMENTATION (9L)


Responsibilities and potentials of companies for action. Green Productivity and emerging
technologies. Implementation of the practical applications of Green emerging technologies and CO-5
sustainable development with Case studies. BTL-3

TEXT BOOKS
1. Bishop P. L. McGraw-Hill, Pollution Prevention: Fundamentals and Practice, Boston, 2000.

2. Anastas P.T. and Warner J.C, Green Chemistry: Theory and Practice, Oxford University Press, 1998.

3 Marcel Dekker, Introduction to Green Chemistry, A.S. Publisher, Newyork, 2001.

4 Modak P., Visvanathan C. and Parasnis M, Cleaner Production Audit Environmental System Reviews,

5 Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok, 1995.

REFERENCES
1 Ahluwalia, Green Chemistry: Environmentally Benign Reactions, V.K. Ane Books India, New Delhi,
India, 2006.

2 Sawyer C.N, McCarty P.L and Parkin G.F, Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and Science, 5th
3 ed. McGraw-Hill Professional, 2003.

E Resources for Reference


1. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11356-022-20024-4

2. https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1755-1315/94/1/012115/pdf

3. https://iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/Journal_uploads/IJMET/VOLUME_9_ISSUE_3/IJMET_09_03_113.pdf
MOOC

1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/aic21_ge16/preview

COURSE
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT CREDITS -
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51034 L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-4
LEVEL
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Seminar/
Second Periodical Surprise
Periodical Assignments/ Attendance ESE
Assessment Test / Quiz
Assessment Project

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%

Course To educate the budding engineers, the importance of Industrial Management and their impact
Description on the business and the society.

1. To provide brief introduction about the management principles and their functions.
Course 2. To study the concepts of product design, product layout and PPC functions.
3. To know the material requirement and planning and store keeping procedure.
Objective
4. To explain the basic principles of TQM.
5. To understand the social responsibilities of engineer and ways to protect our environment

1. Interpret given organization structure, and acquire major management skills, familiarize
with different leadership styles.
2. Implement product design, and explain different types of plant layout, production modes and
PPC functions.
Course 3. Understand the material requirement planning and store keeping procedure and analyze
Outcome importance of inventory control.
4. Analyze the need of Total Quality management and appreciate the usage of TQM tools in
quality control.
5. Incorporate the social responsibilities of engineer and ways to protect our environment

Prerequisites: Knowledge of English Communication

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -1 -2 -3
CO- - - -
1
1 1 1 2 - 2 2 3 1 - 1 1
- - -
CO-2 2 - 1 2 1 2 2 3 - - 2 1
- - -
CO-3 3 1 1 2 - 2 2 3 - - 2 2
CO-4 3 1 2 2 - 3 2 3 1 - 2 2 - - -

- - -
CO-5 3 1 2 2 - 3 3 3 1 - 2 2

1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related


MODULE – 1: BASICS OF MANAGEMENT (6L)
Management - Definition – Administration- Definition – Henry-Fayol’s principles of management- CO-1
Business Organisation -Types- Proprietorship-Partnership- Joint stock- Cooperative Society- BTL-2
Advantages and disadvantages - Organisation-Definition- types of organisation –Line-Functional-
Line & staff-advantages and disadvantages- Leadership -Types –Quality of good leader -
Motivation - Maslow’s Theory of Motivation -Hierarchy of needs- Communication - Process of
Communication – Barriers for effective communication.
MODULE – 2: PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT (6L)

Project planning -Market survey- Project capacity-selection of site for project- Plant layout-Types
of Plant layout- Product design-Material requirement-Production-definition-Job, Batch & Mass CO-2
production with their advantages and disadvantages-Productivity-definition factors to improve
BTL-3
productivity- Production planning and Control (PPC)-definition-Functions of PPC- planning,
routing, scheduling, dispatching and Inspection.

MODULE – 3: MATERIALS MANAGEMENT (6L)


Material management - functions- different methods of purchasing - classification of stores -
Functions of store keeper.Inventory Management- Definition - functions of Inventory Control- CO-3
Advantages of Inventory Control Enterprise resource planning - concept, features and
BTL-4
applications - Material Requirement Planning (MRP)-concept, applications -Just in Time (JIT)-
concept and benefits-Supply chain management-concept and benefits.
MODULE – 4: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (6L)

Quality–Concept-Quality control- Definition - Factors affecting quality- Different types of


inspection - Principles of total quality management- Quality Circles-definition-Function. TQM
Tools- Flow charts, Control charts, Histograms, Pareto charts, Cause and effect diagram-5-S- CO-4
Kaizen, and Six-sigma Quality Certification Systems- ISO 9000 series quality standards, BTL-4
QS14000– ISO 9000, ISO 9001,ISO9002,ISO9003 & ISO 9004- ISO9000 quality certification
procedure.

MODULE – 5: SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT (6L)


Water conservation and rain water harvesting. Climate change: global warming, acid rain, ozone CO-5
layer depletion-environment and human health-role of information technology in environment and BTL-3
human health.
TEXT BOOKS

COURSE
FINTECH AND FINANCING NEW BUSINESS CREDITS -
TITLE
COURSE COURSE
EGE51035 L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1
CODE CATEGORY
LEARNING
Version 1.0 Approval Details 36th ACM BTL-4
LEVEL

ASSESSMENT SCHEME
First Seminar/
Second Periodical Surprise
Periodical Assignments/ Attendance ESE
Assessment Test / Quiz
Assessment Project

15% 15% 10% 5% 5% 50%


FinTech is a combination of traditional financial techniques with technology and innovation. It
Course
aims at the application of new technological advancements to the financial industry. At the core,
Description
FinTech is used by companies to manage their financial operations in a better way.

1. To study the overview of Fin Tech.


2. To understand the role of FinTech in financial markets
Course 3. To Identify the key cybersecurity challenges facing FinTech companies.
Objective 4. To provide exposure to various banking services and understand various Ancillary
Services.
5. To take stock of the technological trends sweeping the financial services sector.

1. To identify the key trends driving the growth of FinTech and analyze the challenges and
opportunities facing FinTech companies.
2. Analyze the impact of FinTech on the efficiency and liquidity of financial markets.
Course 3. Develop strategies to mitigate cybersecurity risks in FinTech.
Outcome 4. Use banking services with clear understanding about the various delivery channels.
5. Outline the current global landscape of financial technology Industry.

Prerequisites: Knowledge of English Communication

CO, PO AND PSO MAPPING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -1 -2 -3
CO-
1
2 1 - - - - 2 1 - - 2 3 - - -

CO-2 2 2 - 2 1 1 2 1 - - 2 3 - - -
CO-3 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 - - 2 3 - - -
CO-4 2 1 2 - 1 1 2 1 - - 2 3 - - -
CO-5 2 - 1 2 - 1 2 2 - - 2 3 - - -
1: Weakly related, 2: Moderately related and 3: Strongly related
MODULE – 1: INTRODUCTION TO FIN TECH (6L)
Introduction to FinTech, history of FinTech-key trends driving the growth of FinTech, challenges CO-1
and opportunities facing FinTech companies- future of FinTech BTL-2
MODULE – 2: FIN TECH AND FINANCIAL MARKETS (6L)
Primary markets and Secondary market an overview-FinTech and payments, FinTech and
lending-FinTech and investments-FinTech and insurance- regulatory landscape for FinTech in CO-2
financial markets BTL-3

MODULE – 3: FIN TECH AND CYBERSECURITY (6L)


Cybersecurity threats to FinTech-Cybersecurity best practices for FinTech companies-role of
CO-3
government in regulating FinTech cybersecurity. BTL-4

MODULE – 4: BRANCHLESS BANKING (6L)


Branchless Banking: Management of alternate delivery channels -Automated Teller Machine
(ATM), Phone Banking, Mobile Banking, Card technologies, Internet Banking, Ancillary Services:
Interbank Transfer - Electronic Clearing Services (ECS), Electronic Funds Transfer - NEFT, CO-4
BTL -4
RTGS, SWIFT, Electronic cheques; New payment settlement systems- IM PS -Safe Deposit
Lockers; FOREX service; DEMAT and Custodial service.
MODULE – 5: TECHNOLOGY DISRUPTIONS ENABLING FINTECH INNOVATION (6L)
4 G and 5 G networks fueling Fin Tech opportunities, transforming customer experience using
Mobile Application and smart phones ,embedded sensors and social media, cloud computing, CO-5
web 2.0/3.0/4.0,rapid web design, Java Script, Technologies, IoT, Big Data analytics and AI and BTL-3
Block chain.
TEXT BOOKS
1 Susanne Chishti, Janos Barberis, The FINTECH Book: The Financial Technology Handbook for
Investors, Entrepreneurs and Visionaries, John Wiley & Sons. 2016
2. Parag Y Arjunwadkar, Fintech: The Technology Driving Disruption in the financial service industry CRC
press.

REFERENCE BOOKS

Jonathan Aronson and Peter F. Cowhey ,Digital DNA: Disruption and the Challenges for Global
1
Governance, OUP USA, 2017

2
Rajesh, R., & Sivagnana Siddhi T., “Banking Theory Law & Practice”,Tata Mc Graw Hill.2009.
E BOOKS

https://www.amazon.in/Fintech-Founders-Inspiring-Entrepreneurs-Changing-ebook/dp/
1.
B08295NZ2T?asin=B08295NZ2T&revisionId=e61ddfa1&format=1&depth=1

2. https://www.ebooknetworking.net/ebooks/banking-theory-and-law-practice-by-gurusamy.html

MOOC

1. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-fintech

You might also like